service manual ar-203e ar-203e x ar-m200 ar-m201 model ar-5420

SERVICE MANUAL 

CONTENTS 

Parts marked with “ ” are important for maintaining the safety of the set. Be sure to replace these parts with 

specified ones for maintaining the safety and performance of the set. 

SHARP CORPORATION 

CODE: 00ZAR203E/S2E 

DIGITAL MULTIFUNCTIONAL 

SYSTEM/DIGITAL COPIER 

AR-203E 

AR-203E X 

AR-M200 

AR-M201 

MODEL AR-5420 

(The descriptions of the AR-203E X are same as 

those of the AR-203E unless otherwise specified.) 

[1] GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 1 

[2] SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 1 

[3] CONSUMABLE PARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 1 

[4] EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES . . . . . . . . . 4 - 1 

[5] UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 1 

[6] COPY PROCESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 1 

[7] OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 1 

[8] DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 1 

[9] ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 1 

[10] SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 1 

[11] MAINTENANCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 1 

[12] USER PROGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 1 

[13] ELECTRICAL SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 - 1 

[14] FIRMWARE DOWNLOAD PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 - 1 

This document has been published to be used 

for after sales service only. 

The contents are subject to change without notice.

CAUTION 

This product is a class 1 laser product that complies with 21CFR 1040 of the CDRH standard and 

IEC825. This means that this machine does not produce hazardous laser radiation. The use of controls, 

adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein may result in hazardous 

radiation exposure. 

This laser radiation is not a danger to the skin, but when an exact focusing of the laser beam is achieved 

on the eye’s retina, there is the danger of spot damage to the retina. 

The following cautions must be observed to avoid exposure of the laser beam to your eyes at the time of 

servicing. 

1) When a problem in the laser optical unit has occurred, the whole optical unit must be exchanged as a 

unit, not as individual parts. 

2) Do not look into the machine with the main switch turned on after removing the developer unit, toner 

cartridge, and drum cartridge. 

3) Do not look into the laser beam exposure slit of the laser optical unit with the connector connected 

when removing and installing the optical system. 

4) The middle frame contains the safety interlock switch. 

Do not defeat the safety interlock by inserting wedges or other items into the switch slot. 

LASER WAVE – LENGTH : 770 ~ 795nm 

Pulse times : 12.88µs ± 12.88ns/7mm 

Out put power : MAX 0.2mW 

CAUTION 

INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION, 

WHEN OPEN AND INTERLOCKS DEFEATED. 

AVOID EXPOSURE TO BEAM. 

VORSICHT 

UNSICHTBARE LASERSTRAHLUNG, 

WENN ABDECKUNG GEÖFFNET UND 

SICHERHEITSVERRIEGELUNG ÜBERBRÜCKT. 

NICHT DEM STRAHL AUSSETZEN. 

VARO ! 

AVATTAESSA JA SUOJALUKITUS 

OHITETTAESSA OLET ALTTIINA 

NÄKYMÄTTÖMÄLLE LASERSÄTEILYLLE ÄLÄ 

KATSO SÄTEESEEN. 

ADVARSEL 

USYNLIG LASERSTRÅLNING VED ÅBNING, NÅR 

SIKKERHEDSBRYDERE ER UDE AF 

FUNKTION. UNDGÅ UDSAETTELSE FOR 

STRÅLNING. 

VARNING ! 

OSYNLIG LASERSTRÅLNING NÄR DENNA DEL 

ÄR ÖPPNAD OCH SPÄRREN ÄR URKOPPLAD. 

BETRAKTA EJ STRÅLEN. – STRÅLEN ÄR 

FARLIG.

At the production line, the output power 

of the scanner unit is adjusted to 0.18 

MILLI-WATT PLUS 20 PCTS and is 

maintained constant by the operation of 

the Automatic Power Control (APC). 

Even if the APC circuit fails in operation 

for some reason, the maximum output 

power will only be 15 MILLI-WATT 0.1 

MICRO-SEC. Giving and accessible 

emission level of 42 MICRO-WATT 

which is still-less than the limit of 

CLASS-1 laser product. 

The foregoing is applicable only to the 220V 

model, 230V model and 240V model. 

Caution 

This product contains a low power laser 

device. To ensure continued safety do not 

remove any cover or attempt to gain access 

to the inside of the product. Refer all 

servicing to qualified personnel. 

VAROITUS! LAITTEEN KÄYTTÄMINEN MUULLA 

KUIN TÄSSÄ KÄYTTÖOHJEESSA MAINITULLA 

TAVALLA SAATTAA ALTISTAA KÄYTTÄJÄN 

TURVALLISUUSLUOKAN 1 YLITTÄVÄLLE 

NÄKYMÄTTÖMÄLLE LASERSÄTEILYLLE. 

VARNING - OM APPARATEN ANVÄNDS PÅ ANNAT 

SÄTT ÄN I DENNA BRUKSANVISNING 

SPECIFICERATS, KAN ANVÄNDAREN UTSÄTTAS 

FÖR OSYNLIG LASERSTRÅLNING, SOM 

ÖVERSKRIDER GRÄNSEN FÖR LASERKLASS 1. 

LUOKAN 1 LASERLAITE 

KLASS 1 LASER APPARAT

[1] GENERAL 

1. Major functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 

[2] SPECIFICATIONS 

1. Basic Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 

2. Operation specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 

3. Copy performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 

4. GDI printer (AR-203E only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 

5. SPLC printer (AR-M200/M201). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 

6. Scan function (AR-203E/M200/M201) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 

[3] CONSUMABLE PARTS 

1. Supply system table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 

A. Europe Subsidiary (AR-203E/5420/M200/M201), 

SCA/SCNZ (AR-203E/M201) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 

B. Asia Subsidiary (AR-203E/M201). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 

C. SMEF/Distributor (AR-203E/M201) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 

D. SRH (AR-203E/M201) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 

2. Environmental. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 

3. Production control number (lot No.) identification. . . . . 3-2 

4. Toner cartridge replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 

[4] EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES 

1. Appearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 

2. Internal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 

3. Operation panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 

A. AR-203E/5420 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 

B. AR-M200/M201 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 

4. Motors and solenoids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 

5. Sensors and switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6 

6. PWB unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 

7. Cross sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8 

[5] UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION 

1. Copier installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 

2. Cautions on handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 

3. Checking packed components and accessories. . . . . . 5-1 

4. Unpacking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 

5. Removing protective packing materials . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 

6. Developer unit installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 

7. Toner cartridge installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 

8. Loading paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 

9. Power to copier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 

[6] 

10. Software (AR-203E/M200/M201) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 

A. Before installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 

B. Installing the software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 

C. Setting up Button Manager. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 

11. Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 

A. USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 

12. Moving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 

13. Scanner moisture-proof kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 

A. Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 

B. Precautions at installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 

C. Attachment method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 

COPY PROCESS 

1. Functional diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 

2. Outline of print process. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 

3. Actual print process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 

CONTENTS 

[7] OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTIONS 

1. Outline of operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-1 

2. Scanner section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-2 

A. Scanner unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 

B. Optical system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-2 

C. Drive system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-2 

3. Laser unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3 

A. Basic structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3 

B. Laser beam path. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 

C. Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3 

4. Fuser section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3 

A. General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 

5. Paper feed section and paper transport section . . . . . . 7-4 

A. Paper transport path and general operations . . . . . . 7-4 

6. D-D (Duplex to Duplex) mode paper/ 

document transport (Duplex model) 

(AR-M201 only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7 

A. Initial state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-7 

B. Front copy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-7 

C. Back copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-7 

7. Shifter (AR-M200/M201) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-8 

[8] DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 

1. High voltage section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 

A. List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-1 

B. Drum replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-1 

C. Disassembly procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3 

D. Assembly procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-3 

E. Charger wire cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-4 

F. Charger wire replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-4 

2. Operation panel section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4 

A. List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-4 

B. Disassembly procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4 

C. Assembly procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-5 

3. Optical section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-5 

A. List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-5 


C. Assembly procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-7 

4. Fusing section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-7 

A. List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-7 


C. Assembly procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10 

5. Tray paper feed/transport section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10 

A. List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10 

B. Disassembly procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10 


6. Manual paper feed section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16 

A. List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-16 



D. Pressure plate holder attachment. . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-18 

7. Rear frame section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-18 

A. List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-18 


C. Assembly procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-19

8 Power section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20 

A. List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20 


C. Assembly procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20 

9. DV unit section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20 

A. Developer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20 

B. DV seal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20 

C. DV blade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21 

D. DV doctor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21 

E. DV sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21 

10. Duplex motor section (AR-M201 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21 

A. List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21 



11. Reverse roller section (AR-M201 only). . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22 

A. List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22 



[9] ADJUSTMENTS 

1. Optical section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1 

A. Copy magnification ratio adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1 

B. Image position adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 

2. Copy density adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 

A. Copy density adjustment timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 

B. Note for copy density adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 

C. Necessary tool for copy density adjustment. . . . . . . 9-4 

D. Features of copy density adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 

E. Copy density adjustment procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 

3. High voltage adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 

A. Main charger (Grid bias). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 

B. DV bias check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6 

4. Duplex adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6 

A. Adjusting the paper reverse position in memory 

for duplex copying (AR-M200/M201) . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6 

B. Adjusting trailing edge void in duplex copy mode 

(AR-M201) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6 

5. Automatic black level correction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7 

[10] SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES 

1. Entering the simulation mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1 

2. Key rule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1 

3. List of simulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1 

4. Descriptions of various simulations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 

5. Trouble codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40 

A. Trouble codes list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40 

B. Details of trouble codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-41 

[11] MAINTENANCE 

1. Maintenance table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 

2. Maintenance display system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 

3. Remaining toner indication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 

[12] USER PROGRAM 

1. Functions that can be set with user programs . . . . . . 12-1 

2. Toner save mode (AR-203E/5420). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1 

3. User programs (AR-203E/5420) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1 

4. User programs (AR-M200/M201) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2 

A. Copy mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-3 

B. Print mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-4 

[13] ELECTRICAL SECTION 

1. Block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-1 

A. Overall block diagram (AR-203E/5420) . . . . . . . . . 13-1 

B. Overall block diagram (AR-M200/M201) . . . . . . . . 13-2 

2. Actual wiring diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-3 

A. MCU PWB (AR-203E/5420) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-3 

B. MCU PWB (AR-M200/M201) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-4 

C. SPF unit (AR-203E optional only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5 

D. RSPF unit (AR-M200/M201 optional only) . . . . . . . 13-5 

E. 2nd cassette unit 

(AR-203E/M200/M201 optional only) . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5 

F. Network box and FAX 

(AR-M200/M201 optional only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-6 

3. Signal name list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-6 

4. Circuit diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-9 

A. MCU PWB (AR-203E/5420) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-9 

B. MCU PWB (AR-M200/M201) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-21 

C. OPE PWB (AR-203E/5420) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-37 

D. OPERATION PWB (AR-M200/M201). . . . . . . . . . 13-38 

[14] FIRMWARE DOWNLOAD PROCEDURES 

1. Initial setting (Serial number setting procedures) . . . . 14-1 

2. Download procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-1 

3. Version acquisition procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-3 

4. EEPROM data acquisition procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-4 

5. Installing procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5

[1] GENERAL 

1. Major functions 

Configurations 

Item 

Model 

CPM 

(A4) 

PPM 

(A4) 

SB/ 

MB 

2 Tray SPF R-SPF 

Color 

Scanner 

GDI 

printer 

SPLC 

printer 

E- 

SORT 

Duplex Shifter USB RJ45 FAX 

External 

NIC 

AR-203E 20CPM 15PPM MB Opt Opt ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ 

✕ ✕ ✕ 

AR-5420 20CPM — MB ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ 

(2.0 full) 

✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ 

AR-M200 20CPM 20PPM MB Opt ✕ Opt ✕ ✕ 

✕ Opt Opt 

(2.0 Hi) 

AR-M201 20CPM 20PPM MB Opt ✕ Opt ✕ 

✕ Opt Opt 

(2.0 Hi) 

Descriptions of items 

CPM: Copy speed (Copies Per Minute) 

PPM: Print speed (Print Per Minute) 

SB/MB: SB = Manual feed single bypass, 

MB = Manual feed multi-bypass 

2 Tray: Second cassette unit (AR-D33) 

SPF: Original feed unit (AR-SP9) 

R-SPF: Duplex original feed unit (AR-RP9) 

Color Scanner: Color scanner function 

GDI printer: GDI printer function with USB. 

SPLC printer: SPLC printer function with USB. 

E-SORT: Electronic sort function 

Duplex: Auto duplex copy/print function 

Shifter: Job separator function 

USB: Interface port (USB) 

RJ45: Interface port (Network) 

FAX: FAX function (AR-FX13) 

External NIC: AR-NB2A 

Descriptions of table 

: Standard provision 

: No function or no option available 

Opt: Option 

(Options) 

AR-RP9 

AR-SP9 

AR-203E/5420/M200/M201 GENERAL 1 - 1 

AR-203E/AR-5420 

AR-M200/AR-M201 

AR-FX13 

AR-D33 

AR-NB2A

[2] SPECIFICATIONS 

1. Basic Specifications 

Item 

Type Desktop 

Copy system Dry, electrostatic 

Segment (class) Digital personal copier 

Copier dimensions AR-203E/5420: 518mm (W) x 445mm (D) x 298mm (H) (20-1/2" (W) x 17-5/8" (D) x 11-3/4" (H)) 

AR-M200/M201: 518mm (W) x 452mm (D) x 298mm (H) (20-1/2" (W) x 17-7/8" (D) x 11-3/4" (H)) 

Weight (Approximately) AR-203E/5420: 16.6kg (36.5 lbs.) 

AR-M200: 19.8kg (43.7 lbs.) 

AR-M201: 20.5kg (45.2 lbs.) 

Toner cartridge not included 

2. Operation specifications 

Section, item Details 

Paper feed Paper feed system 1 tray (250 sheets) + multi-bypass (50 sheets) 

section AB system Tray paper feed section Paper size A4, B5, A5 (Landscape) 

Paper weight 56 - 80g/m2 Paper feed capacity 250 sheets 

Kinds Standard paper, specified paper, recycled paper 

Remark User adjustment of paper guide available 

Multi-bypass paper Paper size A4, B5, A5, B6, A6 (Landscape) 

feed section 

Paper weight 56 - 128g/m2 Paper feed capacity 50 sheets 

Kinds Standard paper, specified paper, recycled paper, OHP, 

Label, Envelop (Single copy) 


Inch Tray paper feed section Paper size 8-1/2" x 14", 8-1/2" x 11", 8-1/2" x 5-1/2" (Landscape) 

system 

Paper weight 15 - 21 lbs. 

Paper feed capacity 250 sheets 

Kinds Standard paper, specified paper, recycled paper 


Multi-bypass paper Paper size 8-1/2" x 14", 8-1/2" x 11", 8-1/2" x 5-1/2", 3-1/2" x 5-1/2" 

feed section 

(Landscape) 

Paper weight 15 - 34.5 lbs. 

Paper feed capacity 50 sheets 

Kinds Standard paper, specified paper, recycled paper, OHP, 

Label, Envelop (Single copy) 


Paper exit section Exit way Face down 

Capacity of output tray 200 sheets 

Originals Original set Center Registration (left edge) 

Max. original size A4 (8-1/2" x 14") 

Original kinds sheet, book 

Original size detection None 

Optical Scanning Scanning system 3 CCDs (RGB) sensor scanning by lighting white lamp 

section section CCD sensor Resolution 600 dpi 

Lighting lamp Type CCFL 

Voltage 560Vrms 

Power consumption 2.8W 

Output data Output: R, G, B 1 or 8 bits/pixel / Input: A/D 16 bits (12 bits 

actual) 

Writing Writing system Writing to OPC drum by the semiconductor laser 

section Laser unit Resolution 600 dpi 

Image forming Photoconductor Type OPC (30ø) 

Life 25K 

Charger Charging system Saw-tooth charging with a grid, / (-) scorotron discharge 

Transfer system (+) DC corotron system 

Separation system (-) DC corotron system 

Developing Developing system Dry, 2-component magnetic brush development system 

Cleaning Cleaning system Counter blade system (Counter to rotation) 

AR-203E/5420/M200/M201 SPECIFICATIONS 2 - 1


Fusing section Fusing system Heat roller system 

Upper heat roller Type Teflon roller 

Lower heat roller Type Silicon rubber roller 

Heater lamp Type Halogen lamp 

Voltage 220 - 240V / 120V 

Power consumption 800W 

Electrical section Power source Voltage 220 - 240V / 120V 

Frequency Common use for 50 and 60Hz 

Power consumption Max. Less than 1000W 

Average (during copying) AR-203E/5420: 350Wh/H or less 

AR-M200/ M201: 380Wh/H or less 

Average (stand-by) 80Wh/H 

Pre-heat mode AR-203E/5420: 25Wh/H or less 

AR-M200/ M201: 28Wh/H or less 

Auto power shut-off mode AR-203E/5420: 8.8W or less 

AR-M200/ M201: 12.5W or less 

3. Copy performance 


Copy magnification Fixed 

magnification 

ratios 

Zooming 

magnification 

ratios 

Manual steps (manual, photo) 5 steps 

Copy speed First-copy time *2 

(Approximately) 

AB system 

A4 (Landscape) 

AB system 

B5 (Landscape) 

Inch system 

8-1/2" x 11" 

(Landscape) 

Copy speed 

(CPM) 

Copy speed 

(CPM) 

Copy speed 

(CPM) 

AR-203E/5420: 

3 Reduction + 2 Enlargement 

(AB system: 50, 70, 86, 100, 141, 200%) 

(Inch system: 50, 64, 78, 100, 129, 200%) 

AR-M200/M201: *1 

4 Reduction + 3 Enlargement 

(AB system: 25, 50, 70, 86, 100, 141, 200, 400%) 

(Inch system: 25, 50, 64, 78, 100, 129, 200, 400%) 

25 - 400% (376 steps in 1% increments) 

50 - 200% when using SPF (151 steps in 1% increments) 

AR-203E/5420: 

8.0 seconds (When user program 24 is set to OFF) 

10.7 seconds (When user program 24 is set to ON) 

AR-M200/M201: 

8.0 seconds 

(paper: A4 (8-1/2" x 11"), exposure mode: AUTO, copy ratio: 100%) 

Same size 20 

Enlargement 20 

Reduction 20 

Same size 20 


Reduction 20 

Same size 20 


Reduction 20 

Max. continuous copy quantity 99 

Void Void area Leading edge 1 - 4mm 

Trailing edge 4mm or less 

Side edge 0.5mm or more (per side) 

void area 4.5mm or less (total of both sides) 

Image loss Leading edge same size: 3.0mm or less (OC) / 4mm or less (SPF) 

Enlarge: 1.5mm or less (OC) / 3mm or less (SPF) 

Reduction (50%): 6.0mm or less (OC) / 8mm or less (SPF) 

Warm-up time 0 sec. Immediately the ready lamp is lit. 

Power save mode reset time 0 sec. Immediately the ready lamp is lit. 

Paper jam recovery time 0 sec. 

∗ Jam recovery condition: Recovery time from 60 sec of door open. 

*1: If a value greater than 200% or smaller than 50% is selected when the RSPF is used, the magnification ratio is automatically set to 200% or 

50%. 

*2: The first-copy time is measured after the power save indicator turns off following power on, using the document glass with the polygon rotating 

in the copy ready state and "Selection of copy start state" set to ON in the user programs (A4 (8-1/2" x 11"), paper fed from paper tray). 

The first-copy time may vary depending on machine operating conditions and ambient conditions such as temperature. 


4. GDI printer (AR-203E only) 

Print speed Max. 15ppm (excluding bypass tray, paper size A4, 8.5" x 11") (Variable depending on the PC performance) 

Duplex No 

Memory 8MB 

Interface USB 2.0 (Full speed) 

Emulation GDI 

Resolution 600dpi *1 

Supported OS Win 98 / Me / 2000 / XP / Vista 

WHQL support Yes *2 

*1: Engine Resolution 

*2: By running change 

5. SPLC printer (AR-M200/M201) 

Print speed Max. 20ppm (Paper size: A4, excluding manual paper feed) 

∗ Varies depending on the PC performance. 

First print time 8 sec. (without data transfer time) 

Duplex Yes (AR-M201 only) 

ROPM Yes 

Memory 64MB 

Interface USB2.0 (Hi Speed) 

Network Option: Network expansion kit the AR-NB2A 

Emulation SPLC (JBIG GDI) 

MIB support No 

Resolution 600dpi *1 

Supported OS Windows 98/Me, Windows 2000 Professional, Windows XP Home Edition/Professional, Windows Vista 

WHQL support Yes *2 

Application Status window 

*1: Engine Resolution 

*2: Running change 

6. Scan function (AR-203E/M200/M201) 

Type Flat Bed Color Scanner 

Scanning system Original table/SPF/RSPF 

Light source 3 CCDs (RGB) sensor scanning by lighting white lamp (2 pcs of CCFL) 

Resolution Optical: 600 x 1200dpi 

Setting range: 50 - 9600dpi (Preview resolution is fixed at 75dpi) 

Originals Sheet type / Book type 

Output data R, G, B 1 or 8 bits/pixel A/D 16 bits (12 bits actual) 

Scan range OC/SPF/RSPF: 216mm (H) x 356mm (V) (8.5" (H) x 14.0" (V)) 

Original position: Left Center 

SPF/RSPF position: Right Center 

Scan speed OC/SPF: Max. 2.88ms/line 

Protocol TWAIN / WIA (Only XP, Vista) / STI 

Interface AR-203E: USB2.0 (Full speed support) 

AR-M200/M201: USB2.0 (Hi speed support) 

Scanner utility Button Manager / Sharpdesk / Composer 

Scan key/lamp Yes 

Duplex scan Yes only when the RSPF is installed (AR-M200/M201) 

Supported OS Win 98 / Me / 2000 / XP / Vista 

Void area No 

WHQL supported Yes *1 

*1: By running change 


[3] CONSUMABLE PARTS 

1. Supply system table 

A. Europe Subsidiary (AR-203E/5420/M200/M201), SCA/SCNZ (AR-203E/M201) 

No. Name Content Life Product name Packing form 

1 Toner cartridge Toner (Toner: Net Weight 243g) × 10 80K 

AR-208LT 

One carton of the 

(Black) Polyethylene bag × 10 (8K x 10Pcs) (A4 6% document) AR-208LT includes 

10 toner cartridges. 

2 Developer Developer (Developer: Net Weight 170g) × 10 250K 

AR-208LD One carton of the 

(25K x 10Pcs) 

AR-208LD includes 

10 developers. 

3 Drum kit Drum × 1 25K AR-152DM One carton of the 

Drum fixing plate × 1 

collective package 

includes 10 units of the 

AR-152DM. 

B. Asia Subsidiary (AR-203E/M201) 



AR-208CT One carton of the 

(Black) Polyethylene bag × 10 (8K x 10Pcs) (A4 6% document) AR-208CT includes 



AR-208CD One carton of the 

(25K x 10Pcs) 

AR-208CD includes 


3 Drum kit Drum × 1 25K AR-152DR One carton of the 




AR-152DR. 

C. SMEF/Distributor (AR-203E/M201) 



AR-208ET One carton of the 

(Black) Polyethylene bag × 10 (8K x 10Pcs) (A4 6% document) AR-208ET includes 



AR-208CD One carton of the 

(25K x 10Pcs) 

AR-208CD includes 


3 Drum kit Drum × 1 25K AR-152DR One carton of the 




AR-152DR. 

D. SRH (AR-203E/M201) 



AR-208CT-C One carton of the 

(Black) Polyethylene bag × 10 (8K x 10Pcs) (A4 6% document) AR-208CT-C includes 



AR-208CD-C One carton of the 

(25K x 10Pcs) 

AR-208CD-C includes 


3 Drum kit Drum × 1 25K AR-152DR-C One carton of the 




AR-152DR-C. 

AR-203E/5420/M200/M201 CONSUMABLE PARTS 3 - 1

2. Environmental 

The environmental conditions for assuring the copy quality and the 

machine operations are as follows: 

(1) Normal operating condition 

Temperature: 20 - 25°C 

Humidity: 65 ± 5%RH 

(2) Acceptable operating condition 

Humidity (RH) 

85% 

60% 

20% 

(3) Transport condition 

Humidity (RH) 

90% 

60% 

15% 

(4) Supply storage condition 

Humidity (RH) 

90% 

20% 

10˚C 30˚C 35˚C 

–25˚C 30˚C 40˚C 

–5˚C 45˚C 

AR-203E/5420/M200/M201 CONSUMABLE PARTS 3 - 2 

3. Production control number (lot No.) 

identification 

 

Production month 

Production day 

Destination code 

(Dealer, distributor, OEM, etc.) 

Production place 

(SOCC: Fixed to B.) 

End digit of year 

Version No. 

 

The label on the drum cartridge shows the date of production. 

(SOCC production) 



Destination code 

(Dealer, distributor, OEM, etc.) 


(SOCC: Fixed to B.) 


Version No. 

Production control 

label attachment position 

Production control 

label attachment position(*1) 

*1: The production control label is not attached to the cartridge of 

a China product.

4. Toner cartridge replacement 

1) Open the front and side cabinets of the copier. 

2) Keep holding Toner lever, and 

3) Carefully pull out Toner unit from the copier. 

2 

3 

Sub lot 





4) Put Toner unit in a collection bag immediately after removing it 

from the copier 

Note: Never carry exposed Toner unit. Be sure to put it in the collection 

bag. 

1 

AR-203E/5420/M200/M201 CONSUMABLE PARTS 3 - 3

[4] EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES 

1. Appearance 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

1 Original cover 2 Document glass 3 Operation panel 

4 Front cover 5 Paper tray 6 Multi-bypass tray 

7 Side cover 8 Side cover open button 9 Bypass tray paper guides 

10 Paper output tray 11 Paper output tray extension 12 Power switch 

13 Handle 14 Power cord 

2. Internal 

1 

7 

8 

9 

Interface 

USB connector 

(AR-203E) 

Toner cartridge Drum cartridge 

Interface 

1 Front cover 2 Side cover 3 Fusing unit release lever 

4 Transfer charger 5 Charger cleaner 

AR-203E/5420/M200/M201 EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES 4 - 1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

USB connector 

(AR-M200/M201) 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14

3. Operation panel 

A. AR-203E/5420 

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 

1 Exposure mode selector key and indicators 

Use to sequentially select the exposure modes: AUTO, 

MANUAL or PHOTO. 

Selected mode is shown by a lit indicator. 

3 Alarm indicators 

Developer replacement required indicator 

Misfeed indicator 

Toner cartridge replacement required indicator *1 

Maintenance indicator 

*1: Toner cartridge replacement 

When toner density is lower than a specified level, the toner 

cartridge replacement indicator lights up to warn the user. If the 

toner cartridge is not replaced in that time, the ready lamp 

changes to blinking and then start to supply the toner after 

around 10 copies. (Cartridge replacement lamp continues to 

light.) If toner density is not back to specific level after two minutes, 

the ready indicator goes out and toner developer indicator 

starts blinking, and the copier stops. Also when the toner quantity 

is insufficient, the lamp is lighted. 

*2: Indicators on the operation panel 

The ONLINE indicator and the start ( ) indicator indicate the 

state of the printer or scanner. 

13 14 

15 16 17 

2 Light and dark keys and indicators 

Use to adjust the MANUAL or PHOTO exposure level. Selected 

exposure level is shown by a lit indicator. Use to start and 

terminate user program setting. 

4 SPF indicator (AR-203E only) 

5 SPF misfeed indicator (AR-203E only) 6 Copy ratio selector key and indicators 

Use to sequentially select preset reduction/enlargement copy 

ratios. 

Selected copy ratio is shown by a lit indicator. 

7 Copy ratio display (%) key 

Use to verify a zoom setting without changing the zoom ratio. 

Use to check the number of originals that must be returned to 

the document feeder tray if an original misfeed occurs while 

using the SPF. 

8 Display 

Displays the specified copy quantity, zoom copy ratio, user 

program code, and error code. 

9 SCAN key and indicator (AR-203E only) *2, *3 10 ONLINE key and indicator (AR-203E only) 

Lights up when the unit is used as a printer and scanner. *2 

11 Start key and indicator 

12 Power save indicator 

Copying is possible when the indicator is on. 

Press to start copying 

Use to set a user program. 

Lights up when the unit is in a power save mode. 

13 Tray select key 

14 Paper feed location indicators 

Use to select a paper feed station (paper tray or multi-bypass 

tray). 

Light up to show the selected paper feed station. 

15 ZOOM keys and indicator 

16 Copy quantity keys 

Use to select any reduction or enlargement copy ratio from 25% Use to select the desired copy quantity (1 to 99). 

to 400% in 1% increments. (When the SPF is being used, the 

zoom copy ratio range is 50% to 200%.) 

Use to make user program entries. 

17 Clear key 

Press to clear the display, or press during a copy run to 

terminate copying. 

Press and hold down during standby to display the total 

number of copies made to date. 

SCAN indicator 

ONLINE indicator 

Start indicator 

Power save indicator 

Start indicator 

On: Indicates the unit is ready for copying or scanning is 

being performed. 

Blinking: The indicator blinks in the following situations: 

When a print job is interrupted. 

When reserving a copy job. 

When toner is being replenished during a copy or 

print job. 

Off: The indicator is off in the following situations: 

During copying or scanning. 

The unit is in the auto power shut-off mode. 

When a misfeed or error has occurred. 

ONLINE indicator 

The ONLINE key is pressed and on line and off line are 

changed. 

On: Indicates the unit is ready for printing or scanning is 

being performed. (On line) 

Blinking: Printing or data is being received from a computer. 

Off: Copying is being performed. (Off line) 

AR-203E/5420/M200/M201 EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES 4 - 2

Power save indicator 

On: Indicates the unit is in a power save mode. 

Blinking: Indicates that the unit is initializing (when the side 

cover is opened and closed or the power turned off 

and on). 

SCAN indicator 

On: The SCAN ( ) key has been pressed and the unit 

is in scanner mode. 

Blinking: A scan job is being executed from the computer, or 

scan data is stored in the unit’s memory. 

Off: The unit is in the copy mode. 

*3: Using the SCAN key to begin scanning 

Note: 

Scanning is not possible during a copy job. 

If the SCAN ( ) key is pressed during a print job, the scan 

job will be stored. 

When scanning an original that has been placed in the SPF, 

only one original can be placed unless you are using Sharpdesk. 

1) Press the SCAN ( ) key. 

The unit enters scan mode. 

B. AR-M200/M201 

For Europe 

1 2 3 4 5 

For SCA/SCNZ/Asia 

1 1 2 

2 2 

2 1 1 

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 

16 17 

1 2 

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 

16 

2) Place the original you wish to scan on the document glass/ 

SPF. 

3) Press the right copy quantity key to display the number of 

the application that you wish to use for scanning. 

The application numbers are initially as follows. 

Application 

number 

Application launched 

SC2 E-mail (your standard e-mail program in 

the Windows OS you are using) 

SC3 Fax (if a fax program is installed) 

SC4 OCR (if an OCR program is installed) 

SC5 Microsoft Word (if installed) 

SC6 Filing (if a Filing program is installed) 

4) Press the start ( ) key. 

Scanning will start and the scanned data will be transferred 

to the application. 

3 4 5 

Display 


17 

READY TO COPY. 

100% A4 0 

18 19 20 21 

Display 

READY TO COPY. 

100% A4 0 

18 19 20 21

1 [MODE SELECT] key / Mode indicators 

Press this key to select the mode. The indicator of the selected 

mode lights (copy, printer, scanner, fax indicators). 

3 Numeric keys 

Use these to enter the number of copies and other numerical 

settings. 

The keys can also be used to select items in function setting 

menus. 

5 Power save indicator 

This lights up when the power save function is activated. 

7 Error indicator 

This lights steadily or blinks when a paper misfeed or other error 

occurs. 

9 Tray location indicator 

Indicates the selected paper tray. The indicator blinks when the 

tray is out of paper during operation or is not closed properly. 

11 [2-SIDED SCAN] key ( 2 1 1 ) 

1 1 2 

[2-SIDED COPY] key ( 2 2 ) 

2 1 1 

Press to select the automatic two-sided copying mode. 

13 [ ] key ( ), [ ] key ( ), [OK]/[ENTER] key 

Press the [ ] key ( ) or [ ] key ( ) to select an item in 

15 

a function setting menu. 

Press the [OK]/[ENTER] key to enter a selection. 

[ZOOM]/[COPY RATIO] key 

Press to select an enlargement or reduction ratio. 

To select a preset ratio setting, press the [ZOOM]/[COPY 

RATIO] key and select the desired preset ratio. To select a ratio 

that is not preset, press the [ZOOM]/[COPY RATIO] key, select 

the preset ratio that is closest to the desired ratio, and then press 

the [ ] key ( ) or [ ] key ( ) to increase or decrease 

the ratio in increments of 1%. 

17 [START] key ( ) / Ready indicator 

The ready indicator lights up when copying or scanning is 

possible. 

To begin copying, press the [START] key ( ). 

The [START] key ( ) is also pressed to return to normal 

operation from auto power shut-off mode. 

2 Display 

This shows messages indicating the machine status and any 

problems that occur, as well as user programs and function 

setting menus. 

4 [CLEAR] key ( ) 

Use this to clear the set number of copies, as well as cancel a 

job that is in progress. When a setting menu appears, use this 

key to move back to the previous menu level. 

6 RSPF indicator 

This lights up when an original is placed in the RSPF. 

8 [TRAY SELECT] key ( ) 

10 

Use to select the paper tray that has the desired paper for 

copying. 

[MENU] key 

Press this key to select the paper size for copying, to configure a 

user program or to display the total count. 

12 [E-SORT/SP.FUNC] key ( ) 

Press to select the sort function, 2 IN 1 copy function, or margin 

shift function. 

14 [EXPOSURE] key ( ) 

Use to switch from auto exposure adjustment to text mode or 

photo mode. 

16 [CLEAR ALL] key ( ) 

This returns all functions to the default settings. When pressed in 

a setting menu, this returns the settings and display to the initial 

state. 

18 Shows the current copy ratio. 

19 Shows the selected paper size. 20 Shows the number of copies that has been entered with the 

numeric keys. 

21 A checkmark " " appears when the exposure has been 

changed, or when two-sided copying, sort, 2 IN 1, or margin shift 

is selected. 

AR-203E/5420/M200/M201 EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES 4 - 4

4. Motors and solenoids 

9 

No. Part name Control signal Function / Operation 

1 Main motor MM Drives the copier. 

2 Scanner motor MRMT Drives the optical mirror base (scanner unit). 

3 Toner motor TM Supplies toner. 

4 Cooling fan motor VFM Cools the optical, fusing section. 

5 Resist roller solenoid RRS Resist roller rotation control solenoid 

6 Paper feed solenoid CPFS1 Cassette Paper feed solenoid 1 

7 Multi paper feed solenoid MPFS Multi manual pages feed solenoid 

8 Duplex motor DMT Devices the duplex paper transport section (AR-M201 only) 

9 Shifter motor SFTM Drives the shifter. (AR-M200/M201) 


8 

3 

2 

6 

7 

4 

1 

5

5. Sensors and switches 

1 

No. Name Signal Type Function Output 

1 Scanner unit home position MHPS Transmission sensor Scanner unit home position "H" at home position 

sensor 

detection 

2 POD sensor POD Transmission sensor Paper exit detection "H" at paper pass 

3 PPD2 sensor PPD2 Transmission sensor Paper transport detection 2 "L" at paper pass 

4 Cassette detection switch CED1 Micro-switch Cassette installation detection "H" at cassette insertion 

5 PD1 sensor (AR-M200/M201) PD1 Micro-switch Paper width detect "H" at A4 size or less 

"L" at A4 size or more 

6 PPD1 sensor PPD1 Transmission sensor Paper transport detection 1 "L" at paper pass 

7 Door switch DSW Micro-switch Door open/close detection 

(safety switch for 24V) 

1 or 0V of 24V at door open 


2 

7 

6 

5 

4 

3

6. PWB unit 

9 

10 

1 

4 

5 

3 

7 

No. Name Function 

1 Exposure lamp invertor PWB Exposure lamp (CCFL) control 

2 Main PWB (MCU) Copier control 

3 Operation PWB Operation input/display 

4 High voltage PWB High voltage control 

5 CCD sensor PWB For image scanning 

6 LSU motor PWB For polygon motor drive 

7 TCS PWB For toner sensor control 

8 LSU PWB For laser control 

9 FAX-operation PWB FAX operation input (AR-FX13 option) 

10 Power PWB AC power input, DC voltage control 

11 Modem PWB FAX control (AR-FX13 option) 


2 

11 

6 

8

7. Cross sectional view 

1 2 4 3 16 5 

14 13 

No. Part name Function and operation 

1 Scanner unit Illuminates the original with the copy lamp and passes the reflected light to the lens unit (CCD). 

2 Exposure lamp Exposure lamp (CCFL) Illuminates original 

3 LSU (Laser unit) Converts the original image signal into laser beams and writes onto the drum. 

4 Paper exit roller 

Shifter roller 


12 

Roller for paper exit (AR-203E/5420) 

Transports and shifts paper in the back-forth direction of the machine. (AR-M200/M201) 

5 Main charger Provides negative charges evenly to the drum surface. 

6 Heat roller Fuses toner on the paper. (Teflon roller) 

7 Pressure roller Fuses toner on the paper. (Silicon rubber roller) 

8 Drum Forms images. 

9 Transfer unit Transfers images onto the drum. 

10 Pickup roller Picks up the manual feed paper. (In multi feed only) 

11 Manual paper feed tray Tray for manual feed paper 

12 Manual paper feed roller Transport the paper from the manual paper feed port. 

13 PS roller unit Takes synchronization between the lead edge and the rear edge of the paper. 

14 Paper feed roller Picks up a sheet of paper from the cassette. 

15 Paper transport roller Transports of a paper. 

16 Paper transport roller 2 Transports of a paper. (AR-M200/M201) 

6 

7 

8 

9 

11 

15 

10

[5] UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION 

1. Copier installation 

Improper installation may damage the copier. Please note the following 

during initial installation and whenever the copier is moved. 

Caution: If the copier is moved from a cool place to a warm place, 

condensation may form inside the copier. Operation in 

this condition will cause poor copy quality and malfunctions. 

Leave the copier at room temperature for at least 2 hours 

before use. 

Do not install your copier in areas that are: 

damp, humid, or very dusty 

exposed to direct sunlight 

poorly ventilated 

subject to extreme temperature or humidity changes, e.g., near 

an air conditioner or heater. 

The copier should be installed near an accessible power outlet for 

easy connection. 

Be sure to connect the power cord only to a power outlet that 

meets the specified voltage and current requirements. 

Also make certain the outlet is properly grounded. 

Be sure to allow the required space around the machine for servicing 

and proper ventilation. 

10cm 

(4") 

20cm (8") 

10cm 

(4") 

20cm (8") 

2. Cautions on handling 

AR-203E/5420/M200/M201 UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION 5 - 1 

Be careful in handling the copier as follows to maintain the performance 

of this copier. 

Do not drop the copier, subject it to shock or strike it against any 

object. 

Do not expose the drum cartridge to direct sunlight. 

Doing so will damage the surface (green portion) of the drum cartridge, 

causing poor print quality. 

Store spare supplies such as drum cartridges and toner cartridges 

in a dark place without removing from the package before use. 

If they are exposed to direct sunlight, poor print quality may result. 

Do not touch the surface (green portion) of the drum cartridge. 

Doing so will damage the surface of the cartridge, causing poor 

print quality. 

3. Checking packed components and 

accessories 

Open the carton and check if the following components and accessories 

are included. 

Operation manual 

Software CD-ROM 

Drum cartridge 

(installed in unit)

4. Unpacking 

Be sure to hold the handles on both sides of the unit to unpack the 

unit and carry it to the installation location. 

5. Removing protective packing 

materials 

1) Remove all pieces of tape shown in the illustration below. 

Then open the original cover and remove protective materials. 

2) Release the scan head locking switch. 

The scan head locking switch is under the document glass. 

If the switch is locked ( ), the unit will not operate. Unlock the 

switch ( ) as shown below. 

Grasp here and turn in 

the direction of the arrow. 

(A) 

Lock Unlock 

To lock the scan head locking switch, hold up the catch in illustration 

(A) and turn the center knob counter-clockwise 90 

degrees until you hear a click. 

6. Developer unit installation 

1) Open the multi-bypass tray, and then open the side cover. 


2) Remove the CAUTION tape from the front cover and remove 

the two protective pins from the fusing unit by pulling the 

strings upward one at a time. 

CAUTION tape 

3) Push gently on both sides of the front cover to open the cover. 

4) Remove the locking tape of the developer unit. 

5) Remove the screw which is fixing the copier and Developer 

unit. 

6) Remove Developer unit slowly from the copier. 

5 

7) Remove the screw (1 pc). 

8) Remove Upper developer unit. 

3 

1 

4 

Protective pins 

2

9) Shake the aluminum bag to stir developer. 

10) Supply developer from the aluminum bag to the top of the MX 

roller evenly. 

Note: Be careful not to splash developer outside Developer 

unit. 

11) Attach Upper developer unit and fix it with a screw. 

12) Rotate the MG roller gear to distribute developer evenly. 

Note: Never rotate the gear in the reverse direction. 

Note: When carrying Developer unit, do not tilt it extremely as 

shown with the arrow in the figure below. 

(Prevention of splash of developer) 

13) Insert Developer unit carefully into the copier. 

Note: Quick insertion may result in splash of developer. Be 

sure to insert carefully. 

14) Confirm that Developer unit is completely inserted to the bottom 

of the machine, fix Developer unit and the machine with a 

screw. 

15) Completion of Developer unit installation 

7. Toner cartridge installation 


1) To prevent against uneven distribution of toner, hold Toner unit 

with both hands and shake it several times horizontally. 

2) Hold the section of Toner unit shown in the figure below, 

remove the packing tape, and remove the cushion. 

3) Pull out the cushion in the arrow direction. 

4) Insert Toner unit carefully into the copier. 

5) Insert until the hook is engaged with the copier as shown in 

the figure below. 

6) Pull out the shutter in the arrow direction. 

Note: Do not hold and carry the shutter. Otherwise the shutter 

may drop and Toner unit may drop. 

7) Completion of Toner unit installation 

Close the front and side cabinets.

8. Loading paper 

1) Raise the handle of the paper tray and pull the paper tray out 

until it stops. 

2) Remove the pressure plate lock. Rotate the pressure plate 

lock in the direction of the arrow to remove it while pressing 

down the pressure plate of the paper tray. 

3) Store the pressure plate lock which has been removed in step 

2). To store the pressure plate lock, rotate the lock to fix it on 

the relevant location. 

4) Adjust the paper guides on the paper tray to the copy paper 

width and length. Squeeze the lever of paper guide (A) and 

slide the guide to match with the width of the paper. Move 

paper guide (B) to the appropriate slot as marked on the tray. 

Paper guide (B) 

Pressure plate lock 

5) Fan the paper and insert it into the tray. Make sure the edges 

go under the corner hooks. 

Note: Do not load paper above the maximum height line ( ). 

Exceeding the line will cause a paper misfeed. 

6) Gently push the paper tray back into the unit. 

9. Power to copier 

Paper guide (A) 

Ensure that the power switch of the unit is in the OFF position. 

Plug the other end of the power cord into the nearest outlet. Turn 

the power switch on the left side of the unit to the "ON" position. 

The start ( ) indicator will light up and other indicators which 

show the initial settings of the operation panel will also light up to 

indicate the ready condition. 

10. Software (AR-203E/M200/M201) 


The CD-ROM that accompanies the machine contains the following 

software: 

MFP driver 

Printer driver 

The printer driver enables you to use the printer function of the 

machine. 

The printer driver includes the Print Status Window. This is a utility 

that monitors the machine and informs you of the printing status, 

the name of the document currently being printed, and error messages. 

Please note that the Print Status Window does not operate when 

the machine is used as a network printer. 

Scanner driver* 

The scanner driver allows you to use the scanning function of the 

machine with TWAIN-compliant and WIA-compliant applications. 

Sharpdesk* (Excluding AR-203E X) 

Sharpdesk is an integrated software environment that makes it 

easy to manage documents and image files, and launch applications. 

Button Manager* 

Button Manager allows you to use the scanner menus on the 

machine to scan a document. 

*: The scanning feature can only be used with computers that are 

connected to the machine by a USB cable. 

A. Before installation 

Hardware and software requirements 

Check the following hardware and software requirements in order to 

install the software. 

Computer type IBM PC/AT or compatible computer equipped 

with a USB 2.0/1.1* 1 

Operating 

system* 2 * 3 

Windows 98, Windows Me, Windows 2000 

Professional* 4 , Windows XP Professional* 4 , 

Windows XP Home Edition* 4 , Windows Vista* 4 

Display 1024 x 768 dots (XGA) display with 16bit 

Hard disk free 150 MB or more 

space 

Other hardware 

requirements 

An environment on which any of the operating 

systems listed above can fully operate 

*1: Compatible with Windows 98, Windows Me, Windows 2000 

Professional, Windows XP Professional, Windows XP Home 

Edition or Windows Vista preinstalled model standardly 

equipped with a USB port. 

*2: Printing is not available in MS-DOS mode. 

*3: The machine does not support printing from a Macintosh environment. 

*4: Administrator's rights are required to install the software using 

the installer. 

Installation environment and usable software 

The following table shows the drivers and software that can be 

installed for each version of Windows and interface connection 

method. 

Cable Operating 

system 

USB Windows 98/ 

Me/2000/XP/ 

Vista 

Printer 

driver 

Scanner 

driver 

Button 

Manager Sharpdesk 

Available* 1 Available 

*1: The printer driver that is installed will vary depending on the 

type of connection between the machine and your computer. 

Install the software according to the Operation Manual.

B. Installing the software 

Note: 

The screen images in this manual are mainly for Windows XP. 

With other versions of Windows, some screen images may be different 

from those in this manual. 

In the following explanations it is assumed that the mouse is configured 

for right hand operation. 

If an error message appears, follow the instructions on the screen 

to solve the problem. After the problem is solved, the installation 

procedure will continue. Depending on the problem, you may 

have to click the "Cancel" button to exit the installer. In this case, 

reinstall the software from the beginning after solving the problem. 

1) The USB cable must not be connected to the machine. Make 

sure that the cable is not connected before proceeding. 

If the cable is connected, a Plug and Play window will appear. If 

this happens, click the "Cancel" button to close the window and 

disconnect the cable. 

Note: The cable will be connected in step 13). 

2) Insert the CD-ROM into your computer's CD-ROM drive. 

3) Click the "start" button, click "My Computer", and then doubleclick 

the CD-ROM icon. 

In Windows Vista, click the "Start" button, click "Computer", 

and then double-click the CD-ROM icon. 

In Windows 98/Me/2000, double-click "My Computer", and 

then double-click the CD-ROM icon. 

4) Double-click the "setup" icon. 

In Windows Vista, if a message screen appears asking you for 

confirmation, click "Allow". 

5) The "SOFTWARE LICENSE" window will appear. Make sure 

that you understand the contents of the software license, and 

then click the "Yes" button. 

Note: You can show the "SOFTWARE LICENSE" in a different 

language by selecting the desired language from the 

language menu. To install the software in the selected 

language, continue the installation with that language 

selected. 

6) Read the "Readme First" in the "Welcome" window and then 

click the "Next" button. 

7) To install all of the software, click the "Standard" button and go 

to step 12). 

To install particular packages, click the "Custom" button and go 

to next step. 


8) Click the "MFP Driver" button. 

Click the "Display Readme" button to show information on packages 

that are selected. 

9) Select "Connected to this computer" and click the "Next" button. 

Follow the on-screen instructions. 

Caution: 

If you are using Windows Vista and a security warning window 

appears, be sure to click "Install this driver software anyway". 

If you are running Windows 2000/XP and a warning message 

appears regarding the Windows logo test or digital signature, be 

sure to click "Continue Anyway" or "Yes". 

10) You will return to the window of step 8). If you wish to install Button 

Manager or Sharpdesk, click the "Utility Software" button. 

If you do not wish to install the Utility Software, click the "Close" 

button and go to step 12). 

Note: After the installation, a message prompting you to restart 

your computer may appear. In this case, click the "Yes" 

button to restart your computer.

Installing the Utility Software 

11) Click the "Button Manager" or the "Sharpdesk" button. 




Caution: In Windows 98/Me/2000, if the following screen appears, 

click the "Skip" button or the "Continue" button as appropriate 

to continue the Sharpdesk installation. 

If "Skip" is selected, the Sharpdesk installation will continue 

without installing Sharpdesk Imaging. 

If "Continue" is selected, Sharpdesk Imaging will be 

installed. If Imaging for Windows is installed on your computer, 

Sharpdesk Imaging will overwrite Imaging for Windows. 

12) When installing is finished, click the "Close" button. 

Caution: 






A message will appear instructing you to connect the machine 

to your computer. Click the "OK" button. 


your computer may appear. In this case, click the "Yes" 

button to restart your computer. 

13) Make sure that the power of the machine is turned on, and then 

connect the USB cable. 

Windows will detect the machine and a Plug and Play screen 

will appear. 


14) Follow the instructions in the plug and play window to install the 

driver. 


Caution: 






This completes the installation of the software. 

If you installed Button Manager, set up Button Manager as 

explained in "C. Setting up Button Manager". 

If you installed Sharpdesk, the Sharpdesk setup screen will 

appear. Follow the instructions in the screen to set up Sharpdesk. 

(1) Connecting a USB cable 

Follow the procedure below to connect the machine to your computer. 

A USB cable for connecting the machine to your computer is not 

included with the machine. Please purchase the appropriate cable 

for your computer. 

Caution: 

USB is available with a PC/AT compatible computer that was originally 

equipped with USB and had Windows 98, Windows Me, 

Windows 2000 Professional, Windows XP or Windows Vista preinstalled. 

Do not connect the USB cable before installing the printer driver. 

The USB cable should be connected during installation of the 

printer driver. 

Note 

If the machine will be connected using a USB 2.0 port of your 

computer, please purchase a USB cable that supports USB 2.0. 

To obtain the fastest USB 2.0 data transfer speed, "USB2.0 

MODE SWITCH" in the machine's user programs must be set to 

"HI-SPEED". For more information, see "[12] USER PROGRAM". 

(AR-M200/M201 only) 

Use the machine's "HI-SPEED" mode only when using a computer 

that is running Windows 2000/XP/Vista. 

Even when the Microsoft USB 2.0 driver is used, it may not be 

possible to obtain full USB 2.0 speed if a PC card supporting 

USB 2.0 is used. To obtain the latest driver (which may enable a 

higher speed), contact the manufacturer of your PC card. 

Connection is also possible using a USB 1.1 port on your computer. 

However, the specifications will be USB 1.1 specifications (Full- 

Speed). 

1) Insert the cable into the USB connector on the machine. 

(AR-203E) (AR-M200/M201) 

2) Insert the other end of the cable into your computer's USB port.

(2) Using the machine as a shared printer 

(AR-203E/M200/M201) 

If the machine will be used as a shared printer on a network, follow 

these steps to install the printer driver in the client computer. 

Note: To configure the appropriate settings in the print server, see 

the operation manual or help file of your operating system. 

1) Perform steps 2) through 6) in "Installing the software". 

2) Click the "Custom" button. 

3) Click the "MFP Driver" button. 



4) Select "Connected via the network" and click the "Next" button. 


5) Click the "Add Network Port" button. 

In Windows Vista, the "Add Network Port" button does not 

appear. 

6) Select the network printer that is shared and click the "OK" button. 

Ask your network administrator for the server name and printer 

name of the machine on the network. 

7) In the printer port selection window, verify the network printer 

that is shared and whether the machine is to be used as the 

default printer, make the selections and click the "Next" button. 


Caution: 






8) You will return to the window of step 3). Click the "Close" button. 


your computer may appear. In this case, click the "Yes" button 

to restart your computer. 

This completes the installation of the software. 

C. Setting up Button Manager 

Button Manager is a software program that works with the scanner 

driver to enable scanning from the machine. 

To scan using the machine, Button Manager must be linked with the 

scan menu on the machine. Follow the steps below to link Button 

Manager to scanner events. 

(1) Windows XP/Vista 

1) Click the "start" button, click "Control Panel", click "Printers and 

Other Hardware", and then click "Scanners and Cameras". 

In Windows Vista, click the "Start" button, select "Control Panel" 

and click "Hardware and Sound", and then click "Scanners and 

Cameras".

2) Click the "SHARP AR-XXXX" icon and select "Properties" from 

the "File" menu. 

In Windows Vista, select "Properties" from the "Organize" 

menu. 

3) In the "Properties" screen, click the "Events" tab. 

4) Select "SC1:" from the "Select an event" pull-down menu. 

5) Select "Start this program" and then select "Sharp Button Manager 

T" (AR-203E) or "Sharp Button Manager S" (AR-M200/ 

M201) from the pull-down menu. 

6) Click the "Apply" button. 

7) Repeat Steps 4) through 6) to link Button Manager to "SC2:" 

through "SC6:". 

Select "SC2:" from the "Select an event" pull-down menu. 

Select "Start this program", select "Sharp Button Manager T / 

S" from the pull-down menu, and then click the "Apply" button. 

Do the same for each ScanMenu through "SC6:". 

When the settings have been completed, click the "OK" button 

to close the screen. 

Button Manager is now linked to the scan menu (1 through 6). 

The scan settings for each of scan menu 1 through 6 can be 

changed with the setting window of Button Manager. 

For the factory default settings of the scan menu and the procedures 

for configuring Button Manager settings, see "Button Manager 

Settings" in the Online Manual. 


(2) Windows 98/Me/2000 

1) Click the "Start" button, select "Settings", and then click "Control 

Panel". 

2) Double-click the "Scanners and Cameras" icon. 

Note: If the "Scanners and Cameras" icon does not appear in 

Windows Me, click "view all Control Panel options". 

3) Select "SHARP AR-XXXX" and click the "Properties" button. 

In Windows Me, right click "SHARP AR-XXXX" and click "Properties" 

in the pop-up menu. 

4) In the "Properties" screen, click the "Events" tab. 

5) Select "SC1:" from the "Scanner events" pull-down menu. 

6) Select "Sharp Button Manager T / S" in "Send to this application". 

Note: If other applications are shown, deselect the checkboxes for 

the other applications and leave only the Button Manager 

checkbox selected. 

7) Click the "Apply" button. 

8) Repeat Steps 5) through 7) to link Button Manager to "SC2:" 

through "SC6:". 

Select "SC2:" from the "Scanner events" pull-down menu. 

Select "Sharp Button Manager T / S" in "Send to this application" 

and click the "Apply" button. 

Do the same for each ScanMenu through "SC6:". 

When the settings have been completed, click the "OK" button 

to close the screen. 

Button Manager is now linked to the scan menu (1 through 6). 

The scan settings for each of scan menus 1 through 6 can be 

changed with the setting window of Button Manager. 

For the factory default settings of the scan menu and the procedures 

for configuring Button Manager settings, see "Button Manager 

Settings" in the Online Manual.

11. Interface 

A. USB 

Connector 

Type-B connector 

Cable 

Shielded twisted pair cable 

(2 m (6 feet) Max.: high-speed transmission equivalent) 

Pin configuration 

The pin numbers and signal names are listed in the following table. 

12. Moving 

Pin No. Signal name 

1 +5V 

2 -DATA 

3 +DATA 

4 GND 

2 

Moving instructions 

When moving the unit, follow the procedure below. 

Note: When moving this unit, be sure to remove the toner cartridge 

in advance. 

1) Turn the power switch off and remove the power cord from the 

outlet. 

2) Open the side cover and front cover, in that order. Remove the 

toner cartridge and close the front cover and side cover, in that 

order. 

To open and close the side cover and front cover, and to remove 

the toner cartridge. 

3) Raise the handle of the paper tray and pull the paper tray out 

until it stops. 

4) Push the center of the pressure plate down until it locks in place 

and lock the plate using the pressure plate lock which has been 

stored in the front of the paper tray. 

5) Push the paper tray back into the unit. 

6) Lock the scan head locking switch. 

Note: When shipping the unit, the scan head locking switch must 

be locked to prevent shipping damage. 

7) Close the multi-bypass tray and the paper output tray extension, 

and attach the packing materials and tape which were removed 

during installation of the unit. 

8) Pack the unit into the carton. 

1 

3 4 

13. Scanner moisture-proof kit 


If the machine is installed in a highly humid environment, you can 

alleviate dew condensation inside the scanner by installing the 

scanner moisture-proof kit described below. 

A. Components 

Scanner moisture-proof kit (DKIT-0016QSZZ) 

Name Part code Qty 

1 Scanner condensation 

prevention mylar 

PSHEZ0493QSZZ 3 

2 Optical right hole mylar B PSHEZ0469QSZZ 2 

3 Scanner motor metal plate 

cushion 

PMLT-0106QSZZ 2 

4 Scanner upper surface cushion PMLT-0105QSZZ 1 

5 Scanner motor lower mylar PSHEP0600QSZZ 1 

6 Scanner UPG mylar J3 PSHEP0599QSZZ 1 

7 Fan housing cushion PMLT-0108QSZ1 1 

B. Precautions at installation 

Clean the position where each cushion/mylar is attached with 

industrial alcohol before the work. 

C. Attachment method 

Turn the main switch to the "OFF" position and remove the power 

plug from the outlet. 

1) Remove the document cover. 

Remove the document cover from the copier. 

2) Remove the rear cabinet. 

Remove the four screws and then remove the rear cabinet. 

2 

1

3) Remove the rear cover for the document glass. 

Remove the two screws and then remove the right glass 

holder. 

Slide the rear cover for the document glass to remove it. 

Remove the table glass. 

1 

2 

4) Attach the Scanner condensation prevention mylar at the 3 

positions on the rear side of the main unit as described below. 

Note: The hole should be covered with the mylar. 

Align the edge of the mylar to the R part (the yellow line in the 

diagram below) so that the hole of the metal plate is covered 

as much as possible. 

Align the edge of the mylar to the R part (the yellow line in the 

diagram below) so that the hole of the metal plate is covered 

as much as possible. 

3 


Attach along the edge of the projection (the yellow line in the 

diagram below). 

5) Attach the Optical right hole mylar B at the 2 positions shown 

in the diagrams below which are at the top of the rear side of 

the main unit. 

Note: The holes should be covered with the mylar. 

Attach along the edge of the cushion (the yellow line in the diagram 

below). 

Align with the inside line of the bent part (the yellow line in the 

diagram below). 

Stick the excessive part on the side. 

Align with the raised part (the yellow line in the diagram 

below). 

Match the center of the mylar (in the horizontal direction) to the 

center of the raised part. 

Stick the excessive part on the side.

6) Attach the Scanner motor metal plate cushion at 1 position on 

the attachment plate of the motor on the rear side of the main 

unit. 

Note: The hole on the top of the motor unit should be covered 

with the mylar. 

Align the edge of the metal plate and the edge of the cushion 

(the yellow line in the diagram below). 

20mm - 25mm 

Press and attach the cushion aligning it to the metal plate so 

that there will be no gap between them. 

7) Attach the Scanner upper surface cushion on the top and the 

rear side at the rear side of the main unit. 

Align the cushion with the side of the raised part (the yellow 

line in the diagram below). 

Do not cover this hole. Align the edge of the cushion with 

the edge of the metal plate. 


Bend the part which is sticking out to the rear side of the scanner 

and attach to the surface. 

Press the cushion at the steps shown in the diagram so that 

there will be no gap. 

Press the cushion to make sure all the holes are covered. 

8) Bend the edge of the Scanner motor lower mylar and stick 

together. 

Stick together. Stick together. 

9) Attach the Scanner motor lower mylar at 1 position under the 

motor attachment plate on the rear side of the main unit. 

Note: The mylar should cover the hole under the motor unit. 

Attach matching the hole (the yellow mark in the diagram) and 

along with the side edge (the yellow arrow in the diagram). 

Disconnect the motor harness from the connector and take off 

the snap band from the hole. 

Press the mylar with a sharp-pointed stick or something so 

that it is stuck correctly.

10) Attach the Scanner motor metal plate cushion covering the 

bottom part of the Scanner motor lower mylar. 

Note: The hole under the motor unit should be covered. 

Attach the cushion to cover the gap between the mylar and the 

metal plate (the yellow mark). 

Stick the lower part of the cushion to the mylar, too. 

Press the cushion with a sharp-pointed stick or something to 

fill the gap between the mylar and the metal plate. 

11) Attach the motor connector and the snap band to the original 

position. 

12) Attach the Scanner UPG mylar J3 to cover the hole on the 

right side of inside of the scanner. 

Note: The mylar should cover the hole shown by the arrow in 

the diagram. 

Attach along with the bent part of the metal plate and align the 

edge of the mylar with the line shown in the diagram (the yellow 

line in the diagram). 


13) Attach the Fan housing cushion to the cooling fan at the position 

shown in the diagram below. 

Cover the top and the right side of the fan housing when you 

see the fan housing from the backside of the machine. 

Note: Please make sure the double-sided tape is not exposed 

where the cushion is sticking out from the edge of the 

fan housing. 

A 

View from 

the arrow A 

Back side 

Attach the cushion leaving 3-7mm 

from the edge. 

3 - 7mm 

Reference position 

Attach the cushion leaving 3 - 7mm from the edge so that the 

gap between the Fan housing cushion and the filter of the rear 

cabinet is filled for sure. 

14) Attach the parts removed in the items 1), 2), and 3).

[6] COPY PROCESS 

1. Functional diagram 

(Basic operation cycle) 

To face 

down tray 

An OPC drum is used for the photoconductor. 

(Structure of the OPC drum layers) 

Main charger 

Laser beam 

MG roller 

Main high voltage unit 

Cleaning blade 

Waste toner box 

Saw tooth Charge 

Cleaning 

Paper release Fusing Separation 

Heat roller 

Heater lamp 

Semiconductor laser 

Electrode 

OPC layer 

(20 microns thick) 

Pigment layer (0.2 

to 0.3 microns thick) 

Aluminum drum 


Exposure 

Drum 

Transfer 

Drum 

Transfer charger 

Transfer high 

voltage unit 

Resist roller 

Focus correction lens 

AR-203E/5420/M200/M201 COPY PROCESS 6 - 1 

Transfer unit 

Cassette 

paper feed 

Developing 

Synchronization 

with drum 

Toner 

Developer 

PS roller 

Manual feed 

Print process 

Paper transport route

2. Outline of print process 

This printer is a non-impact printer that uses a semiconductor 

laser and electrostatic print process. This printer uses an OPC 

(Organic Photo Conductor) for its photoconductive material. 

First, voltage from the main corona unit charges the drum surface 

and a latent image is formed on the drum surface using a laser 

beam. This latent image forms a visible image on the drum surface 

when toner is applied. The toner image is then transferred onto the 

print paper by the transfer corona and fused on the print paper in 

the fusing section with a combination of heat and pressure. 

Step-1: Charge 

Step-2: Exposure 

∗ Latent image is formed on the drum. 

Step-3: Developing 

Latent image formed on the drum is then changed into 

visible image with toner. 

Step-4: Transfer 

The visible image (toner image) on the drum is transferred 

onto the print paper. 

Step-5: Cleaning 

Residual toner on the drum surface is removed and collected 

by the cleaning blade. 

Step-6: Optical discharge 

Residual charge on the drum surface is removed, by 

semiconductor laser beam. 

3. Actual print process 

Step-1: DC charge 

A uniform negative charge is applied over the OPC drum surface 

by the main charging unit. Stable potential is maintained by means 

of the Scorotron charger. 

Positive charges are generated in the aluminum layer. 

About 

DC5.5KV 

( 580V/ 400V) 


Step-2: Exposure (laser beam, lens) 

A Laser beam is generated from the semiconductor laser and controlled 

by the print pattern signal. The laser writes onto the OPC 

drum surface through the polygon mirrors and lens. The resistance 

of the OPC layer decreases for an area exposed by the laser 

beam (corresponding to the print pattern signal). The beam neutralizes 

the negative charge. An electrostatic latent image is 

formed on the drum surface. 

Exposure 

(semiconductor laser) 

Drum surface charge 

after the exposure 


Non-image area Image area 

OPC layer 

Pigment 

layer 

Aluminum 

drum 

OPC layer 

Pigment 

layer 

Aluminum 

layer

Step-3: Developing (DC bias) 

A bias potential is applied to the MG roller in the two component 

magnetic brush developing method, and the toner is charged negative 

through friction with the carrier. 

Non-image area of the drum surface charged with negative potential 

repel the toner, whereas the laser exposed portions where no 

negative charges exist, attract the toner. As a result, a visible 

image appears on the drum surface. 

:Carrier (Magnetized particle) 

:Toner (Charge negative by friction) 

(N) (S) Permanent magnet 

(provided in three locations) 

DC 

400V 8V 

N 

N 

Toner is attracted over the shadowed area because of the developing 

bias. 

S 

MG roller 


Step-4: Transfer 

The visible image on the drum surface is transferred onto the print 

paper by applying a positive charge from the transfer corona to the 

backside of the print paper. 

About DC 5.2kV 

Step-5: Separation 

Since the print paper is charged positively by the transfer corona, it 

is discharged by the separation corona. The separation corona is 

connected to ground. 

Step-6: Cleaning 

Toner remaining on the drum is removed and collected by the 

cleaning blade. It is transported to the waste toner collecting section 

in the cleaning unit by the waste toner transport roller.

Step-7: Optical discharge (Semiconductor laser) 

Before the drum rotation is stopped, the semiconductor laser is 

radiated onto the drum to reduce the electrical resistance in the 

OPC layer and eliminate residual charge, providing a uniform state 

to the drum surface for the next page to be printed. 

When the electrical resistance is reduced, positive charges on the 

aluminum layer are moved and neutralized with negative charges 

on the OPC layer. 

Charge by the Scorotron charger 

Function 

The Scorotron charger functions to maintain uniform surface 

potential on the drum at all times, It control the surface potential 

regardless of the charge characteristics of the photoconductor. 

Basic function 

A screen grid is placed between the saw tooth and the photoconductor. 

A stable voltage is added to the screen grid to maintain the 

corona current on the photoconductor. 

As the photoconductor is charged by the saw tooth from the main 

corona unit, the surface potential increases. This increases the 

current flowing through the screen grid. When the photoconductor 

potential nears the grid potential, the current turns to flow to the 

grid so that the photoconductor potential can be maintained at a 

stable level. 

Process controlling 

Function 

The print pattern signal is converted into an invisible image by the 

semiconductor laser using negative to positive (reversible) developing 

method. Therefore, if the developing bias is added before 

the drum is charged, toner is attracted onto the drum. If the developing 

bias is not added when the drum is charged, the carrier is 

attracted to the drum because of the strong electrostatic force of 

the drum. 

To avoid this, the process is controlled by adjusting the drum 

potential and the grid potential of the Scorotron charger. 


Voltage added to the screen grid can be selected, high and low. To 

make it easily understood, the figure below shows voltage transition 

at the developer unit. 

0 


START STOP 

Print potential 

1) Low 

2) 

3) 

4) High 

Toner attract 

potential 

Time 

Developing bias 

Drum potential 


Start 

1) Because the grid potential is at a low level, the drum potential 

is at about -400V. (Carrier may not be attracted though the carrier 

is pulled towards the drum by the electrostatic force of - 

400V. 

2) Developing bias (-400V) is applied when the photoconductor 

potential is switched from LOW to HIGH. 

3) Once developing bias (-400V) is applied and the photo conductor 

potential rises to HIGH, toner will not be attracted to the 

drum. 

Stop 

The reverse sequence takes place. 

Retaining developing bias at an abnormal occurrence 

Function 

The developing bias will be lost if the power supply was removed 

during print process. In this event, the drum potential slightly 

abates and the carrier makes deposits on the drum because of 

strong static power. To prevent this, the machine incorporates a 

function to retain the developing bias for a certain period and 

decrease the voltage gradually against possible power loss. 


Normally, the developing bias voltage is retained for a certain time 

before the drum comes to a complete stop if the machine should 

stop before completing the normal print cycle. The developing bias 

can be added before resuming the operation after an abnormal 

interruption. Therefore, carrier will not make a deposit on the drum 

surface.

[7] OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTIONS 

1. Outline of operation 

The outline of operation is described referring to the basic configuration. 

(Basic configuration) 

Operation 

section 

Printer section 

(Outline of copy operation) 

CCD 

Scanner section 

MCU (Main control/image process section) 

Laser beam 

Process section 

LSU (Laser unit) 

Laser diode, Polygon mirror lens 

Cassette paper 

feed section 

Paper exit 

Setting conditions 

1) Set copy conditions such as the copy quantity and the copy 

density with the operation section, and press the COPY button. 

The information on copy conditions is sent to the MCU. 

Image scanning 

2) When the COPY button is pressed, the scanner section starts 

scanning of images. 

The light from the copy lamp is reflected by the document and 

passed through the lens to the CCD. 

Photo signal/Electric signal conversion 

3) The image is converted into electrical signals by the CCD circuit 

and passed to the MCU. 

Image process 

4) The document image signal sent from the CCD circuit is processed 

under the revised conditions and sent to the LSU 

(laser unit) as print data. 

Electric signal/Photo signal (laser beam) conversion 

5) The LSU emits laser beams according to the print data. 

(Electrical signals are converted into photo signals.) 

6) The laser beams are radiated through the polygon mirror and 

various lenses to the OPC drum. 

Manual paper 

feed section 

Fusing section 

(Option) 

FAX modem 

FAX I/F 

USB 

Printer/ 

Scanner I/F 

Paper transport section 

AR-203E/5420/M200/M201 OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTIONS 7 - 1 

AR-M200/M201 

USB 

FAX 

(Option) 

USB 

Network 

Box 

AR-203E/M200/M201 

Network 

Printing 

7) Electrostatic latent images are formed on the OPC drum 

according to the laser beams, and the latent images are developed 

to be visible images (toner images). 

8) Meanwhile the paper is fed to the image transfer section in 

synchronization with the image lead edge. 

9) After the transfer of toner images onto the paper, the toner 

images are fused to the paper by the fusing section. The copied 

paper is discharged onto the exit tray. 

(Outline of printer operation) 

The print data sent from the PC are passed through the NIC PWB 

(in case of network connection) and the MCU to the LSU. The procedures 

after that are the same as above 5) and later. 

(Outline of scanner operation) 

The scan data are passed through the MCU to the PC according 

to the conditions requested by the operations with the operation 

panel. 

PC

2. Scanner section 

A. Scanner unit 

The scanner unit in the digital copier scans images. 

It is composed of the optical unit and the drive unit. The optical unit 

performs scanning in the main scan direction with the light receiving 

elements (color CCD). The drive unit performs scanning in the 

sub scanning direction by moving the optical unit. 

B. Optical system 

Two white lamps are used as the light source. 

Light radiated from the light source is applied to the document on 

the document table. The reflected light from the document is 

reflected 4 times by No. 1 - No. 3 mirrors and passed through the 

reduction lens to form images on the light-receiving surface of 3line 

CCD. 

The light-receiving surface of the color CCD is provided with 3 line 

scanning sections for RGB. Separate images scanned in each 

color section are overlapped to complete color scanning. (When 

PC scanning) 

The resolution is 600dpi. 

When copying, only the green component is used to print with the 

printer. 

The color component for printing can be switched to red or blue by 

the service simulation. 

Sensitivity 

100 

75 

50 

25 

45.4 

C. Drive system 

100.0 

380 480 580 680 780 

(Spectrum characteristics of the lamp) 

The drive system is composed of the scanner motor, the pulley 

gear, the idle pulley, the idle gear, the belt 473, the belt 190, and the 

shaft. 

The motor rotation is converted into reciprocated movements of the 

belt 473 through the idle gear, the pulley gear, the belt 190, and the 

idle pulley to drive the optical unit. 

7 

50.2 

Wavelength [nm] 


Relative sensitivity 

7 

1 

Spectral sensitivity characteristics (Standard characteristics) 

Wavelength [nm] 

(Spectrum characteristics of the color CCD) 

9 8 10 8 9 

3 5 

4 2 

(Optical unit) 

1 Table glass 2 Optical unit 3 Lens 

4 Mirror 1 5 Mirror 2 6 Mirror 3 

7 CCD PWB 8 Lamp 9 Reflector 

10 Original 

3 4 6 2 8 5 

1 Scanner motor 2 Pulley gear 3 Idle pulley 

4 Belt 473 5 Belt 190 6 Optical unit 

7 Shaft 8 Idle gear 9 Table glass 

9 

1 

3 

6

3. Laser unit 

The image data sent from the MCU (image process circuit) is sent 

to the LSU (laser unit), where it is converted into laser beams. 

A. Basic structure 

The LSU unit is the writing section of the digital optical system. 

The semiconductor laser is used as the light source, and images 

are formed on the OPC drum by the polygon mirror and fθ lens, etc. 

The laser beams are passed through the collimator lens, the cylindrical 

lens, the polygon mirror, the fθ lens, and the mirror to form 

images on the OPC drum in the main scanning direction. The laser 

emitting PWB is provided with the APC (auto power control) in 

order to eliminate fluctuations in the laser power. The BD PWB 

works for measurement of the laser writing start point. 

6 

No Component Function 

1 Semiconductor laser Generates laser beams. 

2 Collimator lens Converges laser beams in parallel. 

3 Cylinder lens Takes the focus. 

4 Polygon mirror, Reflects laser beams at a constant 

polygon motor rpm. 

5 BD (Lens, PWB) Detects start timing of laser 

scanning. 

6 fθ lens Converges laser beams at a spot on 

the drum. 

Makes the laser scanning speeds at 

both ends of the drum same as each 

other. (Refer to the figure below.) 

Makes the laser scanning speeds at both ends of the drum same 

as each other. 

a ≠ b ≠ c 

4 3 2 1 

a b c 

6 

fθ LENS 

3 

d = e = f 

d e f 

5 

B. Laser beam path 

C. Composition 


Effective scanning width: 216mm (max.) 

Resolution: 600dpi 

Beam diameter: 75um in the main scanning direction, 80um in the 

sub scanning direction 

Image surface power: 0.18 ± 0.01mW (Laser wavelength 770 - 

795nm) 

Polygon motor section: Brushless motor 20.787rpm 

No. of mirror surfaces: 5 surfaces 

4. Fuser section

A. General description 

General block diagram (cross section) 

Top view 

Thermistor 

Heat roller 

(1) Heat roller 

Thermal fuse 

Heat roller 

Thermistor 

A Teflon roller is used for the heat roller and a silicone rubber roller 

is used for the lower heat roller for better toner fusing performance 

and paper separation. 

(2) Separator pawl 

Three separator pawls are used on the upper heat roller. The separator 

pawls are Teflon coated to reduce friction with the roller and 

prevent a smear on the paper caused by the separator pawl. 

(3) Thermal control 

Separator pawl 

Paper guide 

PPD2 


Pressure roller 

Thermal fuse 

Heater lamp 

1) The heater lamp, thermistor, main PWB, DC power supply 

PWB, and triac within the power supply unit are used to control 

the temperature in the fuser unit. 

To prevent against abnormally high temperature in the fuser 

unit, a thermal breaker and thermal fuse are used for safety 

purposes. 

Safety device 

(thermal breaker, thermal 

fuse) 

Triac (in the 

power supply unit) 


Heated by the heater 

lamp. (950W) 

The surface temperature 

of the upper heat roller is 

sensed by the thermistor. 

Level of the thermistor is 

controlled by the main PWB. 

With the signal from the 

main PWB, the triac is 

controlled on and off. 

(power supply PWB) 


2) The surface temperature of the upper heat roller is set to 160 - 

200°C. The surface temperature during the power save mode 

is set to 100°C. 

3) The self-check function comes active when one of the following 

malfunctions occurs, and an "H" is displayed on the multicopy 

window. 

a. When the heat roller surface temperature rises above 240°C. 

b. When the heat roller surface temperature drops below 100°C 

during the copy cycle. 

c. Open thermistor 

d. Open thermal fuse 

e. When the heat roller temperature does not reach 190°C within 

27 second after supplying the power. 

(4) Fusing resistor 

This model is provided with a fusing resistor in the fusing section 

to improve transfer efficiency. 

Since the upper heat roller is conductive, when using copy paper 

that contains moisture and the distance between the transfer unit 

and the fusing unit is short, the transfer current may find a path to 

ground via the copy paper, the upper heat roller and the discharging 

brush. 

5. Paper feed section and paper 

transport section 

A. Paper transport path and general operations 

1 2 4 3 

16 5 

14 13 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

1 Scanner unit 9 Transfer unit 

2 Exposure lamp 10 Pickup roller 

3 LSU (Laser unit) 11 Manual paper feed tray 

4 Paper exit roller 12 Manual paper feed roller 

5 Main charger 13 PS roller unit 

6 Heat roller 14 Paper feed roller 

7 Pressure roller 15 Paper transport roller 

8 Drum 16 Shifter roller 

Paper feed is made in two ways; the tray paper feed and the manual 

paper feed. The tray is of universal-type, and has the capacity 

of 250 sheets. 

The front loading system allows you to install or remove the tray 

from the front cabinet. 

The general descriptions on the tray paper feed and the manual 

paper feed operation are given below. 

12 

11 

15

(1) Cassette paper feed operation 

1) The figure below shows the positions of the pick-up roller, the 

paper feed clutch sleeve, and the paper feed latch in the initial 

state without pressing the COPY button after lighting the ready 

lamp. 

The paper feed latch is in contact with the projection of the 

clutch sleeve. 

2) When the COPY button is pressed, the main drive motor starts 

rotating to drive each drive gear. 

The pick-up drive gear also is driven at that time. Since, however, 

the paper feed latch is in contact with the projection of 

the clutch sleeve, rotation of the drive gear is not transmitted to 

the pick-up roller, which does not rotate therefore. 

PFS 

OFF 

3) After about 0.1 sec from when the main motor start rotating, 

the tray paper feed solenoid (PFS) turns on for a moment. 

This disengages the paper feed latch from the projection of the 

clutch sleeve, transmitting rotation of the pick-up drive gear to 

the paper feed roller shaft, rotating the pick-up roller to feed 

the paper. 

PFS 

OFF 

RRS 

OFF 

RRS 

OFF 

4) After more than half rotation of the pick-up roller, the paper 

feed latch is brought in contact with a notch on the clutch 

sleeve, stopping rotation of the pick-up roller. 


5) At this time, the paper is fed passed the paper entry detection 

switch (PPD1), and detected by it. After about 0.15 sec from 

detection of paper by PPD1, the tray paper feed solenoid 

(PFS) turns on so that the clutch sleeve projection comes into 

contact with the paper feed latch to stop the pick-up roller. 

Then the pick-up roller rotates for about 0.15 sec so that the 

lead edge of the paper is evenly pressed on the resist roller, 

preventing against skew feeding. 

PFS 

ON 

6) To release the resist roller, the tray paper feed solenoid and 

the resist solenoid are turned on by the paper start signal to 

disengage the resist start latch from the clutch sleeve, transmitting 

rotation of the resist drive gear to the resist roller shaft. 

Thus the paper is transported by the resist roller. 

7) After the resist roller starts rotating, the paper is passed 

through the pre-transfer guide to the transfer section. Images 

are transferred on the paper, which is separated from the OPC 

drum by the drum curve and the separation section. 

PFS 

OFF 

RRS 

OFF 

RRS 

ON 

8) The paper separated from the drum is passed through the fusing 

paper guide, the heat roller (fusing section), POD (paper 

out detector) to the copy tray.

(2) Manual multi paper feed operation 

1) Before paper feed operation, the manual paper feed solenoid 

(MPFS) is turned OFF as shown in the figure below. 

OFF 

MPFS 

2) When the PRINT button is pressed, the manual paper feed 

solenoid (MPFS) turns on to disengage the manual paper feed 

latch. 

A from the manual paper feed clutch sleeve A, rotating the 

manual paper feed roller and the manual take-up roller. At the 

same time, the manual paper feed stopper opens and the 

manual take-up roller is pressed to the surface of the paper to 

start paper feeding. 

ON 

MPFS 

C 

C 

A 

A 


3) When pawl C of the manual paper feed clutch sleeve is 

engaged with the manual feed latch, the manual feed stopper 

falls and the manual take-up roller rises. At that time, the manual 

paper feed roller is rotating. 

ON 

MPFS 

4) The lead edge of the transported paper is pressed on the 

resist roller by the transport roller. Then the paper is stopped 

temporarily to allow synchronization with the lead edge of the 

image on the OPC drum. 

From this point, the operation is the same as the paper feed 

operation from the tray. (Refer to 7-5 - 8.) 

5) The solenoid turns off to close the gate and return to the initial 

state. 

OFF 

MPFS 

C 

C 

A 

A

(3) Conditions of occurrence of paper misfeed 

a. When the power is turned on: 

PPD or POD is ON when the power is turned on. 

b. Copy operation 

a PPD1 jam PPD1 does not turn off within 4 sec after 

turning on the resist roller. 

b PPD2 jam PPD2 is off immediately after turning on the 

resist roller. 

PPD2 does not turn off within 1.2 sec after 

turning off the resist roller. 

c POD jam POD does not turn on within 2.9 sec after 

turning on the resist roller. 

POD does not turn off within 1.5 sec - 2.7 sec 

after turning off PPD2. 

6. D-D (Duplex to Duplex) mode paper/ 

document transport (Duplex model) 

(AR-M201 only) 

A. Initial state 

Set duplex documents on the document tray. 

Set paper on the cassette. (In the duplex mode, the manual feed 

tray cannot be selected.) 

B. Front copy 

Document transport: 

The document feed roller feeds the document from the paper feed 

roller to the PS roller. 

The document is exposed in the exposure section, and transported 

to the document exit section by the lower transport roller 

and the paper exit roller. 

The document is transported to the paper exit tray. (However, it is 

not discharged completely.) 

The document is stopped once, and then switchback operation is 

performed. (To the back copy) 

Paper transport: 

The paper is passed through the paper feed roller and the PS roller, 

and the images on the front surface are transferred. 

The paper is passed through the fusing section and the lower 

side of the gate section to the paper exit tray side. (However, it is 

not discharged completely.) 

The paper is stopped once, and switchback operation is performed. 

(To the back copy) 

C. Back copy 


Document transport: 

By switchback operation, the document is sent through the upper 

transport roller and the PS roller to the exposure section, where the 

back surface of the document is exposed. 

The document is sent to the document exit section by the lower 

transport roller and the paper exit roller. 

The document is sent to the intermediate tray. (However, it is not 

discharged completely.) 

The document is stopped once, and switchback operation is performed. 

The document is sent through the upper transport roller and the 

PS roller and the exposure section (without being exposed) to the 

document exit section. 

The document is discharged to the document exit tray. 

Paper transport: 

Switchback operation is performed. 

The paper is sent through the upper side of the gate section and 

the duplex transport section and the PS roller, and the images on 

the back surface are transferred. 

The paper is sent through the fusing section and discharged to 

the paper exit tray.

Rotation copy mode: 

The front and the back are in upside down each other. 

Copy mode without rotation: 

The front and the back are not in upside down. 

7. Shifter (AR-M200/M201) 

Shift width: 2.5cm 

The offset function by the shifter is turned ON/OFF by the user program. 

According to the setting, offset operation is performed for every job. 

(Default: ON) 

AR-203E/5420/M200/M201 OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTIONS 7 - 8

[8] DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 

Before disassembly, be sure to disconnect the power cord 

for safety. 

1. Do not disconnect or connect the connector and the 

harness during the machine is powered. Especially be 

careful not to disconnect or connect the harness 

between the MCU PWB and the LSU (MCU PWB: CN119) 

during the machine is powered. (If it is disconnected or 

connected during the machine is powered, the IC inside 

the LSU will be destroyed.) 

2. To disconnect the harness after turning on the power, be 

sure to turn off the power and wait for at least 10 sec 

before disconnection. (Note that a voltage still remains 

immediately after turning off the power.) 

The disassembly and assembly procedures are described for the 

following sections: 

1. High voltage section 

2. Operation panel section 

3. Optical section 

4. Fusing section 

5. Tray paper feed/transport section 

6. Manual paper feed section 

7. Rear frame section 

8. Power section 

9. DV unit section 

10. Duplex motor section (AR-M201 only) 

11. Reverse roller section (AR-M201 only) 

1. High voltage section 

A. List 

No. Part name Ref. 

1 Drum 

2 Transfer charger unit 

3 Charger wire 

B. Drum replacement 

1) Remove the drum cover. (4 Lock Tabs) 

AR-203E/5420/M200/M201 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 1 

2) Remove the drum fixing plate and the photoconductor drum. 

(Note) Dispose the drum fixing plate which was removed. 

(2) 

LO CK 

3) Check the cleaning blade and the red felt for no damage. 

If there is any damage, execute all procedures from item 5) 

and later. 

If there is no damage, execute the procedure of item 12). 

4) Remove the main charger. 

(When uneven charging occurs, clean the screen grid and the 

sawteeth with an air blower.) 

5) Remove the cleaning blade. 

Note: Dispose the cleaning blade which was removed. 

If a cleaning error occurs, replace the cleaning blade. 

(Recommendable replacement cycle: Every 25K) 

(3)

6) Clean the cleaning section and the waste toner pipe to remove 

waste toner completely with a vacuum cleaner. 

7) Remove the felt and duplex tape completely. 

Note: Be careful not to scratch or bend the sub blade. 

8) Attach the cleaning blade. 

Securely insert the plate section of the cleaning blade into the 

unit and fix it with a screw. 

Do not touch the cleaning blade rubber with your hand. 

When attaching the cleaning blade, press the cleaning blade 

in the arrow direction and attach. 

Attach the cleaning blade, press the molt on the process frame 

with a screwdriver (–), and push it in the clearance between the 

process frame and the cleaning blade. 

Machine F side 

Machine R side 

Normal state of the molt 

Machine F side 

Machine R side 

9) Attach the moquettes. 

Moquette R 


0.2 – 0.5 mm 

Moquette R 

∗ 

0 – 0.3 mm 0 – 0.3 mm 

0 – 0.5 mm 

∗: Check while pressing the blade. 


Sub blade 


Sub blade 

Be careful not to allow the 

moquette to cover the sub blade. 

Moquette F 

0 – 0.5 mm 

Attach the mocket with slightly pressing section A of the cleaning 

blade. 

Do not touch the tip of the cleaning blade. 

Do not put the mocket under the cleaning blade. 

Do not put the mocket on the sub blade. 

Do not press the sub blade with the mocket. 

If the moquette F/R is deformed or damaged, replace it. 

(Recommendable replacement cycle: Every 25K) 

∗ 

Example of NG 

0.2 – 0.5 mm 

Moquette F

10) Attach the main charger. 

Securely set the MC holder on the projection of the process 

frame. 

Securely insert two projections of the MC holder into the 

groove in the process frame. 

When attaching the MC holder ass'y, be careful not to make 

contact with the cleaning blade. 

11) Attach the drum fixing plate and the photoconductor drum. 

Apply grease to the inside of the photoconductor drum. (Dia. 

2) 

Attach the drum from (b). (Prevention against the sub blade 

edge breakage) 

Attach the drum so that its position with the sub blade is as 

shown. 

12) Attach the drum cover. 

Note: After attaching the drum cover, do not make a copy. 

When attaching the drum cover, engage the detection 

gear 20T rib with the 30T gear rib, and attach the drum 

cover to the process frame. 

13) Insert the process unit into the machine until it is fully engaged. 

C. Disassembly procedure 


1) Press the side cover open/close button and open the side 

cover. 

1) 

2) Push up the lock pawls (2 positions) of the side cover, and 

remove the transfer charger. 

Transfer 

charger 

1) 

D. Assembly procedure 

For assembly, reverse the disassembly procedure. 

1) 

2) 

Lock pawl front 

Lock pawl rear 

2)

E. Charger wire cleaning 

1) Remove the charger cleaner from the manual paper feed unit. 

2) Clean the TC front guide and the TC holder with alcohol. 

3) Set the charger cleaner to the transfer unit, and move it reciprocally 

a few times in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure 

below. 

3) 

1) 

2) 

4) 

1) 

F. Charger wire replacement 


1) Remove the TC cover and remove the screw. 

2) Remove the spring and remove the charger wire. 

3) Install a new charger wire by reversing the procedures (1) and 

(2). 

At that time, be careful of the following items. 

The rest of the charger wire must be within 1.5mm. Refer to 

Fig.1 

The spring hook section (charger wire winding section) must be 

in the range of the projection section. 

Be careful not to twist the charger wire. 

2. Operation panel section 

A. List 

1) 

Protrusion 


1 Operation panel unit 

2 Operation PWB 

Fig.1 

B. Disassembly procedure 

1mm 

1.5mm 

1) Open the side door, and Open the front cover. 

2) 

Charger wire 

3) 

2) 

1) 

1)

2) Remove the screws (4 pcs.), the harness, and the operation 

panel unit. 

2) 

1) 

3) Remove four screws, and remove the operation cabinet. 

4) Remove four screws, and remove the operation PWB. 

(AR-203E/5420) 

1) 

3) 

3) 

1) 

1) 

2) 

3) 

3) 

1) 

3) 

1) 

3) 

3) 3) 

1) 

4) 

1) 

(AR-M200/M201) 

C. Assembly procedure 

For assembly, reverse the disassembly procedure 


A. List 

NO. Part name Ref. 

1 Copy lamp unit 

2 Copy lamp 

3 Lens unit 



1) 

3) 

5) 

2) 

5) 

1) Remove four screws, and remove the rear cabinet and the rear 

cabinet cover. 

4) 

5) 

1) 

2) 

2) 

1) 

5) 

2) 

1)

2) Remove two screws, and remove the earth wire. 

3) Disconnect the connector. 

4) Remove the original cover. 

5) Remove five screws. Remove the operation unit, and disconnect 

the connector. 

6) Remove the right cabinet. 

7) Remove the left cabinet. 

8) Remove the screw, and remove the rear cover. 

9) Remove the table glass. 

2) 

5) 

1) 

1) 

1) 

3) 

8) 

7) 

1) 

1) 

4) 


10) Move the carriage to the position indicated on the figure. 

11) Loosen the screw which is fixing the tension plate. 

12) Move the tension plate in the arrow direction to release the 

tension, and remove the belt. 

3) 

2) 4) 

1) 

13) Remove the screw, and remove the rod stopper. 

14) Remove the rod. 

15) Lift the rear side of the carriage, remove the belt and the connector, 

and remove the carriage. 

2) 

3) 

4) 

1) 

2) 

3) 

1)


CCD core 

1) Insert the CCD-MCU harness into the CCD PWB of the carriage 

unit. 

2) Attach the CCD-MCU harness to the duplex tape on the back 

surface of the carriage unit. Clean and remove oil and dirt from 

the attachment surface. 

3) Pass the CCD-MCU harness through the square hole in the 

base plate. 

4) Attach the CCD-MCU harness to the base plate with duplex 

tape. 

5) Attach two cable fixing sheets to fix the CCD-MCU harness to 

the base plate. 

6) Pass the core through the CCD-MCU harness and fix the core. 

7) Insert the CCD-MCU harness into the MCU PWB. 

Note: Attach the FCC to the base 

plate securely with duplex tape to 

prevent against coming loose. 

Note: Attach the FCC to 

fit with the marking line. Marking line. 

4. Fusing section 

A. List 


1 Thermistor 

2 PPD2 sensor 

3 Heater lamp 

4 Pressure roller 

5 Heat roller 



1) Remove the connectors (3 pcs.) of the rear cabinet. 

2) Open the side cover, remove two screws, and remove the fusing 

unit. 

1) 

3) Cut the binding band, remove the screw, and remove the thermistor. 

2) 

Thermistor 

3) 

3) 

2) 

2) 

1)

4) Remove the screw and remove the U-turn guide. 

Pressure roller section disassembly 

5) Remove the three screws, remove the fusing cover lower on 

the right side, and open the heat roller section. 

2) 

3) 

5) 

2) 

4) 

6) Remove the screw and remove the PPD2 sensor. 

6) 

5) 

2) 

6) 

1) 

PPD2 sensor 

1) 

1) 


7) Remove the plate spring on the right and remove the heater 

lamp. 

2) 

8) Remove the spring, and remove the upper separation pawls (3 

pcs.). 

9) Remove the E-ring and remove the reverse gate. 

3) 

1) 

1) 

Heater lamp 

2) 

3) 

2) 

1)

10) Remove the spring, and remove the lower separation pawls (4 

pcs.). 

2) 

11) Remove the pressure release levers on the right and the left 

sides. 

12) Remove the pressure roller, the pressure bearing, and the 

spring. 

Note: Apply grease to the sections specified with an asterisk (∗). 

Grease: "JFE552" UKOG-0235FCZZ 

3) 

1) 

2) 

1) 

1) 

2) 

2) 

2) 

1) 

Pressure roller 

3) 

2) 

1) 


Heat roller disassembly 

(Continued from procedure (4).) 

5) Remove screws, remove the fusing cover, and open the heat 

roller section. 

6) Remove the C-ring and the fusing bearing, and remove the 

heat roller. 

7) Remove the parts from the heat roller. 

Note: Apply grease to the sections specified with ∗1. 

Grease: "JFE552" UKOG-0235FCZZ 

1 

1) 

2) 

3) 

8) Remove two screws and remove the thermo unit. 

Note: The set temperature of the thermostat differs from that of the 

current model. 

2) 

Temperature 

Current model 210°C 

AR-203E/5420 

230°C 

AR-M200/M201 

3) 

2) 3) Heat roller 

1 

3) 

2) 

1) 

1 

1)



5. Tray paper feed/transport section 

A. List 


1 PPD1 sensor PWB 

2 POD sensor PWB 

3 LSU unit 

4 Intermediate frame unit 

5 Paper feed roller 


1) Remove the paper holding arm. 

Remove the arm holder from the main unit, and remove the 

holder from the arm. (AR-M200/M201) 

2) 

3) 

3) 

2) 

1) 

4) 

1) 

2) 

2) Remove two screws, and remove the hinge guide R. 

3) Disconnect the connector. (2 positions) 

4) Remove five screws, and remove the scanner unit. 

5) Remove the fan duct. 


2) 

2) 

3) 

2) 

6) Remove the connector and the screw, and remove the speaker 

unit. (When the AR-FX13 is installed) 

7) Remove the connector. 

8) Remove four screws, and remove the FAX PWB unit. (When the 

AR-FX13 is installed) 

2) 

2) 

3) 

2) 

2) 

2) 

1) 

2) 

2) 

1) 

2)

9) Remove each connector and four screws, and remove the MCU 

PWB. (The shape of the MCU PWB differs depending on the 

model.) 

1) 

10) Remove the PWB insulation mylar and remove the paper transport 

detection sensor (POD). 

1) 

1) 

1) 

2) 

1) 

1) 

1) 

2) 

2) 

3) 

2) 

11) Remove two springs and open the intermediate frame unit. 


12) Remove the screw, and open the upper paper guide. 

(AR-M200/M201) 

13) Remove the roller, and remove the belt. (AR-M200/M201) 


1) 

2) 

1) 

2) 

1) 

1) 

2)

14) Remove the pulleys on the both sides and remove the paper 

exit roller. (AR-203E/5420) 

3) 

15) Disengage the pawl, and remove the roller knob. 

16) Disengage the pawl, and shift the pulley and the bearing. 

3) 

2) 

4) 

1) 

17) Remove the paper exit roller, and remove the belt, the pulley, 

and the bearing. 

4) 

1) 

2) 

1) 

2) 

18) Remove the harness guide. 

19) Remove two screws and remove the toner motor. 


1) 

2) 

20) Remove three screws, and remove the DUP motor unit and the 

belt. (AR-M201) 

1) 

1) 

2) 

3)

21) Remove five screws and the grounding wire. 

For the AR-203E/5420/M200, remove the main drive plate and 

the belt. 

For the AR-M201, remove the main drive plate. 

22) Remove the parts as shown below, and remove the pressure 

release solenoid and the paper feed solenoid. 

2) 

1) 

1) 

1) 

1) 

1) 

2) 

CAUTION:Attach the gears securely 

1) 

2) 

3) 

AR-203E/5420/M200 

AL-2030 only 

4) 

4) 

3) 

3) 

23) Remove four screws, and remove the paper guide unit. 



24) Remove four screws, and remove the lower paper guide unit. 

(AR-M200/M201) 

[Note for installation] 

Fit the lower paper guide hole (a) with the shifter gear hole (b) 

so that the black resin (c) of the shifter unit can be checked. 

1) 

1) 

c 

1) 

b 

a 

1) 

1) 

1) 

1) 

2) 

2)

25) Put the lower paper guide unit upside down, remove two 

screws, and remove the shifter motor. (AR-M200/M201) 

26) Remove the screw, and remove the grounding plate and the 

gear. (AR-M200/M201) 

27) Remove the E-ring, the gear, and the bearing, and remove the 

shifter roller. (AR-M200/M201) 

28) Disengage the pawl, and remove the pulley. 

29) Shift and remove the shifter unit. (AR-M200/M201) 

1) 

2) 

2) 

3) 

1) 

1) 

4) 

3) 

2) 

3) 

30) Remove four screws, and remove the LSU unit. 


1) 

[Note for assembling the LSU] 

When installing the LSU, turn the LSU clockwise and fix with 

screws in order to provide an attachment backlash in the proper 

direction. 

Observe the following sequence of fixing screws. 

1) 

1) 

2)

31) Remove the screw, slide the left cabinet to the left to detach it. 

Remove each pawl, and remove the paper exit tray. 

5) 

4) 

32) Remove two screws and remove the fusing connector. 

33) Remove five screws and the connector, and lift the intermediate 

frame unit to remove. 

1) 

3) 

4) 

2) 

2) 

1) 

2) 

3) 


34) Remove the screw and the E-ring, and remove the PS semi-circular 

earth plate and the PS roller unit. 

35) Remove the E-ring and remove the spring clutch from the PS 

roller unit. 

PS semi-circular semi-circuler 

earth plate 

3) 

2) 

4) 

PS roller unit 

1) 

36) Remove three screws and remove the TC front paper guide. 

2) 

Use grease of 

Floil FG40H 

only to apply to 

this section. 

1) 

5) 

4)

37) Remove the screw and the connector, and remove the PPD1 

sensor PWB. 

38) Remove two E-rings and remove the paper feed roller. 

39) Remove three E-rings and remove the clutch unit. 

5) 

Paper feed 

roller 

3) 

4) 

1) 

2) 

Clutch unit 



2) 

1) 

Back 

4) 

Front 

6. Manual paper feed section 

A. List 


1 Manual transport roller 

2 Cassette detection switch 

3 PPD1 sensor PWB 

4 Side door detection unit 


Multi unit 

1) Remove the screw and remove the multi upper cover. 


1) 

2)

2) Remove the screw and remove the side door detection unit. 

1) 

2) 

Back Wire treatment 

3) Remove three screws and remove the multi paper feed upper 

frame. 

1) 

2) 

1) 


4) Remove two screws and remove the multi feed bracket unit 

from the multi paper feed upper frame. 

5) Remove three E-rings and remove the manual paper feed 

roller B9. 

1) 

1) 

2) 

L O C K 

T O K 

1) 

3) 

2) 

2) 

1) 1)

6) Remove the pick-up roller. 

7) Cut the binding band and remove the multi paper feed solenoid. 

Multi paper feed 

solenoid 



2) 

1) 

3) 

2) 

1) 

D. Pressure plate holder attachment 


1) Attach the pressure plate holder so that the resin section is not 

covered with the seal M1-N. 

7. Rear frame section 

A. List 

Seal M1-N 

Attachment 

reference 

Attachment 

reference 


1 Scanner motor 

2 Main motor 

3 Exhaust fan motor 

4 Main PWB 


Pressure plate 

holder 

1) Remove four screws, and remove the rear cabinet and the rear 

cabinet cover. 

1) 

2) 

1) 

2) 

1)

2) Remove the connector. 

3) Remove four screws, and remove the FAX PWB unit. (When the 

AR-FX13 is installed) 

4) Disconnect the connector. 

5) Remove two screws, and remove the scanner motor. 

6) Remove two screws and one harness, and remove the main 

motor. 

2) 

2) 

3) 

3) 

2) 

2) 

1) 

3) 

2) 

1) 

2) 

1) 


7) Remove two screws and one connector, and remove the 

exhaust fan motor. 

Note: Be careful of the installing directions of the fan. 

Attach it so that the blowing direction faces outside. 

8) Disconnect the connectors. 

9) Remove the five screws, and remove the MCU PWB. 

1) 



1) 

1) 

1) 

1) 

3) 

1) 

2) 

1) 

2) 

Blowing direction 

3) 

2) 

2) 

2)

8 Power section 

A. List 


1 Power PWB 


1) Disconnect each connector. 

2) Remove the screw, and remove the earth line. 

3) Remove two screws, and remove the power PWB unit. 

3) 

2) 

5) 

4) 

1) 1) 1) 

4) 



9. DV unit section 

A. Developer 

1) 

1) 

1) Remove the screw, slide the pawl to the right side, and remove 

the TN guide. 

1) 

2) 

2) Remove the screw, and remove the DV cover. 

1) 

3) Remove the used developer. 

4) Supply new developer. 

B. DV seal 

1) Peel off the old DV seal. 

2) Clean the attachment surface with alcohol. 

3) Attach the new DV seal to the reference position. 


0.5 

B 

0 

DV side seal F 

A 

0.5 

0 

Bump 

A 

B 

X-X 

B 

X 

X 

2) 

C 

DV side seal R 

D 

0 

C 

0.5 

Magnification ratio: 

200% 

0.5 

D 

0

C. DV blade 

1) Peel off the old DV blade. 

2) Clean the attachment surface with alcohol. 

3) Attach the new DV blade to the reference position. 

D. DV doctor 

1) Remove the screw, and remove the DV doctor. 

* Clean the edge (A) section. 

1) 

■ Note for installation 

1) Insert the DG check gauge as shown in the figure. 

2) After checking, install the doctor gap and fix it with a screw. 

* Apply screw lock to the screw tightening section as shown in the 

figure below. 

FRONT 

1 

DG check 

position 

DV blade IC 

MG-ROL 

A 

DV-BOX AS 

2) 

1) 

F C R 

A 

A 

0.5 0 

Csection 

B 

DG:1.55 0.15 

F/R section 

DG:1.5 0.10 

20 10 10 

20 

110 

DG check 

gauge 

DG check 

gauge 

* After checking the DG, 

apply screw lock. 

DG check 

gauge 

2 

REAR 

B 

DG check 

gauge 

E. DV sensor 

1) Remove the Mylar. 

2) Remove the screw, and remove the DV sensor. 

* Clean the sensor (A) section. 


10. Duplex motor section (AR-M201 only) 

A. List 

2) 


1 Duplex motor 


1) Remove the rear cabinet. 

2) Remove two screws. 

3) Remove the Duplex motor cover. 

4) Remove the Duplex motor. 

Note: When reassembling, be sure to engage the Duplex motor 

gear with the belt on the main body side. 



A 

3) 

1) 

2) 

3 

1 

2 

1

11. Reverse roller section (AR-M201 only) 

A. List 


1 Reverse roller 


1) Remove four screws. 

2) Remove the spring, and the earth wire. 

3) Remove the reverse unit. 

2 

1 

4) Bend the reverse roller and remove it. 


3 


1 

AR-203E/5420/M200/M201 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 22

[9] ADJUSTMENTS 


A. Copy magnification ratio adjustment 

The copy magnification ratio must be adjusted in the main scanning 

direction and in the sub scanning direction. To adjust, use 

SIM 48-1. 

(1) Outline 

The main scanning (front/rear) direction magnification ratio adjustment 

is made automatically or manually. 

Automatic adjustment: The width of the reference line marked on 

the shading correction plate is scanned to perform the main scanning 

(front/rear) direction magnification ratio adjustment automatically. 

Manual adjustment: The adjustment is made by [Copy quantity] 

keys (or [Numeric] keys for the AR-M200/M201) operations. (In 

either of the automatic and manual adjustments, the zoom data register 

set value is changed for adjustment.) 

The magnification ratio in the sub scanning direction is adjusted by 

changing the carriage (scanner) scanning speed. 

(2) Main scanning direction magnification ratio 

adjustment 

a. Cases when the adjustment is required 

1) When the main PWB is replaced. 

2) When the EEPROM in the main PWB is replaced. 

3) When "U2" trouble occurs. 

4) When repairing or replacing the optical section. 

b. Necessary tools 

Screwdriver (+) 

Scale 

c. Adjustment procedure 

1) Set the scale vertically on the document table. (Use a long 

scale for precise adjustment.) 

2) Set the copy magnification ratio to 100%. 

3) Make a copy on A4 or 81/2" x 11" paper. 

4) Measure the length of the copied scale image. 

AR-203E/5420/M200/M201 ADJUSTMENTS 9 - 1 

5) Calculate the main scanning direction magnification ratio. 

Main scanning direction magnification ratio 

= Copy image dimensions X 100 (%) 

Original dimension 

(When a 100mm scale is used as the original.) 

Paper feed 

direction 

mm 

1/2mm 

mm 

1/2mm 

6) Check that the copy magnification ratio is within the specified 

range. If it is not within the specified range, perform the following 

procedures. 

7) Execute SIM 48-1 to select the main scanning direction copy 

magnification ratio adjustment mode. 

To select the adjustment mode, use the [Exposure mode selector] 

key (or [ ] [ ] key for the AR-M200/M201). 

In the case of the automatic adjustment, when the START switch is 

pressed, the mirror base unit moves to the white plate for shading 

to scan the width of the reference line, calculating the correction 

value and displaying and storing this value. 

After execution of the automatic adjustment, go out from the simulation 

mode and make a copy to check the magnification ratio. 

If the magnification ratio is not in the specified range (100 ± 1.0%), 

manually adjust as follows. 


Adjustment mode Display lamp Default 

Main scanning direction 

magnification ratio 

TEXT mode lamp 50 

OC mode sub scan 

direction magnification ratio 

PHOTO mode lamp 50 

(AR-M200/M201) 

Adjustment mode 

Main scan direction 




10 

20 

10 20 

Reference Comparison point 

100 110 

JAPAN 

120 130 140 

HARDENED 

STAINLESS 

150 

Display 

item 

LED Default 

F-R PRINT mode lamp 50 

SCAN SCAN mode lamp 50 

8) Enter the new set value of main scanning direction copy magnification 

ratio with the copy quantity key (or [Numeric] key for the 

AR-M200/M201), and press the [START] key. 

9) Change the set value and repeat the adjustment until the ratio is 

within the specified range. 

When the set value is changed by 1, the magnification ratio is 

changed by 0.1%. 

(3) Sub scanning direction copy magnification ratio 


1) When the scanner unit drive section is disassembled or the part 

is replaced. 




b. Necessary tools 

Scale 

Shizuoka 

100 110 

JAPAN 

120 130 140 

HARDENED 

STAINLESS 

150 

110 

Original (Scale) 

Shizuoka 

Copy

c. Adjustment procedure 

1) Set the scale on the document table as shown below. (Use a 

long scale for precise adjustment.) 

2) Set the copy magnification ratio to 100%. 

3) Make a copy on A4 or 81/2" x 11" paper. 

4) Measure the length of the copied scale image. 

5) Calculate the sub scanning direction copy magnification ratio 

using the formula below. 

mm 

1/2mm 

mm 

1/2mm 

= Copy image dimensions X 100 (%) 

Original dimension 

10 20 

10 

20 

110 

Original (Scale) 

100 110 

JAPAN 

120 130 140 

HARDDENCD 

STAINLESS 

150 

6) Check that the actual copy magnification ratio is within the 

specified range. (100 ± 1.0%). 

If it is not within the specified range, perform the following procedures. 

7) Execute SIM 48-1 to select the sub scanning direction copy 

magnification ratio adjustment mode. 

To select the adjustment mode, use the [Exposure mode selector] 

key (or [ ] [ ] key for the AR-M200/M201). (PHOTO 

8) 

lamp ON (or SCAN mode lamp ON for the AR-M200/M201)) 

Enter the new set value of sub scanning direction copy magnification 

ratio with the [Copy quantity] keys (or [Numeric] keys for 

the AR-M200/M201), and press the [START] key. 

Repeat procedures 1) - 8) until the sub scanning direction actual 

copy magnification ratio in 100% copying is within the specified 

range. 

When the set value is changed by 1, the magnification ration is 

changed by 0.1%. 

Shizuoka 

100 110 

JAPAN 

120 130 140 

HARDDENCD 

STAINLESS 

150 

Reference Comparison point Copy 

Shizuoka 

Paper feed 

direction 

B. Image position adjustment 


There are following eleven kinds of image position adjustments, 

which are made by laser control except for the image scan start 

position adjustment. For the adjustments, SIM 50-01 and 50-10 are 

used. 

No. Mode SIM 

1 Print start position (Main cassette paper feed) 50-01 

2 Print start position (2nd cassette paper feed) 50-01 

3 Print start position (Manual paper feed) 50-01 

4 Image lead edge void amount 50-01 

5 Image scan start position 50-01 

6 Image rear edge void amount (Cassette paper feed) 50-01 

7 Image rear edge void amount (Manual paper feed) 50-01 

8 Print center offset (Main cassette paper feed) 50-10 

9 Print center offset (2nd cassette paper feed) 50-10 

10 Print center offset (Manual paper feed) 50-10 

11 2nd print center offset (Main cassette paper feed) 50-10 


To select the adjustment mode with SIM 50-01, use the [Exposure 

mode selector] key. 

The relationship between the adjustment modes and the lighting 

lamps are as shown in the table below. 

Adjustment mode Lamp ON 

Print start position 

(Main cassette paper feed) 

AE, main cassette lamp 


(2nd cassette paper feed) 

AE, 2nd cassette lamp 


(Manual paper feed) 

AE, manual feed lamp 

Image lead edge void quantity TEXT lamp 

Image scan start position PHOTO lamp 

Image rear edge void quantity AE, TEXT, PHOTO lamp 

: Supported for the installing model and skipped for non-installing 

mode. 

To select the adjustment mode with SIM 50-10, use the [Exposure 

mode selector] key. 



Machine with the multi manual paper feed unit 

Adjustment mode Lamp ON 

Print center offset 


AE, main cassette lamp 

Print center offset (2nd cassette) AE, 2nd cassette lamp 


AE, manual paper feed 


lamp 

Second side center offset TEXT lamp 

: Supported for the installing model and skipped for non-installing 

mode.

(AR-M200/M201) 

To select the adjustment mode with SIM 50-01, use the [ 

key. 

] [ ] 



Adjustment mode Display item Lamp ON 



(*) Print start position 




Image lead edge void 

amount 

TRAY1 COPY mode lamp 

Main cassette lamp 


2nd cassette lamp 

MFT COPY mode lamp 

Manual paper feed lamp 

DEN-A PRINT mode lamp 


Image scan start position RRC-A SCAN mode lamp 


Image rear edge void 

amount (Cassette paper 

feed) 


amount (Manual paper 

feed) 

DEN-B COPY mode lamp 

PRINT mode lamp 

SCAN mode lamp 


RRC-B COPY mode lamp 



To select the adjustment mode with SIM 50-10, use the [ 

key. 

] [ ] 



Adjustment mode Display item Lamp ON 







2nd print center offset 





2nd cassette lamp 

MFT COPY mode lamp 


SIDE2 PRINT mode lamp 


(1) Lead edge adjustment 

1) Set a scale to the center of the paper lead edge guide as shown 

below, and cover it with B4 or 8 1/2" x 14" paper. 

2) Execute SIM 50-01 

3) Set the print start position (AE lamp ON) (A), the lead edge void 

amount (TEXT lamp ON) (B), and the scan start position 

(PHOTO lamp ON) (C) to 0, and make a copy of a scale at 

100%. (AR-203E/5420) 

For the AR-M200/M201, the following LED’s are lighted: 

AE lamp/COPY mode lamp: (A) 

TEXT lamp/PRINT mode lamp: (B) 

PHOTO lamp/SCAN mode lamp: (C) 


4) Measure the image loss amount (R mm) of the scale image. 

Set C = 10 X R (mm). (Example: Set the value of C to 30.) 

When the value of C is increased by 10, the image loss is 

decreased by 1mm. (Default: 50) 

5) Measure the distance (H mm) between the paper lead edge 

and the image print start position. 

Set A = 10 X H (mm). (Example: Set the value of A to 50.) 

When the value of A is increased by 10, the image lead edge is 

shifted to the paper lead edge by 1mm. (Default: 50) 

6) Set the lead edge void amount to B = 50 (2.5mm). 

When the value of B is increased by 10, the void amount is 

increased by about 1mm. For 25 or less, however, the void 

amount becomes zero. (Default: 50) 

(Example) 

Distance between paper lead 

edge and image: H = 5mm 

5mm 

10mm 

Image loss: 

R = 3mm 

(2) Image rear edge void amount adjustment 

1) Set a scale to the rear edge section of A4 or 11" x 8 1/2" paper 

size as shown in the figure below, and cover it with B4 or 8 1/2" 

x 14" paper. 

B4 or 8 1/2″ × 14″ paper 

A4 size rear edge 

2) Execute SIM 50-01 to select the image rear edge void amount 

adjustment mode. 

The set adjustment value is displayed on the copy quantity display. 

3) Make a copy and measure the void amount of image rear edge. 

Void amount (Standard value: 2 - 3mm) 

Scale image 

Paper rear edge

4) If the measurement value is out of the specified range, change 

the set value and repeat the adjustment procedure. 

The default value is 50. 

Note: The rear edge void cannot be checked with the first sheet 

after entering the simulation mode, the first sheet after 

turning off/on the power, or the first sheet after inserting the 

cassette. Use the second or later sheet to check the rear 

edge void. 

(3) Center offset adjustment 

1) Set the self-made test chart for the center position adjustment 

so that its center line is aligned with the center mark of the document 

guide. 

Test chart for the center position adjustment. 

Draw a line at the center of A4 or 8 1/2" x 11" paper in the paper 

transport direction. 

2) Execute SIM 50-10 to select the print center offset (cassette 

paper feed) adjustment mode. 

The set adjustment value is displayed on the copy quantity display. 

3) Make a copy and check that the copied center line is properly 

positioned. 

The standard value is 0 ± 2mm from the paper center. 

(Copy A) 

(Copy B) 

Document guide 

(Paper feed direction) 

2.0mm or less 

Shift 

2.0mm or less 

Shift 

Center 

Copy paper 

(A4 or 8 1/2″ × 11″) 

Copy image 

Copy paper 

folding line 

Copy image 

Copy paper 

folding line 

4) If the measured value is out of the specified range, change the 

set value and repeat the adjustment procedure. 

When the set value is increased by 1, the copy image is 

shifted by 0.1mm toward the rear frame. 

For the manual paper feed, change the manual paper feed 

adjustment mode and perform the similar procedures. 

Since the document center offset is automatically adjusted by 

the CCD which scan the reference lines (F/R) on the back of 

document guide, there is no need to adjust manually. 


2. Copy density adjustment 

A. Copy density adjustment timing 

The copy density adjustment must be performed in the following 

cases: 

When maintenance is performed. 

When the developing bias/grid bias voltage is adjusted. 

When the optical section is cleaned. 

When a part in the optical section is replaced. 

When the optical section is disassembled. 

When the OPC drum is replaced. 

When the main control PWB is replaced. 

When the EEPROM on the main control PWB is replaced. 

When the memory trouble (U2) occurs. 

B. Note for copy density adjustment 

1) Arrangement before execution of the copy density adjustment 

Clean the optical section. 

Clean or replace the charger wire. 

Check that the voltage at the high voltage section and the developing 

bias voltage are in the specified range. 

C. Necessary tool for copy density adjustment 

One of the following test charts: 

UKOG-0162FCZZ, UKOG-0089CSZZ, KODAK GRAY SCALE 

B4 (14" x 8 1/2") white paper 

The user program AE setting should be "3." 

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 

10 W 

Test chart comparison table 

UKOG- 

0162FCZZ 

DENSITY 

No. 

UKOG- 

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 W 

0089CSZZ 

DENSITY 

No. 

KODAK 

0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 1.9 0 

GRAY 

SCALE 

1 2 3 4 19 A 

D. Features of copy density adjustment 

For the copy density adjustment, the image data shift function provided 

in the image process LSI is used. 

List of the adjustment modes 

Auto mode Brightness 1 step only 

Manual mode Brightness 5 steps. Adjustment of only the 

center brightness is made. 

Photo mode Brightness 5 steps. Adjustment of only the 


Manual T/S mode Brightness 5 steps. Adjustment of only the 


T/S Auto mode Brightness 1 step only

E. Copy density adjustment procedure 

Use SIM 46-1 to set the copy density for each copy mode. 

For selection of modes, use the [Exposure mode selector] key (or 

[ ] [ ] key for the AR-M200/M201). 

(1) Test chart (UKOG-0162FCZZ) setting 

1) Place the test chart so that its edge is aligned with the A4 (Letter) 

reference line on the document table. Then place a A4 

(14" x 8 1/2") white paper on the test chart and close the document 

cover. 

(2) Perform the adjustment in each mode. 

1) Execute SIM 46-01 (300dpi). To adjust in 600dpi, execute SIM 

46-02. 

2) AR-203E/5420 

Select the mode to be adjusted with the exposure mode select 

key. Set the exposure level to 3 for all adjustment. (Except for 

the auto mode.) 

(1) (2) 

Adjustment 

mode 

White paper 

Test chart 

(1) Exposure mode select key/display lamp 

(2) [Exposure mode selector] key/ 

display lamp 

Exposure mode 

display lamp 

Sharp gray chart 

adjustment level 

Auto mode Auto lamp ON "3" is slightly copied. 

Manual mode Manual lamp ON "3" is slightly copied. 

Photo mode Photo lamp ON "3" is slightly copied. 

Manual T/S 

mode 

Manual lamp/Photo lamp ON "3" is slightly copied. 

Auto T/S 

mode 

Auto lamp/Photo lamp ON "3" is slightly copied. 

2) AR-M200/M201 

Select the mode to be adjusted with the exposure key. Set the 

exposure level to 3 (center) for all adjustment. (Except for the 

auto mode.) 

TEXT 

| | | | | 

(1) Exposure mode, level display 

1 1 2 

2 2 

2 1 1 (2) Exposure key 

Adjustment 

mode 

Display 

item 


LED 

3) Make a copy. 

Check the adjustment level (shown in the above table) of the 

exposure test chart (Sharp Gray Scale). 

(When too bright): Decrease the value displayed on the copy 

quantity display. 

(When too dark): Increase the value displayed on the copy quantity 

display. 

∗ The value can be set in the range of 1 - 99. 

3. High voltage adjustment 

A. Main charger (Grid bias) 

Sharp gray chart 

adjustment level 

Auto mode AE COPY mode lamp "3" is slightly copied. 

Text mode TEXT PRINT mode lamp "3" is slightly copied. 

Photo mode PHOTO SCAN mode lamp "3" is slightly copied. 

Text T/S mode TSTXT PRINT mode lamp 


"3" is slightly copied. 

Auto T/S mode TSAE COPY mode lamp 


"3" is slightly copied. 

Non toner 

save 

mode 

Toner 

save 

mode 

Sharp Gray Scale adjustment level 

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 W 

Not copied. 

Slightly copied. 

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 W 

Not copied. 

Slightly copied. 

Note: 

Use a digital multi meter with internal resistance of 10MΩ or 

more measurement. 

After adjusting the grid LOW output, adjust the HIGH output. Do 

not reverse the sequence. 

Procedures 

1) Set the digital multi meter range to DC700V. 

2) Set the positive side of the test rod to the connector CN11-3 

(GRID) of high voltage section of the power PWB and set the 

negative side to the frame ground (power frame). 

3) Execute SIM 8-2. (The main charger output is supplied for 30 

sec in the grid voltage HIGH output mode.) 

4) Adjust the control volume (VRG1) so that the output voltage is 

580 ± 12V. 

VRG1

B. DV bias check 

Note: A digital multi meter with internal resistance of 1GΩ must 

be use for correct check. 

The adjustment volume is locked, and no adjustment can 

be made. 

Procedures 

1) Set the digital multi meter range to DC500V. 

2) Set the positive side of the test rod to the connector CN-10-1 

(DV BIAS) and set the negative side to the frame ground 

(power frame). 

3) Execute SIM 8-1 to output the developing bias for 30sec, and 

check that the output is –400 ± 8V. 

4. Duplex adjustment 

A. Adjusting the paper reverse position in 

memory for duplex copying (AR-M200/M201) 

This step adjusts the front surface printing (odd-number pages of a 

document set) in the S-D mode copying and the leading edge position 

of an image on even-number pages in the D-S mode. 

That is, it covers the adjustment of the second surface printing 

mode (image loss at the front edge of an image) in which image 

data is once stored in memory. 

The image data is read, starting from its front end in the document 

delivery direction (Reference direction of document setting in the 

OC mode)and stored in memory. 

This stored image data is printed starting at the printing start position, 

in the order of last-stored data to the first-stored data. 

In other words, the front edge image loss of the image can be 

adjusted by changing the document read end position. 

(Adjustment procedure) 

1) Preparing test chart (Draw a scale at the rear end of one side of 

a sheet of A4 white paper or letter paper) 

5 10 

VRDV 


2) Set the test chart so that the scale is positioned as shown 

below, in the S-D mode and the D-S mode. 

Scale (S-D mode) Scale (D-S mode) 

3) Execute simulation 50-18. 

Mode Display item Default LED 

OC memory reverse 

output position 

OC 50 COPY mode lamp 

SPF/RSPF memory 

reverse output position 

SPF 50 PRINT mode lamp 

Select the SPF/RSPF memory reverse output position, and 

press [START] key to make a copy. 

Adjust the setting so that the front edge image loss is less than 

4.0 mm in the SPF/RSPF mode. 

An increase of 1 in setting represents an increase of 0.1 mm in 

image loss. 

The front edge of the 

scale on test chart 

less than 4 mm 

Front edge of paper 

5 10 

Void area 

2nd printing surface where scale is printed (lower side) 

B. Adjusting trailing edge void in duplex copy 

mode (AR-M201) 

This is the adjustment of the first surface printing mode (rear end 

void) in duplex copying. 

In a duplex copying operation, the paper is delivered starting from 

the rear end of the first printing surface. It is therefore necessary to 

make a void area at the rear end on the first printing surface to prevent 

paper jam at the fusing part. 

There are two adjustment modes: 

1) Paper trailing edge void quantity 50-19 (TEXT) 

This adjustment is made when the cassette paper size is recognized. 

The trailing edge void quantity can be adjusted by 

changing the trailing edge image laser OFF timing.

2) Print start position (Duplex back surface) (SPF/RSPF) 50-19 

(PHOTO) 

The size (length) of a document read from the SPF/RSPF is 

detected, the image at the trailing edge of the first printing surface 

is cut to make a void area. (The adjustment of void quantity 

at the time when the cassette paper size is not recognized.) 

The paper void quantity should be first adjusted before the image 

cut trailing edge void quantity (SPF/RSPF) is adjusted. 

(Adjustment procedure) 

(1) Paper trailing edge void quantity 

1) Preparing test chart (Draw a scale at the rear end of one side 

of a sheet of A/4 white paper or letter paper) 

2) Set the test chart on the document glass as shown below. 

Document guide The trailing edge has a scale 

3) Using the user simulation [18], set the paper size of the first 

cassette. 

Letter paper: 4 

A4 paper: 3 

4) Execute SIM 50-19 to turn on the PRINT mode lamp and make 

the printing mode in OC-D mode. 

Make a copy of the test chart to check the void area of the scale 

on the image. 

Paper 

Void position to be check 

Table glass 

The trailing edge void on the first printing surface 

is shown above. 

Adjust the setting so that the void area is 4 - 5 mm. An increase in 

1 of setting represents 0.1 mm in void area. 

(2) Print start position (Duplex back surface) 

1) Set the test chart so that the scale is positioned as shown 

below. 

Scale (S-D mode) 


2) Execute SIM 50-19 to turn on the SCAN mode lamp and make 

the printing mode in the S-D mode. 

3) Remove and reinsert the cassette. 

Note: Make sure to carry out this step before making a copy during 

this adjustment. 

4) Make a copy and check the void area of the scale on the 

image. 

Adjust the setting so that the void area is 2 - 4 mm. An 

increase of 1 in setting represents an increase of 0.1 mm in 

void area. 

Void position to be checked 

5. Automatic black level correction 





4) When repairing or replacing the optical section. 

b. Adjustment procedure 

Used to acquire the black level target value used for the black level 

adjustment of white balance. 

When SIM 63-02 is executed, the current correction value is displayed 

in 3 digits of 12bit hexadecimal number. 

Place the gray gradation chart (UKOG-0162FCZZ) used as the 

correction document so that the density 10 (black side) comes on 

the left side and that the chart is upside down at the center of the 

plate left center. 

10 

When [START] key is pressed, the mirror base unit scans the chart 

and calculates the correction value. 

After completion of correction, the corrected value is displayed on 

the display section. 

∗ Default: 0 

∗ If the value is set to the default, operation is made with 0x60. 

AR-M200/M201 

c. Operation 

1) Initial display 

63-02 BLACK LEVEL 

0 

2) [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key: Correction start 


EXECUTING... 

 

After canceling, the machine goes into the sub code entry standby 

mode. 

THE JOB IS BEING 

CANCELED. 

3) After execution 

Chart back surface 


*** OK 

3) In case of an error 


*** ERR

[10] SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES 

1. Entering the simulation mode 

To enter the serviceman simulation mode, press the keys as follows: 


[Clear] key → Exposure mode selector key → [Clear] key → 

Exposure mode selector key 

AR-M200/AR-M201 

[#] key → [∗] key → [Clear] key → [∗] key 

To cancel the simulation mode, press the [Clear All] key. 

2. Key rule 


[ ] [ ] key: Entry of MAIN CODE/SUB CODE 

Setting of the adjustment values for the 

adjustment-related simulations 

When [%] key is pressed simultaneously, the 

value is displayed in the descending 

sequence such as [0] → [9], not as [0] → [1]. 

[START] key: Settlement 

 

[START] key: Settlement / Print 

[Exposure mode 

selector] key: Selection of an item 

[Clear] key: (Interrupting operation check) Returns to the 

upper hierarchy. 

On the initial display (00-00), it terminates the 

simulation. 

Exits from the simulation mode. 

For a simulation of adjustment, the display 

returns to the initial display (00-00). 

AR-M200/AR-M201 

[Numeric] key: Entry of MAIN CODE/SUB CODE 

Selection of an item 

Setup of an adjustment value in case of 

simulations for adjustment 

[ ] [ ] key: Selection of MAIN CODE/SUB CODE 

Selection of an item 

[OK]/[ENTER]/ 

[START] key: Settlement 

 

[OK]/[ENTER] key: Settlement (Without print) 

[START] key: Settlement / Print 

[Clear] key: (Interrupting operation check) Returns to the 

upper hierarchy. 

In case of simulation of operation check, 

terminates the operations. 

[Clear All] key: Exits from the simulation mode. 

For a simulation of adjustment, the display 

returns to the initial display (00-00). 

3. List of simulations 

Sim 

No. 

Sub 

code 

Operation 

01 01 Mirror scan operation 

02 Mirror home position sensor (MHPS) status display 

06 Aging of mirror scanning 

02 01 SPF/RSPF aging operation (Only the AR-203E/ 

M200/M201 with the SPF/RSPF installed) 

02 SPF/RSPF sensor status display (Only the 

AR-203E/M200/M201 with the SPF/RSPF installed) 

AR-203E/5420/M200/M201 SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES 10 - 1 

Sim 

No. 

Sub 

code 

Operation 

02 03 SPF/RSPF Motor ON (Only the AR-203E/M200/ 

M201 with the SPF/RSPF installed) 

06 Resist clutch ON (SPF) (AR-203E only) 

08 RSPF paper feed solenoid operation check 

(Only the AR-M200/M201 with the RSPF installed) 

09 RSPF reverse solenoid operation check 

(Only the AR-M200/M201 with the RSPF installed) 

03 03 Shifter operation check (AR-M200/M201) 

05 01 Operation panel display check 

02 Fusing lamp, cooling fan operation check 

03 Copy lamp ON 

06 01 Paper feed solenoid ON 

02 Resist solenoid ON 

07 01 Warm-up display and aging with jam 

06 Intermittent aging 

08 Shift to copy with the warm-up display 

08 01 Developing bias 

02 Main charger (Grid high) 

03 Grid voltage (Low) 

06 Transfer charger 

09 01 Duplex motor normal rotation operation check 


02 Duplex motor reverse operation check 


04 Duplex motor rotation speed adjustment 


10 Toner motor aging 

14 Cancel of troubles other than U2 

16 Cancel of U2 trouble 

20 01 Maintenance counter clear 

21 01 Maintenance cycle setting 

22 01 Maintenance counter display 

02 Maintenance preset display 

04 JAM total counter display 

05 Total counter display 

06 Developer counter display 

08 SPF/RSPF counter display (Only the AR-203E/ 


11 FAX-related counter display 

(Executable only when the FAX is installed.) 

12 Drum counter display 

13 CRUM type display 

14 ROM version display 

16 Duplex counter display (AR-M201 only) 

17 Copy counter display 

18 Printer counter display 

19 Scanner mode counter display 

(AR-203E/M200/M201) 

21 Scanner counter display 

22 SPF/RSPF JAM counter display (Only the 


24 01 JAM total counter clear 

04 SPF/RSPF counter clear (Only the AR-203E/ 


05 Duplex counter clear (AR-M201 only) 

06 Developer counter clear 

07 Drum counter clear 

08 Copy counter clear 

09 Printer counter clear 

10 FAX counter clear 


13 Scanner counter clear 

14 SPF/RSPF JAM total counter clear (Only the 

AR-203E/M200/M201 with the SPF/RSPF installed)

Sim 

No. 

Sub 

code 

Operation 

24 15 Scanner mode counter clear 

(AR-203E/M200/M201) 

25 01 Main motor operation check 

(Cooling fan motor rotation check) 

10 Polygon motor ON 

26 02 SPF/RSPF setup 

03 Second cassette setup 

04 Machine duplex setup 

06 Destination setup 

07 Machine conditions check 

20 Rear edge void setup 

30 CE mark support control ON/OFF 

37 Cancel of stop at developer life over 

39 Memory capacity check 

40 Polygon motor OFF time setup (Time required for 

turning OFF after completion of printing) 

42 Transfer ON timing control setup 

43 Side void setup 

54 γ life correction setting 

62 Energy-save mode copy lamp setup 

30 01 Paper sensor status display 

41 06 OC cover float detection level adjustment (Only the 

AR-203E/M200/M201 with the SPF/RSPF 

installed) 

07 OC cover float detection margin setting (Only the 

AR-203E/M200/M201 with the SPF/RSPF 

installed) 

43 01 Fusing temperature setting (Normal copy) 

04 Fusing temperature setting in multi copy 

05 Fusing temperature setup in duplex copy 


14 Fusing start temperature setting 

46 01 Copy density adjustment (300dpi) 

02 Copy density adjustment (600dpi) 

12 Density adjustment in the FAX mode 

(Collective adjustment) 


13 FAX mode density adjustment (Normal text) 


14 FAX mode density adjustment (Fine text) 


15 FAX mode density adjustment (Super fine) 


18 Image contrast adjustment (300dpi) 

19 Exposure mode setup 

20 SPF/RSPF exposure correction (Only the 


29 Image contrast adjustment (600dpi) 

30 AE limit adjustment 

31 Image sharpness adjustment 

32 Copier color reproduction setup 

39 FAX mode sharpness adjustment 


48 01 Front/rear (main scanning) direction and scan (sub 

scanning) direction magnification ratio adjustment 

05 SPF/RSPF mode sub scan direction magnification 

ratio in copying (Only the AR-203E/M200/M201 

with the SPF/RSPF installed) 

49 01 Flash ROM program writing mode 

50 01 Lead edge image position 

06 Copy lead edge position adjustment (SPF/RSPF) 

(Only the AR-203E/M200/M201 with the 

SPF/RSPF installed) 

10 Center offset adjustment 


Sim 

No. 

Sub 

code 

Operation 

50 12 Document off-center adjustment 

18 Memory reverse position adjustment in duplex 

copy (Only the AR-M201, or the AR-M200 with the 

RSPF installed) 

19 Duplex copy rear edge void adjustment 


51 02 Resist quantity adjustment 

53 08 SPF/RSPF scan position automatic adjustment 

(Only the AR-203E/M200/M201 with the 


61 03 Polygon motor check (HSYNC output check) 

63 01 Shading check 

02 Black level automatic correction 

12 Light quantity stabilization wait time setting 

13 Light quantity stabilization band setting 

64 01 Self print (1by2 mode) 

66 01 FAX soft SW setting 


02 FAX soft SW initializing 

(excluding the adjustment values) 


03 FAX PWB memory check 


04 Signal send mode (Max. value) 


05 Signal send mode (Soft SW set value) 


07 Image memory content print 


10 Image memory content clear 


11 300bps signal send (Max. value) 


12 300bps signal send (Soft SW set value) 


13 Dial test 


17 DTMF signal send (Max. value) 


18 DTMF signal send (Soft SW set value) 


21 FAX information print 


24 FAST SRAM clear 


30 TEL/LIU status change check 


33 Signal detection check 


34 Communication time measurement 


37 Speaker sound volume setting 


38 Time setting/check 


67 50 USB receive speed adjustment (USB1.1) 

(AR-203E only)

4. Descriptions of various simulations 

Main 

code 

Sub 

code 

Contents Details of function/operation 

01 01 Mirror scan operation [Function] 

When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, the home position is checked and the mirror base 

performs full scan at the speed of the set magnification ratio. 

During operation, the set magnification ratio is displayed. 

The mirror home position sensor status is displayed with the "Drum replacement required lamp 

(or the copy mode indicator for the AR-M200/M201)". (When the mirror is in the home position, 

the lamp lights up.) 

During operation, the copy lamp lights up. 

When [Clear] key is pressed, if the operation is on the way, it is terminated and the machine 

goes to the sub code entry standby mode. 

[Operation] (AR-M200/M201) 

1) Initial display 2) [ZOOM]/[COPY RATIO] 3) [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] 

01-01 SCAN CHK 

key 

key 

- 100% + 01-01 SCAN CHK 


- 78% + EXECUTING... - 78% + 

02 Mirror home position sensor 

(MHPS) status display 

[Function] 

Monitors the mirror home position sensor, and makes the "Drum replacement required lamp (or 

the copy mode indicator for the AR-M200/M201)" turn on during the sensor ON status. 



06 Aging of mirror scanning [Function] 

When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, the mirror base performs full scan at the speed of 

the set magnification ratio. 

During operation, the set magnification ratio is displayed. 

After 3sec, the mirror base performs full scan again. 

∗ When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed once, the ready lamp remains OFF. 

The mirror home position sensor status is displayed on the "Drum replacement required lamp 

(or the copy mode indicator for the AR-M200/M201)." (The lamp is ON when the mirror is in the 

home position.) 

During aging, the copy lamp is ON. 


The operation is similar to simulation 01-01. 

02 01 SPF/RSPF aging operation 

(Only the AR-203E/M200/ 

M201 with the SPF/RSPF 

installed) 

01-02 MHP-SENSOR 

EXECUTING... 

2) [ ] key 


- 99% + 

2) [ ] key 


- 101% + 

[Function] 

When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, the set magnification ratio is obtained. For the 

SPF, the single-face document transport is performed. For the RSPF, the duplex document 

transport is performed. 

However, the operating conditions don't matter and the operation is not stopped even in case of 

a jam. Also the magnification ratio is displayed on the LCD/display. 



AR-203E/5420/M200/M201 SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES 10 - 3

Main Sub 

code code 

02 02 SPF/RSPF sensor status 

display (Only the AR-203E/ 

M200/M201 with the 


03 SPF/RSPF Motor ON 



installed) 

06 Resist clutch ON (SPF) 

(AR-203E only) 

08 RSPF paper feed solenoid 

operation check 

(Only the AR-M200/M201 

with the RSPF installed) 

09 RSPF reverse solenoid 


(Only the AR-M200/M201 

with the RSPF installed) 

03 03 Shifter operation check 

(AR-M200/M201) 


[Function] 

The ON/OFF status of the SPF/RSPF sensors can be checked with the LCD/LED. 

When a sensor is ON, the sensor name is displayed on the LCD/LED. 

Sensor 

Display item 

(AR-M200/M201) 

Display item 

(AR-203E) 

Document set sensor SPID TD cartridge replacement required 

lamp 

RSPF document transport sensor SPPD Misfeed lamp 

RSPF paper feed cover open/close 

sensor 

SDSW — 

RSPF paper exit sensor SPOD — 


1) Initial display 2) When the sensor is ON: 

02-02 SPF SENSOR 02-02 SPF SENSOR 

SPID SPPD SDSW SPOD 

[Function] 

When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, the motor rotates for 10sec at the speed corresponding 

to the set magnification ratio. 



When the [START] key is pressed, the SPF resist clutch (SRRC) repeats ON (500 ms) and OFF 

(500 ms) 20 times. 

[Function] 

The RSPF paper feed solenoid (SPUS) repeats ON for 500ms and OFF for 500ms 20 times by 

the use of the solenoid drive control Bios. 

[Operation] 


02-08 SPF SPUS CHK 

EXECUTING... 

[Function] 

The RSPF reverse solenoid (SPFS) repeats ON for 500ms and OFF for 500ms 20 times by the 

use of the solenoid drive control Bios. 

[Operation] 


02-09 RSPF SPFS CHK 

EXECUTING... 

[Function] 

The shifter is moved back and forth in four reciprocations. 

[Operation] 


03-03 SHIFTER CHK 

EXECUTING... 


Main Sub 

code code 

05 01 Operation panel display 

check 

02 Fusing lamp, cooling fan 



[Function] 

 

When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, all the LCD's on the operation panel are turned 

ON (all pixels ON). 

After 5sec of ON, the machine goes into the sub code entry standby mode. 

When [Mode Select] key is pressed under the all ON state, the mode is shifted to the individual 

ON mode, where the LED's are turned on one by one from the left upper end to the left lower 

side then from the right upper side to the right lower side. (All the pixels of LCD are lighted 

simultaneously.) After lighting all the LCD's sequentially, all the LCD's are lighted simultaneously. 

After 5sec from lighting all the LCD's simultaneously, the machine goes into the sub 

code entry standby mode. (Cycle of individual ON mode: ON 300ms, OFF 20ms) 

When [Clear] key is pressed in the LED check mode, the machine goes into the sub code entry 

standby mode. 

When [START] key is pressed, the machine goes into the key input check mode. 

 

When the machine goes into the key input check mode, the value display section indicates "– – 

–" (For the AR-M200/M201, 0 of the LCD is indicated). 

When any key is pressed after pressing a key on the operation panel, "+1" is added to the 

value. 

Once a key is pressed, it is not recounted. 

When [START] key is pressed, counting is made and the machine goes into the LED ON check 

mode (LED all ON status) after 3sec. 

When [Clear] key is pressed for the first time, it is counted. When it is pressed for the second 

time, the key check mode is retained as well as when another key is pressed. 

(Note in the key input check mode) 

Be sure to press [START] key at the last. (If it is pressed on the way, the machine goes into 

the LED ON check mode.) (LED all ON status) 

Multi key input is ignored. 


 


■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■ 

■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■ 

2) When [Mode Select] key is pressed, the machine goes into the individual ON mode. 

 

1) Initial display 2) [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] 

05-01 LCD/LED CHK. 

key 

0 05-01 LCD/LED CHK. 

** 

[Function] 

When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, the fusing lamp repeats ON for 500ms and OFF 

for 500ms 5 times. During this period, the cooling fan motor rotates. 

Note: 

When the CE mark setting is ON, the slow start function may operate depending on the 

employed frequency. If the state of the heater lamp cannot be checked, temporarily set SIM 26- 

30 to "0" and check the lamp state. After confirming that the heater lamp is ON, set SIM 26-30 

to "1" again. 



05-02 HT LAMP CHK 

EXECUTING... 

03 Copy lamp ON [Function] 

When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, the copy lamp turns ON for 5sec. 



05-03 C-LAMP CHK 

EXECUTING... 


Main 

code 

Sub 

code 


06 01 Paper feed solenoid ON [Function] 

When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, the selected paper feed solenoid repeats ON for 

500ms and OF for 500ms 20 times. 

When tray select key (or [Numeric] key or [ 

the paper feed solenoid setting is switched. 

] [ ] key for the AR-M200/M201) is pressed, 

02 Resist solenoid ON [Function] 

When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, the resist solenoid repeats ON for 500ms and 

OFF for 500ms 20 times. 



06-02 RES.R SOL CHK 

EXECUTING... 

07 01 Warm-up display and aging 

with jam 

[Function] 

Copying is repeated to make the set quantity of copies. 

When the simulation is executed, warm-up is started and warm-up time is added for every second 

from 0 and displayed. 

When warm-up is completed, addition is stopped. When [Clear All] key is pressed, the ready 

lamp lights up. 

After that, enter the copy quantity with [ ] [ ] key (or [Numeric] key for the AR-M200/M201) 

and press [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key to repeat copying of the set quantity (interval 0sec). 

To cancel the simulation, turn off the power or execute a simulation which causes hardware 

reset. 


1) Initial display 2) After 10sec 

07-01 W-UP/AGING 07-01 W-UP/AGING 

0 

10 

06 Intermittent aging [Function] 

Copying is repeated to make the set quantity of copies. 

When the simulation is executed, warm-up is performed and the ready lamp is lighted. 

Enter the copy quantity with the [ ] [ ] key (or [Numeric] key for the AR-M200/M201) and 

press [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key, and copying is executed to make the set quantity of copies, 

and the ready state is kept for 3sec, and copying is executed again to make the set quantity of 

copies. These operations are repeated. 

To cancel the simulation, turn off the power or execute a simulation which executes hardware reset. 

08 Shift to copy with the 

warm-up display 

Code number Setting Remark 

0 CPFS1 

1 CPFS2 Operation is possible only when No. 2 cassette is installed. 

2 MPFS 


1) Initial display 2) [Numeric] key or [ ] key 

06-01 PSOL CHK 


0:CPFS1 

1:CPFS2 


1) Initial display (Basic display of copy) 

READY TO COPY 

100% A4 0 

2) [Numeric] key or [ ] key 


2:MPFS 

[Function] 

Enter the simulation code, and warm-up is started and warm-up time is counted for every second 

from 0 and displayed. 

When [Clear All] key is pressed during counting up, "0" is displayed on the display and counting 

is stopped. However, warm-up is continued. 

After completion of warm-up, counting is terminated. (The aging function is removed from simulation 

07-01.) 


1) Initial display 2) After 10sec 

07-08 W-UP C-MODE 

07-08 W-UP C-MODE 

0 

10 


3) [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] 

key 


EXECUTING... 

4) Returns to the initial 

display.

Main 

code 

Sub 

code 


08 01 Developing bias [Function] 

When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, the developing bias signal is turned ON for 30sec. 

When, however, an actual output value is measured, use simulation 25-01. 

After completion of this process, the machine goes into the sub code entry standby mode. 


02 Main charger (Grid high) [Function] 

When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, the main charger is outputted for 30sec in the grid 

voltage HIGH move. 




08-02 MHV(H) SET. 

EXECUTING... 

03 Grid voltage (Low) [Function] 

When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, the main charger is outputted for 30sec in the grid 

voltage LOW move. 




08-03 MHV(L) SET. 

EXECUTING... 

06 Transfer charger [Function] 

When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, the transfer charger is outputted for 30sec. 




08-06 THV SET. 

EXECUTING... 

09 01 Duplex motor normal 

rotation operation check 


02 Duplex motor reverse 



04 Duplex motor rotation speed 

adjustment (AR-M201 only) 


08-01 DVLP BIAS SET. 

EXECUTING... 

[Function] 

Use the duplex motor Bios to drive the duplex motor in the normal direction (paper exit direction) 

for 30sec. 


[Operation] 


09-01 DPLX ROT. 

EXECUTING... 

[Function] 

Use the duplex motor Bios to drive the duplex motor in the reverse direction for 30sec. 


[Operation] 


09-02 DPLX ROT.REV. 

EXECUTING... 

[Function] 

When this simulation is executed, the currently set value is displayed. 

Enter the adjustment value with [Numeric] key and press [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key. The 

entered value is stored and the machine goes into the sub code entry standby mode. The 

greater the set value is, the higher the speed is. The smaller the set value is, the lower the 

speed is. (Setting range: 1 - 13, Default: 8) 

[Operation] 

1) Initial display 2) [Numeric] key 3) [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] 

09-04 DPLX ROT.SPEED 

8( 1-13) 


09-04 DPLX ROT.SPEED 

key 

7( 1-13) 09-04 DPLX ROT.SPEED 

7( 1-13)

Main 

code 

Sub 

code 


10 Toner motor aging [Function] 

When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, the toner motor is rotated for 30sec. 

After completion of this process, the machine goes into the main code entry standby mode. 


14 Cancel of troubles other than 

U2 


10-00 TONER MOTOR 

EXECUTING... 

[Function] 

Used to cancel troubles other than U2. 

∗ Cancel troubles such as H trouble which writes data into EEPROM, and perform hardware 

reset. 



14-00 TRBL CANC. 

CLEARED 

16 Cancel of U2 trouble [Function] 

Used to cancel U2 trouble. 

When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, check sum of the total counter in the EEPROM is 

rewritten and hardware reset is made. 



16-00 U2 TRBL CANC. 

CLEARED 

20 01 Maintenance counter clear [Function] 

When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, the maintenance count value is cleared and 

"000,000" is displayed. 

[Operation] 

AR-M200/M201 


20-01 M-CNT CLR. 

CLEARED 000,000 

21 01 Maintenance cycle setting [Function] 

The currently set code of the maintenance cycle is displayed, and the newly set data are saved. 

Enter the code number with [ ] [ ] key (or [Numeric] key or [ ] [ ] key for the AR-M200/ 

M201) and press [START] key. The entered value is saved and the display returns to the sub 

code input standby state. 


0 3,000 sheets 



3 13,000 sheets 

4 25,000 sheets Default 

5 Free (999,999 sheets) 


1) The current set value is 

displayed. 

21-01 M-CYCLE 

4:25,000 ( 0-5 ) 

2) [ ] key or [Numeric] key 

21-01 M-CYCLE 

5:FREE ( 0-5 ) 

2) [ ] key or [Numeric] key 

21-01 M-CYCLE 

3:13,000 ( 0-5 ) 



The count value is displayed in 3 digits X 2 

times repeatedly. 

 

012 → Blank → 345 → Blank → 012 

0.7s 0.3s 0.7s 1.0s 0.7s 


key 

21-01 M-CYCLE 

5:FREE ( 0-5 )

Main 

code 

Sub 

code 


22 01 Maintenance counter display [Function] 

When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, the maintenance counter is displayed. 

[Operation] 

02 Maintenance preset display [Function] 

When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, the preset value (25,000 sheets, etc.) corresponding 

to the code set with simulation 21-01 is displayed. 

[Operation] 

AR-M200/M201 




22-02 M-CNT PRESET 

***,*** 

04 JAM total counter display [Function] 

The JAM total counter is displayed. 

[Operation] 

AR-M200/M201 


22-04 JAM TTL CNT 

***,*** 

05 Total counter display [Function] 

The total counter value is displayed. 

[Operation] 

AR-M200/M201 


22-05 TTL CNT 

***,*** 

06 Developer counter display [Function] 

When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, the developer counter value is obtained and displayed. 

[Operation] 

AR-M200/M201 




22-06 DVLP CNT 

***,*** 

08 SPF/RSPF counter display 



installed) 

11 FAX-related counter display 

(Executable only when the 

FAX is installed.) 

AR-M200/M201 


22-01 M-CNT 

***,*** 

[Function] 

The SPF/RSPF counter is displayed. 

[Operation] 

AR-M200/M201 


22-08 SPF CNT 

***,*** 

[Function] 

The FAX-related counter is displayed. 

[Operation] 


SELECT COUNTER 

1:PAGE 2:TIME 

∗ [Clear] key: FAX control is terminated. 

2) Select 1 

SEND PAGE:xxx,xxx 

RECV PAGE:xxx,xxx 

("xxx,xxx" is the current value.) 

∗ [Clear] key: Returns to "1) Initial display". 








AR-203E 


2) Select 2 

TX TIME:xxxxx:xx.xx 

RX TIME:xxxxx:xx.xx 

("xxxxx: xx. xx" is the current value.) 

∗ [Clear] key: Returns to "1) Initial display".

Main 

code 

Sub 

code 


22 12 Drum counter display [Function] 

The drum counter is displayed. 

[Operation] 

13 CRUM type display [Function] 

The CRUM type currently set (written) in the CRUM chip is displayed. 


1) The CRUM type is displayed. 

22-13 CRUM TYPE 

01:BTA-A 

14 ROM version display [Function] 

The P-ROM version is displayed. 

Press [ ] [ ] key (or [Numeric] key or [ ] [ ] key for the AR-M200/M201) to switch the display 

version. 

16 Duplex counter display 


AR-M200/M201 


22-12 DRUM CNT 

***,*** 

[Operation] 

AR-M200/M201 


[Function] 

The duplex counter is displayed. 

[Operation] 


22-16 DPLX CNT 

***,*** 

17 Copy counter display [Function] 

The copy counter is displayed. 

[Operation] 

AR-M200/M201 


Code number CRUM type Display item 

00 Not set 0 

01 BTA-A BTA-A 

02 BTA-B BTA-B 

03 BTA-C BTA-C 

99 Conversion CONVERSION 

Code number Version Display item 

0 Main unit Program MAIN PROG. 

1 F-IMC Program F-IMC PROG. 

2 LCD DATA LCD DATA 

22-14 ROM VER. 

MAIN PROG. 00.00 

22-17 COPIES CNT 

***,*** 






F-IMC PROG. 00.00 



LCD DATA 00.00 




The operation is similar to simulation 20-01.

Main 

code 

Sub 

code 


22 18 Printer counter display [Function] 

The printer counter is displayed. 

[Operation] 

19 Scanner mode counter 

display 

(AR-203E/M200/M201) 

[Function] 

The scanner mode counter is displayed. 

[Operation] 

AR-M200/M201 


22-19 S-MODE CNT 

***,*** 

21 Scanner counter display [Function] 

The scanner counter is displayed. 

[Operation] 

AR-M200/M201 


22-21 SCAN CNT 

***,*** 

22 SPF/RSPF JAM counter 

display (Only the AR-203E/ 

M200/M201 with the 


[Function] 

The SPF/RSPF JAM counter is displayed. 

[Operation] 

AR-M200/M201 


22-22 S JAM CNT 

***,*** 

24 01 JAM total counter clear [Function] 

When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, the JAM total counter is cleared to 0 and 

"000,000" is displayed on the LCD/display. 

[Operation] 

AR-M200/M201 




24-01 JAM TTL CLR. 


04 SPF/RSPF counter clear 



installed) 

05 Duplex counter clear 


AR-M200/M201 


22-18 PRT.CNT 

***,*** 

[Function] 

When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, the SPF/RSPF counter value is cleared to 0 and 


[Operation] 

AR-M200/M201 

AR-203E 



24-04 SPF CLR. 


[Function] 

When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, the duplex counter value is cleared to 0, and 


[Operation] 


24-05 DPLX CLR. 





AR-203E 




AR-203E 


Main 

code 

Sub 

code 


24 06 Developer counter clear [Function] 

When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, the developer counter value is cleared to 0, and 

"000,000" is displayed. 

[Operation] 

07 Drum counter clear [Function] 

When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, the drum counter value is cleared to 0, and 


[Operation] 

AR-M200/M201 




24-07 DRUM CLR. 


08 Copy counter clear [Function] 

When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, the copy counter value is cleared to 0, and 


[Operation] 

AR-M200/M201 




24-08 COPIES CLR. 


09 Printer counter clear [Function] 

When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, the printer counter value is cleared to 0, and 


[Operation] 

AR-M200/M201 




24-09 PRT.CLR. 


10 FAX counter clear 



[Function] 

When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, the FAX count value is set to 0 and "000,000" is 

displayed on the LCD. 

[Operation] 


24-10 FAX CLR. 


13 Scanner counter clear [Function] 

When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, the scanner counter value is cleared to 0, and 


[Operation] 

AR-M200/M201 




24-13 SCAN CLR. 


14 SPF/RSPF JAM total 

counter clear (Only the 

AR-203E/M200/M201 with 

the SPF/RSPF installed) 

AR-M200/M201 


24-06 DVLP CLR. 


[Function] 

When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, the SPF/RSPF JAM total counter value is cleared 

to 0, and "000,000" is displayed on the LCD/display. 

[Operation] 

AR-M200/M201 

AR-203E 



24-14 S JAM TTL CLR. 





Main Sub 

code code 

24 15 Scanner mode counter clear 

(AR-203E/M200/M201) 

25 01 Main motor operation check 

(Cooling fan motor rotation 

check) 


[Function] 

When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, the scanner mode counter value is cleared to 0, 

and "000,000" is displayed on the LCD/display. 

[Operation] 

AR-M200/M201 


24-15 S-MODE CLR. 


[Function] 

When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, the main motor (and the duplex motor in the case 

of a duplex model) is operated for 30sec. 

To reduce toner consumption, if the developing unit is installed, the developing bias, the main 

charger, and the grid are also outputted. 

In this case, laser discharge is required when stopping the motor, the polygon motor is also 

operated at the same time. Check for installation of the developing unit. If it is not installed, the 

high voltage above is not outputted and only the motor is rotated. 

To check the developing bias, install the developing unit. 

After completion of 30sec operation, the machine goes into the sub code entry standby mode. 



25-01 MAIN MOTOR CHK 

EXECUTING... 

10 Polygon motor ON [Function] 

When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, the Bios is called to rotate the polygon motor for 

30sec. 

After completion of 30sec operation, the operation is turned off with the Bios and the machine 

goes into the sub code entry standby mode. 



25-10 LSU CHK 

EXECUTING... 

26 02 SPF/RSPF setup [Function] 

When this simulation is executed, the current set SPF/RSPF is displayed. Enter the code number 

corresponding to the desired SPF/RSPF and press [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key to save the 

setting. 

Code number SPF/RSPF Display item 

0 SPF NO SPF OFF 

1 SPF YES SPF ON 

2 RSPF YES RSPF ON 

For the AR-203E/5420, the code number cannot be set to 2. 

For the AR-M200/M201, the code number cannot be set to 1. 

[Operation] 

AR-M200/M201 

1) The current set value is 

displayed. 

26-02 SPF/RSPF 

1:SPF ON (0- 2) 



0:SPF OFF (0- 2) 

03 Second cassette setup [Function] 

When this simulation is executed, the current set second cassette is displayed. Enter the code 

number corresponding to the desired second cassette and press [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key to 

save the setting. 

[Operation] 




2:RSPF ON (0- 2) 


key 


2:RSPF ON (0- 2) 


AR-203E 


Code number Second cassette Display item 

0 Second cassette NO OFF 

1 Second cassette YES ON 

For the AR-203E/5420/M200/M201, the code number cannot be set to 1. 


1) Press [ ] [ ] key to 

2) 

change the code number. 

Press [START] key to fix 

the code number.

Main 

code 

Sub 

code 


26 04 Machine duplex setup [Function] 

When this simulation is executed, the current set duplex is displayed. Enter the code number 

corresponding to the desired duplex and press [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key to save the setting. 

07 Machine conditions check 

[Operation] 


[Function] 

When this simulation is executed, the current machine setting is displayed. 

CPM Copy quantity Remark 

20 CPM 20 


1) The machine setting is displayed. 

26-07 CPM 

20 CPM 

20 Rear edge void setup [Function] 

When this simulation is executed, the current set rear edge void is displayed. Enter the code 

number corresponding to the desired rear edge void and press [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key to 

save the setting. 

Code number Setting Display item Remark 

0 Rear edge void NO OFF 

1 Rear edge void YES ON Default 

30 CE mark support control 

ON/OFF 

Code number Duplex Display item 

0 Duplex NO OFF 

1 Duplex YES* ON 

* AR-203E/5420/M200: cannot be executed. 

06 Destination setup 

[Operation] 


[Function] 

When this simulation is executed, the current set destination is displayed. Enter the code number 

corresponding to the desired destination and press [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key to save the 

setting. 

Code number Destination Display item 

0 Inch series INCH 

1 EX Japan AB series AB 

2 Japan AB series – 

* Code number 2 cannot be selected. 

[Operation] 


[Function] 

When this simulation is executed, the current set CE mark support control is displayed. Enter 

the code number corresponding to the desired CE mark support control and press [OK]/ 

[ENTER]/[START] key to save the setting. 


0 CE mark support control OFF OFF Default (100V series) 

1 CE mark support control ON ON 

37 Cancel of stop at developer 

[Operation] 


[Function] 

life over 

When this simulation is executed, the current setting is displayed. Enter the code number and 

press [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key to change the setting. 

[Operation] 


39 Memory capacity check [Function] 

When the simulation is executed, the currently installed SDRAM of the main unit is displayed. 


8 8 MBYTE 

16 16 MBYTE 


1) Memory capacity display 

26-39 MEM.CHK 

8 MBYTE 


Main Sub 

code code 

26 40 Polygon motor OFF time 

setup (Time required for 

turning OFF after completion 

of printing) 


42 Transfer ON timing control 

setup 

[Function] 

When this simulation is executed, the current setting is displayed. Enter the code number corresponding 

to the desired setting and press [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key to save the setting. 

Code number Setting 

Display item 

AR-M200/M201 AR-203E/5420 

Remark 

0 0sec 0 SEC. 0 

1 30sec 30 SEC. 30 Default 

2 60sec 60 SEC. 60 

3 90sec 90 SEC. 90 

[Operation] 


[Function] 


When this simulation is executed, the currently set code number is displayed. 

Enter the code number and press the [START] key, and the setting will be changed. (For any 

number different from the following ones, the default time is automatically set.) 

 

Code number Setting Code number Setting 

0 Default (236 msec) 11 Default (236 msec) 

1 –20 msec 12 +2 msec 

2 –18 msec 13 +4 msec 

3 –16 msec 14 +6 msec 

4 –14 msec 15 +8 msec 

5 –12 msec 16 +10 msec 

6 –10 msec 17 +12 msec 

7 –8 msec 18 +14 msec 

8 –6 msec 19 +16 msec 

9 –4 msec 20 +18 msec 

10 –2 msec 21 +20 msec 

* The default value, "11," of the transfer ON timing indicates "236msec passed from PS 

release." 

* When set to "0," it is same as setting to the default, "11." 

* The transfer ON timing can be adjusted to 236msec ± 2ms. 

AR-M200/M201 

For the AR-M200/M201, the adjustment can be made individually for each of the following 

modes. 

Mode Display item Default Setting range 

Front surface paper lead edge F-REAR 11 0 - 21 

Front surface paper rear edge F-END 50 1 - 99 

Back surface paper lead edge B-REAR 11 0 - 21 

Back surface paper rear edge B-END 50 1 - 99 

is the same as that of the AR-203E/5420 above. 

 

Code Setting Remark 

1 –98 msec 

. . . . . . 

49 –2 msec 

50 0 msec Default 

51 +2 msec 

. . . . . . 

99 +98 msec 

* The default "50" of the transfer OFF timing indicates "210msec passed from PPD1OFF." 

* The transfer OFF timing can be adjusted to 210msec ± 2ms. 



 

26-42 TC ON TIMING 

F-REAR 11( 0-21 ) 

2) [ ] [ ] key: Mode selection 


F-END 50( 1-99 ) 


3) [Numeric] key: Value entry 


F-END 51( 1-99 ) 

4) [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key: 

Settles the entered value. The display is 

shifted to the sub code input standby 

menu.

Main 

code 

Sub 

code 


26 43 Side void setup [Function] 

When this simulation is executed, the currently set code of the side void quantity is displayed (initial 

display), and the set data are saved. (Setting range: 0 – 10, Default: 4 (= One side 2.0mm)) 

* When the adjustment value is increased by 1, the side void is changed as follows: 

Side void adjustment: The side void is increased by 0.5mm. (The side void of "Set value x 

0.5mm" is made.) 

[Operation] 

AR-M200/M201 


54 γ life correction setting [Function] 

Used to set the γ life correction. 

When this simulation is executed, the current set code number is displayed. 

Enter the desired code number and press [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key to save the setting. 

(Setting range: 0 – 1, default: 1) 


0 OFF OFF 

1 ON ON Default 

62 Energy-save mode copy 

lamp setup 


0 0 mm 

1 0.5 mm 

2 1.0 mm 

3 1.5 mm 

4 2.0 mm Default 

5 2.5 mm 


26-43 SIDE VOID 

4( 0-10) 

2) [Numeric] key 


5( 0-10) 

3) [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key 


5( 0-10) 

[Operation] 


[Function] 

Used to set half-ON /OFF of the copy lamp in the pre-heat mode. 

When this simulation is executed, the current set code number is displayed. Enter the desired 

code number and press [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key to save the setting. 


0 Copy lamp OFF OFF 

1 Copy lamp half-ON ON Default 


1) Initial display 2) When sensor ON 

30-01 P-SENSOR 30-01 POD PD1 PD2 

PPD1 PPD2 PPD3 DRST 



6 3.0 mm 

7 3.5 mm 

8 4.0 mm 

9 4.5 mm 

10 5.5 mm 

1) Press [ 

number. 

] [ ] key to change the code 

2) Press [START] key to fix the code number. 

30 01 Paper sensor status display 

[Operation] 


[Function] 

The paper sensor status is displayed on the LCD/LED. 

Sensor 

Display item 

(AR-M200/M201) 

Display lamp (AR-203E/5420) 

Paper exit sensor POD Photoconductor cartridge replacement lamp 

No. 1 tray paper width sensor 

(AR-M200/M201 only) 

PD1 — 

No. 2 tray paper width sensor 

(AR-M200/ M201 only) 

PD2 — 

Paper entry sensor PPD1 Developer cartridge replacement lamp 

Duplex sensor (AR-M201 only) PPD2 JAM lamp 

No. 2 tray paper feed sensor PPD3 2nd cassette lamp 

New drum cartridge sensor DRST Zoom lamp 

∗ Since the manual paper feed sensor is a single bypass sensor, its status is not displayed. 

∗ The width sensor is available only in the FAX models.

Main Sub 

code code 

41 06 OC cover float detection 

level adjustment (Only the 

AR-203E/M200/M201 with 


07 OC cover float detection 

margin setting (Only the 

AR-203E/M200/M201 with 


43 01 Fusing temperature setting 

(Normal copy) 


[Function] 

When this simulation is executed, the current set value is displayed. When [OK]/[ENTER]/ 

[START] key is pressed, the mirror base unit moves to the SPF/RSPF scan position to acquire 

the OC cover float detection level. 

When the mirror base unit returns to the home position, the acquired value is displayed. 

If the adjustment is NG, the following message is displayed. 

AR-203E/5420: Misfeed lamp lights up, and the 7seg display remains unchanged. 

AR-M200/M201: The LCD indicates "ERR." 

Note that, this simulation must be executed with the OC cover closed. 

∗ If the value is 0, float detection is not performed in normal jobs. 



 

41-06 OC FLOAT LEVEL 

0 


key 


EXECUTING... 

[Operation] 

AR-M200/M201 

1) Initial display 


After canceling, the machine goes into the sub code entry 

standby mode. 


CANCELED. 

3) When the level is 

acquired: 


**** OK 

3) When the level is not 

acquired: 


**** ERR 

[Function] 

For the number of pixels between black markers on the SPF/RSFP scanning position saved in 

"41-06: (OC cover float detection level adjustment)", if the number of pixels between the markers 

when processing float detection is less than the number of pixels set with this simulation, it 

is judged as the float error. 

When the set value of this simulation is "0," no float error occurs. 

When this simulation is executed, the current set value is displayed. 

Enter the adjustment value with [ ] [ ] key (or [Numeric] key for the AR-M200/M201), and press 

[START] key. The setting is saved and the display is shifted to the sub code input standby menu. 

Setting range: 0 – 99 (Copes with margin 0 – 99 pixels.) 

Default: 30 (30 pixels) 

[Operation] 


[Function] 

Used to set the fusing temperature of 3rd or later sheet. (For 1st and 2nd sheets, simulation 43- 

14 is used.) 

When this simulation is executed, the current set code number is displayed. Press [ ] [ ] key 

(or [Numeric] key for the AR-M200/M201) to change the setting and press [OK]/[ENTER]/ 

[START] key to save the setting into the EERPOM. The machine goes into the sub code entry 

standby mode. 

The [Exposure mode selector] key (or [ 

the mode. 

] [ ] key for the AR-M200/M201) is used to select 

Code Set temperature (°C) Remark Code Set temperature (°C) Remark 

0 170 5 195 Default 

1 175 6 200 

2 180 7 205 

3 185 8 210 

4 190 

Mode 

Display item 

(AR-M200/M201) 

Display item 


Main cassette paper feed & 2nd cassette paper feed TRAY1 AE mode lamp 

Manual paper feed MFT TEXT mode lamp 

* The cassette feed and the manual feed are controlled similarly. 

43-01 FU TEMP 

TRAY1 6( 0-8 ) 

2) [ ] [ ] key: Mode selection 

43-01 FU TEMP 

MFT 6( 0-8 ) 


43-01 FU TEMP 

MFT 6( 0-8 ) 

4) [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key 

Settles the entered value. The display is 

shifted to the sub code input standby 

menu. 


1) Press [Exposure mode selector] key to 

change the mode. 

2) Press [ ] [ ] key to set the value. 

3) Press [START] key to fix the code 

number.

Main Sub 

code code 

43 04 Fusing temperature setting 

in multi copy 

05 Fusing temperature setup in 

duplex copy (AR-M201 only) 

14 Fusing start temperature 

setting 


[Function] 

For 20th sheet or later in multi copy, the fusing temperature is automatically changed from the 

temperature set with simulation 43-01 to the temperature set with this simulation. 

When this simulation is executed, the current set code number is displayed. Enter the code 

number and press [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key to change the setting. 

Code Set temperature (°C) Remark 

0 165 

1 170 

2 175 

3 180 

4 185 

5 190 

6 195 

7 200 

Mode 

Display item 

(AR-M200/M201) 

Display lamp 


Default 

Main cassette paper feed & 2nd 

cassette paper feed 

TRAY1 AE mode lamp 3 

Manual paper feed MFT TEXT mode lamp 3 

Main cassette paper feed & 2nd 

cassette paper feed (small-size) 

TRAY1 SH PHOTO mode lamp 1 

Manual paper feed (small-size) MFT SH AE mode lamp 

TEXT mode lamp 

1 

∗ The cassette feed and the manual feed are controlled similarly. 

[Operation] 


[Function] 

In the case of duplex copy, the shift temperature set with this simulation is applied to the fusing 

temperature. 

When this simulation is executed, the current set code number is displayed. 

Enter the desired code number and press [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key to save the setting. 

Code Shift temperature (°C) Remark 

0 ±0 Default 

1 –8 

2 –6 

3 –4 

4 –2 

[Operation] 


[Function] 

When this simulation is started, the currently set code number is displayed. 

Press [ ] [ ] key (or [Numeric] key or [ ] [ ] key for the AR-M200/M201) to switch the setting, 

and press [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key to save it to the EEPROM. The machine goes to the 

sub code entry standby mode. 


0 160 

1 165 

2 170 

3 175 

4 180 

5 185 

[Operation] 



Code Shift temperature (°C) Remark 

5 ±0 

6 +2 

7 +4 

8 +6 

9 +8 


6 190 

7 195 Default 

8 200 

9 205 

10 210

Main Sub 

code code 

46 01 Copy density adjustment 

(300dpi) 

02 Copy density adjustment 

(600dpi) 


[Function] 

Copy density is set for each mode. 

When this simulation is executed, the current se value is displayed in 2 digits (Default: 50). 

Change the set value and press [START] key to make a copy under the set value. 

When the set value is increased, the copy becomes darker. When the set value is decreased, 

the copy becomes lighter. 

In this case, only Exp.3 copy is made. When, however, the setting is made to make darker copy, 

Exp.1 and Exp.5 copies also become darker. When made to lighter copy, Exp1. and Exp.5 copies 

become lighter, too. 

Press [Exposure mode selector] key (or [ ] [ ] key for the AR-M200/M201) to switch the mode. 

The set value of the selected mode is displayed on the LCD/display. (Adjustment value: 1 – 99) 

The setting procedure of the magnification ratio is the same as that to copy operation. 

Mode 

Display item 

(AR-M200/M201) 

LED 

(AR-M200/M201) 

Display lamp 


Default 

AE mode (300dpi) AE COPY mode lamp AE mode lamp 50 

TEXT mode (300dpi) TEXT PRINT mode lamp TEXT mode lamp 50 

PHOTO mode PHOTO SCAN mode lamp PHOTO mode lamp 50 

TS mode (TEXT) 

TSTXT PRINT mode lamp TEXT mode lamp 50 

(300dpi) 

SCAN mode lamp PHOTO mode lamp 

TS mode (AE) 

TSAE COPY mode lamp AE mode lamp 50 

(300dpi) 


[Operation] 

AR-M200/M201 


46-01 EXP.LEVEL 300 

AE 100% 50( 1-99) 

2) [ ] key: Mode selection 


TSAE 100% 50( 1-99) 

2) [ ] key: Mode selection 


TEXT 100% 50( 1-99) 



AE 100% 62( 1-99) 

4) [START] key: Fixing and printing value 

(No change on the LCD) 

* Print is started in the set mode. 

[Operation] 



4) To fix the set value without printing, press 

[OK]/[ENTER] key. 


AE 100% 62( 1-99) 

* To cancel manual feed paper empty MSG, 

press any key. 

* When performing the AE mode exposure 

adjustment, place the test chart on the document 

table so that the center area of 10cm is 

not covered. 


1) Press [Exposure mode selector] key to 

change the mode. 

2) Press [ ] [ ] key to set the value. 

3) [START] Fixing and printing value 

* Print is started in the set mode. 


AE 100% 62( 1-99) 

[Function] 

Copy density is set for each mode. 



When the set value is increased, the copy becomes darker. When the set value is decreased, 

the copy becomes lighter. 

In this case, only Exp.3 copy is made. When, however, the setting is made to make darker copy, 

Exp.1 and Exp.5 copies also become darker. When made to lighter copy, Exp1. and Exp.5 copies 

become lighter, too. 



Mode 

Display item 

(AR-M200/M201) 

LED 

(AR-M200/M201) 

Display lamp 


Default 




TS mode (TEXT) 

TSTXT PRINT mode lamp TEXT mode lamp 50 

(600dpi) 


TS mode (AE) 


(600dpi) 

SCAN mode lamp PHOTO mode lamp

Main Sub 

code code 

46 12 Density adjustment in the 

FAX mode (Collective 

adjustment) (Executable 

only when the FAX is 

installed.) 


13 FAX mode density 

adjustment (Normal text) 



14 FAX mode density 

adjustment (Fine text) 



[Function] 

When [START] key is pressed, scan is executed with the entered exposure adjustment value 

and the data stored on the FAX side is rewritten into the entered value. 

All data of the exposure adjustment values are rewritten into the same value. 

For the density adjustment table data, refer to simulation 46-13 (density adjustment (Normal 

text) in the FAX mode). 

[Operation] 


ADJUST EXP. AUTO 

XX 

("XX" is the exposure adjustment value of 

normal text stored on the FAX side.) 

2) Enter a 2-digit value as the exposure 

adjustment value. 


YY 

("YY" is the entered exposure adjustment 

value.) 

[Function] 

Scan is started with the exposure adjustment value entered with [START] key, and the stored 

data of the selected mode on the FAX side is rewritten into the input value. 

Density adjustment value data table 

Mode Photo Exposure adjustment value 

STD (Normal text) off 

Fine (Fine text) on 

off 

Sfine (Super fine) on 

off 

When initializing each data: 50 

[Operation] 


ADJUST EXP. STD 

XX 

("XX" is the corresponding exposure adjustment 

value of normal text mode stored on the 

FAX side.) 


adjustment value with [Numeric] key. 


YY 


value.) 

[Function] 

When [START] key is pressed, scan is started with the entered exposure adjustment value and 

the data of the selected mode on the FAX side is changed to the entered value. 

For the density adjustment value table data, refer to simulation 46-13 (FAX mode density 

adjustment (Normal text).) 

[Operation] 


3) Scan start (self print) 

ADJUST EXP. FINE 

XX 


value of the fine text mode stored on 

the FAX side.) 




YY 


value.) 


3) Scan is started (self print), and the LED 

of [START] key is turned off. 


SCAN YY 

4) Print is started (self print). 


PRINT YY 

After completion of printing, returns to “2)” 

display. 

3) Scan is started (self print), and the LED 

of [START] key is turned off. 


SCAN YY 

4) Print is started (self print). 


PRINT YY 


display. 


SCAN YY 

4) Print start (self print) 


PRINT YY 


display.

Main Sub 

code code 

46 15 FAX mode density 

adjustment (Super fine) 




18 Image contrast adjustment 

(300dpi) 

[Function] 

When [START] key is pressed, scan is started with the entered exposure adjustment value and 

the data of the selected mode on the FAX side is changed to the entered value. 

For the density adjustment value table data, refer to simulation 46-13 (FAX mode density 

adjustment (Normal text).) 

[Operation] 


ADJUST EXP. S-FINE 

XX 


value of the super fine mode stored on 





YY 

* No density display on LCD/display. 

[Operation] 





SCAN YY 



PRINT YY 


display. 


value.) 

[Function] 

Contrast is set for each mode. 



When the set value is increased, the contrast becomes higher. When the set value is 

decreased, the contrast becomes lower. 

In this case, only Exp.3 copy is made. When, however, the setting is made to make higher contrast, 

Exp.1 and Exp.5 copies also become in higher contrast. When made to a lower contrast, 

Exp1. and Exp.5 copies become lower contrast, too. 

Press [Exposure mode selector] key (or [ ] [ ] key for the AR-M200/M201) to switch the 

mode. The set value of the selected mode is displayed on the LCD/display. (Adjustment value: 1 

– 99) 

Mode 

Display item 

(AR-M200/M201) 

LED 

(AR-M200/M201) 

Display lamp 


Default 




TS mode (TEXT) TSTXT PRINT mode lamp TEXT mode lamp 50 

(300dpi) 


TS mode (AE) 


(300dpi) 


Main 

code 

Sub 

code 


46 19 Exposure mode setup [Function] 

 

When this simulation is executed, the code number of the current set gamma table is displayed. 

(Default: 2) 

Enter the code number corresponding to the desired gamma table, and press [Exposure mode 

selector] key (or [ 

EEPROM. 

] [ ] key for the AR-M200/M201) to change the mode and write into the 

 

When setting the γ table, press [Exposure mode selector] key (or [ ] key for the AR-M200/ 

M201) to change to the AE operation mode, and the current set code number of the AE operation 

mode is displayed. (Default: 0) 

Enter the code number corresponding to the desired AE operation mode and press [Exposure 

mode selector] key (or [ 

into the EEPROM. 

] [ ] key for the AR-M200/M201) to change the mode and write 

 

When [Exposure mode selector] key (or [ ] key for the AR-M200/M201) is pressed in AE 

operation mode setting, the mode is changed to the PHOTO image process setting and the 

code number of the current set PHOTO image process setting is displayed. (Default: 1) 

Enter the code number corresponding to the desired PHOTO image process setting and press 

[Exposure mode selector] key (or [ 

and write into the EEPROM. 

] [ ] key for the AR-M200/M201) to change the mode 

20 SPF/RSPF exposure 

correction (Only the 

AR-203E/M200/M201 with 


Mode 

Display item 

(AR-M200/M201) 

Display lamp 


γ GAMMA OFF 

AE AE AE 

PHOTO PHOTO PHOTO 

[Operation] 


[Function] 

Used to adjust the exposure correction amount in the SPF/RSPF mode. The adjustment is 

made by adjusting Vref voltage variation for the OC mode. 

When this simulation is executed, the current set value is displayed in 2 digits (Default: 50). 

Change the set value and press [START] key to save the setting and make a copy. 

When the set value is increased, copy becomes darker. When the set value is decreased, copy 

becomes lighter. (Adjustment range: 1 – 99) 

[Operation] 



Code 

number 

Setting content Remark 

1 

Image quality priority 

mode 

2 

Toner consumption 

priority mode 

Default 

0 Lead edge stop Default 

1 Real time process 

1 Error diffusion process Default 

2 Dither process 

Mode 

Display item 

(AR-M200/M201) 

Display lamp 

(AR-203E) 

Default Remark 

RSPF/SPF SPF TEXT mode lamp 50

Main Sub 

code code 

46 29 Image contrast adjustment 

(600dpi) 

30 AE limit adjustment 

* No density display on LCD/display. 

[Operation] 


[Function] 

Used to set the limit value in AE and AE (toner save). 

Change the setting and press [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key to write the setting into the EEPROM. 

The machine goes into the sub code entry standby mode. 

By pressing [Exposure mode selector] key (or [ 

changed. (Setting range: 0 – 31, Default: 0) 

] [ ] key for the AR-M200/M201), setting is 

31 Image sharpness 

adjustment 


[Function] 

Contrast is set for each mode. 



When the set value is increased, the contrast becomes higher. When the set value is 

decreased, the contrast becomes lower. 

In this case, only Exp.3 copy is made. When, however, the setting is made to make higher contrast, 

Exp.1 and Exp.5 copies also become in higher contrast. When made to a lower contrast, 

Exp1. and Exp.5 copies become lower contrast, too. 



Mode 

Display item 

(AR-M200/M201) 

LED 

(AR-M200/M201) 

Display lamp 


Default 





(600dpi) 


TS mode (AE) 


(600dpi) 


Mode 

Display item 

(AR-M200/M201) 

Display lamp 


Limit value for AE AE AE mode lamp 

Limit value for AE (toner save) TEXT TEXT mode lamp 

 

When simulation 26-06 (Destination setting) or simulation 46-19 Auto Exposure mode is 

changed, the setting of this simulation is also changed to the default in connection. 

[Operation] 


[Function] 

Used to adjust sharpening/blurring of image in each mode. 

[Operation] 




Image quality Setting No Remark 

Blurring 0 

Standard 1 Default 

Sharpening 2 

When this simulation is executed, warm-up and shading are performed and the current set 

value is displayed. (Default: 1) 

Change the set value and press [START] key to make a copy under the set conditions. 

To change the mode, press [Exposure mode selector] key (or [ ] [ ] key for the AR-M200/ 

M201). The code number of the selected mode is dip0slayed on the LCD/display. 

Mode 

Display item 

(AR-M200/M201) 

LED 

(AR-M200/M201) 

Display lamp 


Default 

AE mode AE COPY mode lamp AE mode lamp 1 

TEXT mode TEXT PRINT mode lamp TEXT mode lamp 1 




TS mode (AE) TSAE COPY mode lamp AE mode lamp 

1 


Main 

code 

Sub 

code 


46 32 Copier color reproduction [Function] 

setup 

Used to set color reproduction in each mode. Colors easy to be copied and colors difficult to be 

copied can be switched. 

Set value Colors easy to be copied Colors difficult to be copied 

0 Purple, Blue, Red Yellow, Green, Water blue 

1 Water blue, Green, Blue Purple, Red, Yellow 

2 Yellow, Red, Green Blue, Water blue, Purple 

* This setting has virtually no effect on black-and-white documents. 

When this simulation is executed, warm-up and shading are performed and the current set 

value is displayed. (Default: 0) 

Press [START] key to make a copy under the set conditions . At that time, color components are 

changed for used in copying. 

To change the mode, press [Exposure mode selector] key (or [ ] [ ] key for the AR-M200/ 

M201). The code number of the selected mode is dip0slayed on the LCD/display. 

Specification component Setting No Remark 

Green 0 Default 

Red 1 

Blue 2 

Mode 

Display item 

(AR-M200/M201) 

LED 

(AR-M200/M201) 

Display lamp 


Default 

AE mode 

(including TS) 

AE COPY mode lamp AE mode lamp 0 

TEXT mode 

(including TS) 

TEXT PRINT mode lamp TEXT mode lamp 0 


39 FAX mode sharpness 

adjustment (Executable only 

when the FAX is installed.) 

[Operation] 


[Function] 

When [START] key is pressed, scan is started with the entered sharpness adjustment value, 

and the data of the selected mode stored on the FAX side is changed to the entered value. 

Sharpness adjustment value data table 

Mode Sharpness adjustment value 

1: STD 

2: FINE 

3: S-FINE 

4: FINE/PHOTO 

5: S-FINE/PHOTO 

When initializing each data: 1 

[Operation] 


SHARPNESS SETTING 

PRESS ←,→ 

2) [ ] [ ] key or after 2sec 

Every time when [ ] key is pressed, 

the second line is changed in the 

sequence of No. 1 → 2 → 3 → 4 → 5 → 

1. 

When [ ] key is pressed, the sequence 

is reversed. 

SHARPNESS SET (1-5) 

1:STD 

3) Select the arrow key 1-5, and the LED of 

[START] key is lighted. 


ZZZZ(0-2) X 

("ZZZZ" is the mode selected among STD, 

FINE, S-FINE, FINE/PHOTO, and S-FINE/ 

PHOTO.) 

("X" is the corresponding sharpness adjustment 

value of the selected mode stored on 


∗ [Clear] key: Returns to “2)” display. 


4) Enter a one-digit value (0-2) as the sharpness 

adjustment value with [Numeric] 

key. 


ZZZZ(0-2) Y 

("Y" is the entered sharpness adjustment 

value.) 

∗ [Clear] key: Returns to “2)” display. 



SCAN Y 



PRINT Y 


display.

Main Sub 

code code 

48 01 Front/rear (main scanning) 

direction and scan (sub 

scanning) direction 


adjustment 


05 SPF/RSPF mode sub scan 


in copying (Only the 

AR-203E/M200/M201 with 


[Function] 

Used to adjust the magnification ratio in the main scan (front/rear) direction and sub scan direction. 

Enter the adjustment value with [ ] [ ] key (or [Numeric] key for the AR-M200/M201). Press 

[START] key to save the set value and make a copy. (When the adjustment value is increased 

by 1, the magnification ratio is increased by 0.1%.) 

The adjustment mode can be changed by pressing [Exposure mode selector] key (or [ 

key for the AR-M200/M201). (Adjustment range: 1 – 99, Default: 50) 

] [ ] 

Mode 

Display item 

(AR-M200/M201) 

LED 

(AR-M200/M201) 

Display lamp 

(AR-203E/5420) Default 

Main scan direction 

F-R PRINT mode TEXT mode lamp 50 


lamp 


SCAN SCAN mode PHOTO mode 50 


lamp 

lamp 

[Operation] 


[Function] 

Used to display the current SPF/RSPF mode sub scan direction magnification ratio on the LCD/ 

display. 

When [START] key is pressed, the entered data is acquired and saved into the EEPROM, and a 

copy is made. (When the set value is increased by 1, the magnification ratio is increased by 

0.1%.) 

The adjustment mode can be changed by pressing [Exposure mode selector] key (or [ ] [ ] 


When adjusting the RSPF, the mode is set to "Duplex → Single," single copies of two sheets are 

performed. 

For printing, regardless of the density mode and the density level, 

Density mode = MANUAL 

Density level = 3 

Mode 

Sub scan magnification 

ratio adjustment on the 

front surface of SPF/RSPF 

document 

Sub scan magnification 

ratio adjustment on the 

back surface of RSPF 

document (AR-M200/ 

M201) 

Initial value of 

duplex setting 

Display item 

(AR-M200/ 

M201) 

* When there is no document in SPF/RSPF, copy is inhibited. 

[Operation] 



LED 

(AR-M200/ 

M201) 

S-S SIDE1 COPY mode 

lamp 

D-S SIDE2 PRINT 

mode lamp 

Display 

lamp 

(AR-203E) 

AE mode 

lamp 

Default 

50 

— 50

Main Sub 

code code 

49 01 Flash ROM program writing 

mode 


[Function] 

When this simulation is executed, "d" is displayed on the display (or "DOWNLOAD MODE" is 

displayed on the LCD for the AR-M200/M201), the machine goes into the program writing mode 

from PC to Flash ROM. 

Use the writing tool on the PC and write the program. 

During writing, the display shows as follows: 

After completion of download, turn OFF/ON the power to reset. 

AR-M200/M201 AR-203E/5420 

Status 

Display item Display 

Pre-heat 

lamp 

Ready 

lamp 


Download data receiving RECEIVING "d" ON ON OFF 

Loader function transfer LOADER COPYING AR-M200/M201 

Date delete start FLASH ERASE "d" ON OFF ON 

Data write (Boot section) BOOT WRITING "d" ON Blink OFF 

Data write (Program 

section) 

PROGRAM WRITING "d" ON Blink Blink 

Data write (EEPROM) E2PROM WRITING AR-M200/M201 

Data write (LCD) LCD DATE WRITING AR-M200/M201 

During SUM CHECK FLASH ROM SUM 

CHECK 

"d" ON ON ON 

During BOOT SUM 

CHECK 

BOOT SUM CHECK AR-M200/M201 

During EEPROM SUM 

CHECK 

EEPROM SUM CHECK AR-M200/M201 

Download complete DOWNLOAD 

COMPLETE! 

"0FF" ON OFF OFF 

Error state "E ∗" ON OFF OFF AR-203E/5420 

* "∗" in an error display indicates the error position. 

1 Data reception error 6 Sum check (Loader section) 

2 Loader function transfer 7 Sum check (Boot section) 

3 FLASH ROM delete 8 Sum check (Program section) 

4 FLASH ROM writing (Boot section) 9 Sum check (EEPROM section) 

5 FLASH ROM writing (Program section) 10 Data error 

In case of an error in download, the following message is displayed on the LCD. 

(AR-M200/M201) 

Error status Display item 

PC data receiving E-01 PC TRANS 

Loader function transfer E-02 LOADER COPY 

FLASH ROM delete E-03 FLASH ERASE 

Boot section FLASH ROM write E-04 BOOT WRITE 

Program section FLASH ROM write E-05 PROGRAM WRITE 

Loader section SUM CHECK E-06 LOADER SUM 

Boot section SUM CHECK E-07 BOOT SUM 

Program section SUM CHECK E-08 PROGRAM SUM 

E2PROM SUM CHECK E-09 E2PROM SUM 

E2PROM write E-10 E2PROM WRITE 

E2PROM read Verify E-11 E2PROM READ 

E2PROM collating Verify E-12 E2PROM COLLATE 

Boot section lens check E-13 BOOT LENGTH 

Program section lens check E-14 PROGRAM LENGTH 

E2PROM lens check E-15 E2PROM LENGTH 

Total data size check E-16 DATE SIZE 

IMC communication error E-17 IMC TRANS 

IMC FRASH ROM write E-18 IMC FLASH WRITE 

LCD section lens check E-19 LCD DATE LENGTH 

LCD section FLASH ROM write E-20 LCD DATE WRITE 

LCD section SUM CHECK E-21 LCD DATE SUM 

To enter the download mode, there is a method to use key operations as well as to use a simulation. 

With the power OFF, press and hold [Clear All] key + [ ] key, turn on the power. 



DOWNLOAD MODE 


Main 

code 

Sub 

code 


50 01 Lead edge image position [Function] 

Used to adjust the copy image position and the lead edge void amount on copy paper. The 

adjustment is made by adjusting the image scan start position at 100% and the print start position 

(resist roller ON timing). When this simulation is executed, the current set value is displayed 

in 2 digits. (Center value: 50) 

When [Exposure mode selector] key (or [ 

setting mode and the display are changed. 

] [ ] key for the AR-M200/M201) is pressed, the 

Enter the adjustment value and press [START] key to save the set value and make a copy. 

When the adjustment is made by the main cassette paper feed, the adjustment values of all the 

paper feed ports become the same. (When the set value is increased by 1, shift is made by 

0.1mm.) 

Mode 

Display item 

(AR-M200/M201) 

LED 

(AR-M200/M201) 

Display lamp 


Print start position (Main TRAY1 COPY mode lamp AE mode lamp 

cassette paper feed) 

Main cassette lamp Main cassette lamp 

(*) Print start position 

TRAY2 COPY mode lamp AE mode lamp 


2nd cassette lamp 2nd cassette lamp 


MFT COPY mode lamp AE mode lamp 


Manual paper feed lamp Manual feed lamp 

Image lead edge void 

DEN-A PRINT mode lamp TEXT mode lamp 

amount 


Image scan start position RRC-A SCAN mode lamp PHOTO mode lamp 



DEN-B COPY mode lamp AE mode lamp 

amount (Cassette paper 

PRINT mode lamp TEXT mode lamp 

feed) 




RRC-B COPY mode lamp COPY mode lamp 

amount (Manual paper 

PRINT mode lamp TEXT mode lamp 

feed) 

Manual paper feed lamp Manual feed lamp 

(*): Support for the installation models. For non-installation models, skip. 

* When printing with the manual paper feed tray, use paper of the letter size. 

* When paper is discharged, the shifter is operated. 

[Adjustment procedure] 

1) Set the print start position (AE lamp ON) (A), the lead edge void amount (TEXT lamp ON) 

(B), and the scan start position (PHOTO lamp ON) (C) to 0, and make a copy of a scale at 

100%. (AR-203E/5420) 

For the AR-M200/M201, the following LED’s are lighted: 

AE lamp/COPY mode lamp: (A) 

TEXT lamp/PRINT mode lamp: (B) 

PHOTO lamp/SCAN mode lamp: (C) 

2) Measure the image loss (Rmm) of the scale. 

Set C = 10 x R (mm). (Example: Set to 40.) 

When the value of C is increased by 10, the image loss is decreased by 1mm. (Default: 50) 

3) Measure the distance (Hmm) from the paper lead edge to the image print start position. 

Set A = 10 x H (mm). (Example: Set to 50.) 

When the value of A is increased by 10, the image lead edge is moved to the paper lead 

edge by 1mm. (Default: 50). 

4) Set the lead edge void amount to 

B = 50 (2.5mm). (Default: 50) 

(Example) 

When the value of B is increased by 

10, the void is extended by about 

Distance from the paper lead edge 

to the image lead edge, H = 5mm 

0.1mm. (For 25 or less, however, 

the void amount is regarded as 0.) 

∗ The SPF/RSPF adjustment is made 

Image loss, R = 4mm 

by adjusting the SPF/RSPF image 

scan start position after OC 

5mm 

adjustment. 

[Operation] 

The operation is similar to simulation 

46-01. 

10mm 


Default 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50

Main Sub 

code code 

50 06 Copy lead edge position 

adjustment (SPF/RSPF) 



installed) 


[Function] 

Used to adjust the SPF/RSPF copy lead edge. 

When the adjustment value of the document scan position adjustment is increased by 1, the 

scan start timing is advanced by 0.1mm. 

The print result is shifted to the opposite direction of the scan start position. 

The adjustment mode can be changed by pressing [Exposure mode selector] key (or [ ] [ ] 


When scanning a back surface of document, the mode must be changed to operate the SPF/ 

RSPF by pressing [2-SIDED SCAN]/[2-SIDED COPY] key. 

Mode 

Front surface 

document scan 

position adjustment 

Back surface 

document scan 

position adjustment 

(AR-M200/M201) 

Rear edge void 

adjustment (RSPF) 

Initial value 

of duplex 

setting 

Display item 

(AR-M200/ 

M201) 

LED 

(AR-M200/ 

M201) 

S-S SIDE1 COPY mode 

lamp 

D-S SIDE2 PRINT mode 

lamp 

S-S END SCAN mode 

lamp 

10 Center offset adjustment 

∗ When there is no document in the SPF/RSPF, copy is inhibited. 

∗ When paper is discharged, the shifter is operated. 

[Operation] 


[Function] 

Used to adjust the center offset position of copy images on copy paper and that in scanning 

document. 

When this simulation is executed, the current set value is displayed. 

Enter the adjustment value and press [START] key to save the setting and make a copy. (When 

the set value is changed by 1, the center is shifted by 0.1mm.) 

When the adjustment value is increased, the center is shifted to right. When decreased, the 

center is shifted to left. 

The modes can be selected by pressing [Exposure mode selector] key (or [ 

AR-M200/M201). 

] [ ] key for the 

When the set value is changed largely, the area outside the shading area may be scanned to 

cause black streaks on the edges. When the SPF/RSPF is used, select the mode for use of the 

SPF/RSPF by [2-SIDED SCAN]/[2-SIDED COPY] key. 


(**): For Simplex models, skip. 

* When printing with the manual paper feed tray, use paper of the letter size. 

* In the 2nd print center offset adjustment, print is made forcibly as 1to2/Short Edge from OC 

regardless of duplex setting. 


[Operation] 



Display lamp 

(AR-203E) 

AE mode 

lamp 

Default 

50 

— 50 

PHOTO 

mode lamp 

Mode 

Display item 

(AR-M200/M201) 

LED 

(AR-M200/M201) 

Display lamp 


Default 

Print center offset TRAY1 COPY mode lamp AE mode lamp 50 

(Main cassette 

paper feed) 


(*) Print center offset TRAY2 COPY mode lamp AE mode lamp 50 

(2nd cassette paper 

feed) 


Print center offset MFT COPY mode lamp AE mode lamp 50 


Manual paper feed Manual paper feed 

lamp 

lamp 

(**) 2nd print center SIDE2 PRINT mode lamp TEXT mode lamp 50 

offset (Main cassette 

paper feed) 


50

Main Sub 

code code 

50 12 Document off-center 

adjustment 


18 Memory reverse position 

adjustment in duplex copy 

(Only the AR-M201, or the 

AR-M200 with the RSPF 

installed) 

[Function] 

Used to adjust document scan off-center adjustment. 

The adjustment modes can be selected by pressing [Exposure mode selector] key (or [ ] 

[ ] key for the AR-M200/M201). (Adjustment range: 1 – 99, Default: 50) 

When the adjustment value is increased, the print result is shifted to left. 

Mode 

Initial value 

of duplex 

setting 

Display item 

(AR-M200/ 

M201) 

LED 

(AR-M200/ 

M201) 

Platen document scan S-S OC COPY mode 

lamp 

SPF document front S-S SPF PRINT mode 

scan 

lamp 

RSPF document back D-S RSPF SCAN mode 

scan (AR-M200/M201) 

lamp 


[Operation] 


[Function] 

When this simulation is executed, the current set correction value is displayed. 

Enter the correction value and press [START] key to save the entered correction value. (Correction 

value range; 1 – 99, Default: 50) 

For S-D mode front surface print and print of even paged in D-S mode, reverse memory copy 

operation is performed from the rear edge of documents. 

When, therefore, the print position adjustment of output images is required, adjust as follows: 

In the reverse memory coping, when the document scan is made in the arrow direction, the output 

image is printed from the rear edge of scan image. 

When, therefore, the print lead edge is shifted, set the reference chart so that the reference 

position is on the rear edge, and use this simulation to adjust the set value so that the print lead 

edge is matched. 

Since printing is made from the image data most lately stored in memory to the lead edge data 

from the print start position, the image lead edge adjustment is made by changing the end data 

position stored in memory by the set value of this simulation. 

Since it is performed by changing the scan end position, the image position adjustment is made 

by changing the scan end position and the end data stored in memory. 

The adjustment modes can be selected by pressing [ ] [ ] key. 

Mode 

OC memory reverse 

output position 


SPF/RSPF memory 

reverse output position 

* The initial value of duplex setting is "1to2/Long Edge" for the duplex model, or "2to1" for the 

simplex model. 


[Operation] 



Display lamp 

(AR-203E/ Default 

5420) 

AE mode 50 

lamp 

TEXT mode 50 

lamp 

— 50 

Initial value of 

duplex setting 

Display item LED Default 

S-D OC COPY mode 

lamp 

50 

D-S SPF PRINT mode 

lamp 

Document transport direction 

Document transport direction 

Scan lead edge Print lead edge 

Lead edge void (1) 


Scan direction Scan rear edge 

Scan end position 

(Default: Scan cut by void (1)) 

50 

Rear edge void 

Print rear edge

Main Sub 

code code 

50 19 Duplex copy rear edge void 

adjustment 



[Function] 

Used to adjust the rear edge void amount in duplex copy. 

When this simulation is executed, the current set value is displayed in 2 digits. (Center value: 

50.) The adjustment modes can be selected by pressing [ ] [ ] key. (Adjustment range; 1 – 

99) 

Enter the adjustment value and press [START] key to save the set value and make a copy. (The 

paper information is cleared for every copy.) 

When the set value is increased by 1, the void amount is increased by about 0.1mm. 

Mode Display item LED Default 

Paper rear edge void amount DEN-B PRINT mode lamp 50 

Print start position (Duplex back surface) RRC-D SCAN mode lamp 50 

51 02 Resist quantity adjustment 

* The initial value for duplex setting is "1to2/Short Edge" for the OC setting, or "2to2" for the 

RSPF setting. 


[Operation] 


[Function] 

Used to adjust the contact pressure of the main unit resist roller and the SPF/RSPF resist roller 

onto paper. When this simulation is executed, the current set value is displayed. 

The adjustment modes can be selected by pressing [Exposure mode selector] key (or [ ] 

[ ] key for the AR-M200/M201). 

Enter the adjustment value with [ ] [ ] key (or [Numeric] key for the AR-M200/M201) and 

press [START] key to save the set value and make a copy. 

Mode 

Display item 

(AR-M200/M201) 

LED 

(AR-M200/M201) 

Display lamp 


Default 

Main cassette 

TRAY1 COPY mode lamp AE mode lamp 

50 

paper feed 


(*) 2nd cassette TRAY2 COPY mode lamp AE mode lamp 

50 

paper feed 


Manual paper feed MFT COPY mode lamp AE mode lamp 

50 

Manual paper feed 

lamp 


RSPF document SIDE1 COPY mode lamp 

— 50 

paper feed 


(Front surface) 


(AR-M200/M201) 


RSPF document SIDE2 COPY mode lamp 

— 50 

paper feed 


(Back surface) 

(AR-M200/M201) 


(*) Duplex back DUP-2 PRINT mode lamp TEXT mode lamp 50 

surface 








Main Sub 

code code 

53 08 SPF/RSPF scan position 

automatic adjustment (Only 

the AR-203E/M200/M201 

with the SPF/RSPF 

installed) 

61 03 Polygon motor check 

(HSYNC output check) 


[Function] 

Place a A4 paper (white chart) so that it covers the SPF/RSPF scan glass and the OC glass 

together, and close the SPF/RSPF. 

When this simulation is executed, the current adjustment value is displayed as the initial display. 

* Default is 1. Adjustment range is 1 – 99. Adjustment unit 1 = about 0.127mm 

* If the values are kept as the default values, SPF/RSPF scan is not performed properly. The 

front area of the proper scan position may be scanned. 

In case of AUTO, press [START] key, and the mirror unit scans from the home position to the 

SPF/RSPF scan position with the adjustment value displayed. The SPF/RSPF glass cover edge 

position is calculated from the difference between the SPF/RSPF glass cover edge and the OC 

side document glass CCD output level. If the adjustment is normal, the adjusted value is displayed. 

If abnormal, the error LED lights up with the current set value displayed. 

During the error LED is lighted, when [START] key is pressed again, execution is performed 

again. 

Mode 

SPF/RSPF scan position 

auto adjustment 

SPF/RSPF scan position 

manual adjustment 

Display item 

(AR-M200/M201) 

LED 

(AR-M200/M201) 

Display lamp 

(AR-203E) 

Default 

AUTO COPY mode lamp AE mode lamp 1 

[Operation] 

The operation is similar to simulation 46-01. (In MANUAL) 

OK/ERR display in AUTO 

 

53-08 SPF AUTO 

AUTO 100% ** OK 

[Function] 

When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, HSYNC is performed and the polygon motor is 

rotated for 30sec. 

At that time, the ZOOM lamp (or the COPY mode lamp for the AR-M200/M201) is lighted for 

100msec every time when HSYNC is detected. 



61-03 LSU CHK 

EXECUTING... 

63 01 Shading check [Function] 

Used to display the detection level of white plate for shading. 

When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, the mirror base unit moves to the white plate for 

shading and the copy lamp is lighted. 

When the light quantity is stabilized, revision is made for every second, and the level of one 

pixel at the center of CCD which is not corrected is detected and the value is displayed in decimal 

values on the LCD/display. (3 digits) 



63-01 SHADING CHK 

EXECUTING... 000 


MANU PRINT mode lamp TEXT mode lamp 1 

53-08 SPF AUTO 

AUTO 100% ** ERR

Main Sub 

code code 

63 02 Black level automatic 

correction 


12 Light quantity stabilization 

wait time setting 

13 Light quantity stabilization 

band setting 

[Function] 

Used to acquire the black level target value used for the black level adjustment of white balance. 

When this simulation is executed, the current correction value is displayed in 3 digits of 12bit 

hexadecimal number. 

Place the gray gradation chart (UKOG-0162FCZZ) used as the correction document so that the 

density 10 (black side) comes on the left side and that the chart is upside down at the center of 

the plate left center. 

When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, the mirror base unit scans the chart and calculates 

the correction value. 

After completion of correction, the corrected value is displayed on the LCD/display. 

* Default: 0 

* If the value is set to the default, operation is made with 0x60. 




000 

Chart back surface 

[Function] 

Used to set the wait time before entering the light quantity level stable evaluation process in the 

light quantity stable process of white balance. (Note: The light quantity stable level in the previous 

light quantity stable state is used as the target. When the light quantity level reaches the 

target during the wait time, the set time of this simulation is ignored and the operation enters the 

stable evaluation process.) 



press [START] key. The entered value is stored and the machine goes into the sub code entry 

standby mode. 

Setting range: 0 – 99 (Complying with the light quantity stable wait time of 0 – 99sec.) 

Default: 15 (15sec) 

[Operation] 


[Function] 

When the difference between the maximum and the minimum values of the light quantity level 

sampled for 3.2sec in the cycle of 100msec in the white balance light quantity stable process is 

within the range set with this simulation, it is judged as the light quantity is stable. (Note: The 

magnification ratio of the AFE gain setting is automatically reflected on the stable width.) 



press [START] key. The entered value is stored and the machine goes into the sub code entry 

standby mode. 

Setting range: 1 – 99 (Light quantity stable width: Complying with 1 – 99 in 4095 gradations.) 

Default: 16 

[Operation] 



10 

2) [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key: 

Correction start 


EXECUTING... 

 

After canceling, the machine goes into the sub 

code entry standby mode. 


CANCELED. 

3) After execution 


*** OK 

3) In case of an error 


*** ERR

Main 

code 

Sub 

code 


64 01 Self print (1by2 mode) [Function] 

The status of the optical section is ignored and printing of one page is made. Also when the 

print command is received from the host, printing is made. 

When this simulation is executed, warm-up is performed and the ready lamp is lighted. (Since, 

however, the scanner is disabled, initializing is not made.) 

Enter the code number and press [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key to start paper feed from the 

selected cassette and print in the selected pattern. 

66 01 FAX soft SW setting 



02 FAX soft SW initializing 

(excluding the adjustment 

values) (Executable only 


Code number Pattern Display item 

0 1by2 1 BY 2 

1 Grid pattern CHECK 

2 White paper WHITE 

3 Black background BLACK 

* For 4 – 99, flip. 

[Operation] 


[Function] 

Use to check the FAX soft SW setting. 

Every time when the key is pressed, the bit on the first line is switched 0 and 1. 

[Operation] 


3) Select 1 

ENTER FAX SOFT SW. # 

No.### xxxxxxxx 

(3 DIGITS) SW.___ 

USE # KEY 12345678 


2) Enter a 3-digit value of soft SW No. (To 

enter the fourth digit, shift to the left.), 

and the press [OK]/[ENTER] key. 


CHANGE? 1:YES 2:NO 

"xxxxxxxx" is the set content. 

∗ Select 2: Returns to the soft SW No. entry 

display. 

[Function] 

Use to initializing FAX soft SW. 

[Operation] 


INITIALIZED 

After 2sec, FAX control is terminated. 


4) Change with 1-8 of [Numeric] key and 

the press [OK]/[ENTER] key. 


STORED? 1:YES 2:NO 

"xxxxxxxx" is the set content. 

∗ Select 2: Returns to the soft SW No. entry 

display. 

5) Select 1 

STORED 

After 2sec, returns to "1) Initial display".

Main Sub 

code code 

66 03 FAX PWB memory check 




04 Signal send mode (Max. 

value) (Executable only 


[Function] 

Use to check the FAX PWB memory. 

[Operation] 


SELECT CHECK MEMORY 

PRESS ←, → 


Every time when [ 

→ 2 → 3 → 1. 

] key is pressed, the second line is changed in the sequence of No. 1 

When [ ] key is pressed, the sequence is reversed. 

SELECT MEMORY (1-3) 

1:DRAM 


3) [OK]/[ENTER] key 

CHECKING MEMORY 

4) After completion of check 

When the result is OK 

MEMORY CHECK RESULT 

OK 

In case of sum check error 


XXXXXXXX SUM NG 


[Function] 

Use to set the signal send mode (Max. value). 

Facsimile simulation design specifications. 

[Operation] 



2:SRAM 

In case of address bus 

check error 


XXXXXXXX A-BUS NG 

In case of data check error 


XXXXXXXX DATA NG 



3:FLASH 

In case of data bus check 

error 


XXXXXXXX D-BUS NG 

In case of erase check error 


XXXXXXXX ERASE NG 

1 NO SIGNAL 13 7200bps(V34) 25 2400bps(V27ter) 

2 33600bps(V34) 14 4800bps(V34) 26 300bps(FLAG) 

3 31200bps(V34) 15 2400bps(V34) 27 2100Hz(CED) 

4 28800bps(V34) 16 14400bps(V33) 28 1100Hz(CNG) 

5 26400bps(V34) 17 12000bps(V33) 29 300bps(V21) 

6 24000bps(V34) 18 14400bps(V17) 30 2100Hz(ANSam) 

7 21600bps(V34) 19 12000bps(V17) 31 DUMMY RING 

8 19200bps(V34) 20 9600bps(V17) 32 NO VOICE ANSWER 

9 16800bps(V34) 21 7200bps(V17) 33 NO RING BACK TONE 

10 14400bps(V34) 22 9600bps(V29) 34 LINE OFF HOOK 

11 12000bps(V34) 23 7200bps(V29) 35 LINE ON HOOK 

12 9600bps(V34) 24 4800bps(V27ter) 

SELECT OUTPUT SIGNAL 

(2 DIGITS) No.___ 

2) 2-digit (1-35) with [Numeric] key / [ ] [ ] key / 2sec after 

Pressing [ ] key or [ ] key reverses the sequence. 

No. (1-35) 

1:NO SIGNAL 


3) [OK]/[ENTER] key: Send after setting 

OUTPUTING SIGNAL MAX 

PRESS CLEAR TO STOP 


..... No. (1-35) 

35:LINE ON HOOK

Main Sub 

code code 

66 05 Signal send mode (Soft SW 

set value) (Executable only 



07 Image memory content print 



10 Image memory content clear 



[Function] 

Use to set the signal send mode (Soft SW set value). 

Facsimile simulation design specifications. 

1 NO SIGNAL 13 7200bps(V34) 25 2400bps(V27ter) 

2 33600bps(V34) 14 4800bps(V34) 26 300bps(FLAG) 

3 31200bps(V34) 15 2400bps(V34) 27 2100Hz(CED) 

4 28800bps(V34) 16 14400bps(V33) 28 1100Hz(CNG) 

5 26400bps(V34) 17 12000bps(V33) 29 300bps(V21) 

6 24000bps(V34) 18 14400bps(V17) 30 2100Hz(ANSam) 

7 21600bps(V34) 19 12000bps(V17) 31 DUMMY RING 

8 19200bps(V34) 20 9600bps(V17) 32 NO VOICE ANSWER 

9 16800bps(V34) 21 7200bps(V17) 33 NO RING BACK TONE 

10 14400bps(V34) 22 9600bps(V29) 34 LINE OFF HOOK 

11 12000bps(V34) 23 7200bps(V29) 35 LINE ON HOOK 

12 9600bps(V34) 24 4800bps(V27ter) 

[Operation] 


SELECT OUTPUT SIGNAL 

(2 DIGITS) No.___ 

2) 2-digit (1-35) with [Numeric] key / [ ] [ ] key / 2sec after 

Pressing [ ] key or [ ] key reverses the sequence. 

No. (1-35) 

1:NO SIGNAL 


3) [OK]/[ENTER] key: Send after setting 

OUTPUTING SIGNAL SSW 



[Function] 

Use to print the image memory content. 

[Operation] 

When print is allowed When there is no print data 

After completion of printing, 

FAX control is terminated. 

[Function] 

Use to clear the image memory content. 

[Operation] 

..... No. (1-35) 

35:LINE ON HOOK 

After 2 sec, FAX control is 

terminated. 


When print is inhibited 

PRINT STORED NO DATA CAN NOT PRINT 

When there are some print data 

CLEAR IMAGE MEMORY 

After completion of memory clear, the buzzer 

sounds. 

CLEARED 

PLEASE POWER OFF 

Remains unchanged until the power is turned 

off. 

After 2 sec, FAX control is 

terminated. 

When there are no print data 

CLEAR IMAGE MEMORY 

After completion of memory clear 

CLEARED 

After 2sec, FAX control is terminated.

Main Sub 

code code 

66 11 300bps signal send (Max. 




12 300bps signal send (Soft 

SW set value) (Executable 


installed.) 

[Function] 

Use to set the 300bps signal send (Max. value). 

1: NO SIGNAL 

2: 11111 

3: 11110 

4: 00000 

5: 010101 

6: 00001 

[Operation] 


SELECT SIGNAL 



Every time when [ ] key is pressed, the second line is changed in the sequence of No. 1 

→ 2 → 3 → 4 → 5 → 6 → 1. 


SELECT SIGNAL (1-6) 

1:NO SIGNAL 



OUTPUTING SIGNAL MAX 



..... SELECT SIGNAL (1-6) 

6:00001 

[Function] 

Use to set the 300bps signal send (Soft SW set value). 

1: NO SIGNAL 

2: 11111 

3: 11110 

4: 00000 

5: 010101 

6: 00001 

[Operation] 


SELECT SIGNAL 



Every time when [ ] key is pressed, the second line is changed in the sequence of No. 1 

→ 2 → 3 → 4 → 5 → 6 → 1. 


SELECT SIGNAL (1-6) 

1:NO SIGNAL 



OUTPUTING SIGNAL SSW 



..... SELECT SIGNAL (1-6) 

6:00001 


Main Sub 

code code 

66 13 Dial test (Executable only 



17 DTMF signal send (Max. 



[Function] 

Use to the dial test. 

[Operation] 

■ Dial test (PULSE) 


SELECT SIGNAL 

1:PULSE 2:DTMF 

∗ [Clear] key: FAX control is 

terminated. 

2) Select 1 

INPUT MAKE TIME 

(0-15) __ 

3) Enter the make time in 2 digits. 

INPUT DIAL # 

XXXX 

XXXX: Default 

∗ After deleting with [Clear] key, input 

can be made. 


SEND yyPPS xxms 

1:YES 2:NO 

"yy" is the selected pulse 10 or 20. 

"xx" is the input value. 

∗ Select 2: Returns to “2)” display. 

5) Select 1 

Switched to 10/20PPS set with 

pulse selection inside. 

6) After setting 

SENDING yyPPS xxms 

7) After completion of sending 

TERMINATE ? 

1:YES 2:NO 


8) Select 1 

TERMINATED 

After 2sec, returns to "1) Initial display". 

[Function] 

Use to set the DTMF signal send (Max. value). 

[Operation] 


INPUT DIAL # 


2) [Numeric] key input 

The content selected with signal send 

level selection is set inside. 

■ Dial test (DTMF) 


SELECT SIGNAL 

1:PULSE 2:DTMF 



2) Select 2 

SELECT HIGH LEVEL 

1:DEFAULT 2:SOFT SW. 

↓ 

3) Select 1 ↓ 

SELECT LOW LEVEL 

1:DEFAULT 2:SOFT SW. 

↓ 

4) Select 1 ↓ 

INPUT DIAL # 

XXXX 

↓ Select 2 

INPUT VALUE 

(0-15) __ 

↓ Select 2 

INPUT VALUE 

(0-15) __ 

XXXX: Default 

∗ After deleting with [Clear] key, input can be 

made. 


H:xx L:yy 

1:YES 2:NO 

"xx" indicates HI, and "yy" indicates Low Soft SW. 


5) Select 1 

HI/LO is selected with the signal level inside. 

6) After setting the signal send level 

SENDING DTMF 

7) After completion of sending 

TERMINATE ? 

1:YES 2:NO 


8) Select 1 

TERMINATED 


3) Communication is started after setting the 

signal send level. 

SENDING SIGNAL MAX 


∗ [Clear] key: Returns to "1) Initial display".

Main Sub 

code code 

66 18 DTMF signal send (Soft SW 

set value) (Executable only 



21 FAX information print 



24 FAST SRAM clear 



30 TEL/LIU status change 

check (Executable only 


[Function] 

Use to set the DTMF signal send (Soft SW set value). 

[Operation] 


3) Communication is started after setting the 

INPUT DIAL # 

signal send level. 

SENDING SIGNAL SSW 

∗ [Clear] key: FAX control is terminated. PRESS CLEAR TO STOP 

2) [Numeric] key input 

The content selected with signal send 

level selection is set inside. 


[Function] 

Use to print the FAX information. 

[Operation] 


SELECT REPORT (1-3) 




→ 3 → 1. 

] key is pressed, the second line is changed in the sequence of 1 → 2 



1:USER SW. LIST 



When print is allowed When print is inhibited 

PRINT STORED CAN NOT PRINT 

After completion of printing, 

FAX control is terminated. 

[Function] 

Use to clear the FAST SRAM. 

[Operation] 

1) Initial display 2) After completion of clearing 

[Function] 

Use to check the TEL/LIU status change. 

[Operation] 


2:SOFT SW. LIST 

After 2sec, FAX control is 

terminated. 

CLEAR FAST SRAM CLEARED 


HS2 :xxx HS1 :xxx 

RHS :xxx EXHS:xxx 

↑ 

The display is switched every 2sec. 

↓ 

CHECKING 






3:PROTOCOL

Main Sub 

code code 

66 33 Signal detection check 




34 Communication time 

measurement (Executable 


installed.) 

37 Speaker sound volume 

setting (Executable only 


[Function] 

Use to check the signal detection. 

[Operation] 


CHECKING NONE 


When a signal is detected, the display is changed from NONE to the following. 

CI/CNG/CED/BT/DT/Flag/SDT/DTMF 


[Function] 

Use to measurement the communication time. 

[Operation] 


COMM. TIME 

xx:xx:xx:xxx msec 

"xx:xx:xx:xxx" indicates o'clock, minute, second, millisecond. 


[Function] 

Use to set the speaker sound volume. 

1: NO SOUND 

2: LOW 

3: MID 

4: HIGH 

[Operation] 


SELECT SPEEKER VOL. 




→ 3 → 4 → 1. 

] key is pressed, the second line is changed in the sequence of 1 → 2 


SELECT (1-4) 

1:NO SOUND 



STORED 

xxx 

xxx: Set content 


SELECT (1-4) 

2:LOW 


.....

Main Sub 

code code 

66 38 Time setting/check 



67 50 USB receive speed 

adjustment (USB1.1) 

(AR-203E only) 

5. Trouble codes 

A. Trouble codes list 


[Function] 

Use to check the time setting. 

[Operation] 


SELECT TO SET 

1:DATE 2:TIME 


2) Select 1 

xxxx.xx.xx(xxx) 


"xxxx.xx.xx(xxx)" is the current value. (No 

revision of display) 

3) Select 1 

INPUT YEAR 

(4 DIGITS)____.__.__ 

∗ Select 2: Returns to "1) Initial display". 

4) Enter the year in 4 digits. 

INPUT MONTH 

(1-12) 1998.__.__ 

5) Enter the month in 2 digits. 

INPUT DAY 

(1-31) 1998.01.__ 

6) Enter the day in 2 digits. 

xxxx.xx.xx(xxx) 


"xxxx.xx.xx(xxx) is the entered value. 


7) Select 1 

STORED 

Main Sub 

code code 

Details of trouble 

E1 00 IMC communication trouble 

10 IMC trouble 

13 IMC flash ROM error 

81 IMC communication interface error (Parity) 

82 IMC communication interface error (Overrun) 

84 IMC communication interface error (Framing) 

E7 01 Duplex model memory setup error, memory notdetected 

error 

02 LSU trouble 

10 Shading trouble (Black correction) 

11 Shading trouble (White correction) 


2) Select 2 

Used to set the limitation on the print data receive speed of USB2.0 (Full speed) port (USB port 

on the machine). 

→ When print images from USB2.0 (Full speed) port are disturbed, change the setting and try 

again. 

When this simulation is executed, the currently set code number is displayed. 

Enter the code number corresponding to the adjustment value, and press [START] key to 

change the setting. 


xx:xx 


"xx:xx" is the current value. 

3) Select 1 

INPUT HOUR 

(0-24) __:__ 


4) Enter o'clock in 2 digits. 

INPUT MINUTE 

(00-59) 01:__ 

5) Enter minute in 2 digits. 

xx:xx 


"xx:xx" is the current value. 


6) Select 1 

STORED 


Code number Setting Speed 

1 FAST ↑ Fast 

2 NORMAL1 

3 NORMAL2 

4 SLOW ↓ Slow 

Main Sub 

code code 


E7 16 Abnormal laser output 

F2 02 Toner supply abnormality 

04 Improper cartridge (Destination error, life cycle error) 

F5 02 Copy lamp lighting abnormality 

F6 10 FAX board trouble 

H2 00 Thermistor open 

H3 00 Heat roller high temperature detection 

H4 00 Heat roller low temperature detection 

L1 00 Feeding is not completed within the specified time 

after starting feeding. (The scan head locking switch 

is locked)

Main Sub 

code code 


L3 00 Scanner return trouble 

L4 01 Main motor lock detection 

32 Exhaust fan motor lock detection trouble 

L6 10 Polygon motor lock detection 

U1 03 FAX board battery error 

U2 04 EEPROM read/write error (Serial communication 

error) 

11 Counter check sum error (EEPROM) 

40 CRUM chip communication error 

B. Details of trouble codes 

Main Sub 

code code 


E1 00 Content IMC communication trouble 

Detail An abnormality occurs in communication 

between the CPU and the IMC. 

Cause IMC abnormality 

IMC memory defect/data abnormality 

Check 

and 

remedy 

Replace the MCU PWB with new one. 

10 Content IMC trouble 

Detail An abnormality occurs in the IMC. 

Cause USB chip error/CODEC error on the IMC. 

Check 

and 

remedy 

Replace the MCU PWB with a new one. 

13 Content IMC flash ROM error 

Detail An abnormality occurs in the IMC flash 

ROM. 


Check Replace the MCU PWB with a new one. 

and If downloading of the program is abnormally 

remedy terminated, it may cause an error. Download 

the program again to avoid this. 

81 Content IMC communication interface error (Parity) 

Detail A parity error occurs in communication 



IMC memory defect/data abnormality 

Check 

and 

remedy 


E1 82 Content IMC communication interface error 

(Overrun) 

Detail An overrun error occurs in communication 



IMC memory defect/data abnormality. 

Check 

and 

remedy 


84 Content IMC communication interface error 

(Framing) 

Detail A framing error occurs in communication 



IMC memory defect/data abnormality. 

Check 

and 

remedy 



Main Sub 

code code 


E7 01 Content Duplex model memory setup error, memory 

not-detected error 

Detail The memory is not set properly or the 

memory capacity is not set to the duplex 

setup (6M). 

Check 

and 

remedy 

Set SIM 26-39 code number to 2. 

02 Content LSU trouble 

Detail The BD signal from the LSU cannot be 

detected in a certain cycle. (Always OFF or 

always ON) 

Cause LSU connector or LSU harness defect or 

disconnection 

Polygon motor rotation abnormality 

Laser beams are not generated. 

MCU PWB abnormality. 

Check 

and 

remedy 

Check connection of the LSU connector. 

Execute SIM 61-03 to check the LSU 

operations. 

Check that the polygon motor rotates 

normally. 

Check that the laser emitting diode 

generates laser beams. 

Replace the LSU unit. 

Replace the MCU PWB. 

10 Content Shading trouble (Black correction) 

Detail The CCD black scan level is abnormal when 

the shading. 

Cause Improper connection of the CCD unit flat 

cable 

CCD unit abnormality 

MCU PWB abnormality 

Check 

and 

remedy 

Check connection of the CCD unit flat cable. 

Check the CCD unit. 

11 Content Shading trouble (White correction) 

Detail The CCD white scan level is abnormal when 

the shading. 

Cause Improper connection of the CCD unit flat 

cable 

Dirt on the mirror, the lens, and the reference 

white plate 

Copy lamp lighting abnormality 

CCD unit abnormality 


(When occurred in the SPF/RSPF scan 

position.) 

Improper installation of the mirror unit 

Check 

and 

remedy 

Clean the mirror, lens, and the reference 

white plate. 

Check the light quantity and lighting status of 

the copy lamp (SIM 05-03). 

Check the MCU PWB. 

16 Content Abnormal laser output 

Detail When the laser output is stopped, HSYNC is 

detected. 

Cause Laser abnormality 

MCU PWB abnormality. 

Check 

and 

remedy 

Check the laser emitting diode operation. 

Replace the MCU PWB.

Main Sub 

code code 


F2 02 Content Toner supply abnormality 

Detail The maximum toner supply time is greatly 

exceeded. 

Cause CRUM chip trouble 

Improper developing unit 

Check 

and 

remedy 

Replace the CRUM chip. 

Replace the developing unit. 

04 Content Improper cartridge (Destination error, life 

cycle error) 

Detail The destination of the main unit differs from 

that of the CRUM. 

When the life cycle information is other than 

Not Used (FFh). 


Improper developing unit 

Check 

and 

remedy 


Replace the developing unit. 

F5 02 Content Copy lamp lighting abnormality 

Detail The copy lamp does not turn on. 

Cause Copy lamp abnormality 

Copy lamp harness abnormality 

CCD PWB harness abnormality. 

Check 

and 

remedy 

Use SIM 5-3 to check the copy lamp 

operations. 

When the copy lamp lights up. 

Check the harness and the connector 

between the CCD unit and the MCU PWB. 

When the copy lamp does not light up. 


between the copy lamp unit and the MCU 

PWB. 

Replace the copy lamp unit. 


F6 10 Content FAX board trouble 

Detail Communication trouble between MCU and 

FAX control PWB 

Cause FAX control PWB connector disconnection 

Defective harness between FAX control 

PWB and MCU PWB 

Motherboard connector pin breakage 

FAX control PWB ROM error/Data error 

IC on FAX PWB causes abnormality 

Check 

and 

remedy 

Check connector/harness of FAX control 

PWB and MCU PWB. 

Check the grounding of the copier. 

Check FAX control PWB ROM. 

Replace the FAX PWB. 

H2 00 Content Thermistor open 

Detail The thermistor is open. 

The fusing unit is not installed. 

Cause Thermistor abnormality 

Control PWB abnormality 

Fusing section connector disconnection 

The fusing unit is not installed. 

Check 

and 

remedy 


between the thermistor and the PWB. 

Use SIM 14 to clear the self diagnostic 

display. 

Main Sub 

code code 


H3 00 Content Heat roller high temperature detection 

Detail The fusing temperature exceeds 240°C. 



Fusing section connector disconnection. 

Check 

and 

remedy 


Use SIM 5-02 to check the heater lamp 

blinking operation. 

When the lamp blinks normally. 

Check the thermistor and its harness. 

Check the thermistor input circuit on the 

control PWB. 

When the lamp keeps ON. 

Check the power PWB and the lamp control 

circuit on the MCU PWB. 


display. 

H4 00 Content Heat roller low temperature detection 

Detail 1) When the target temperature (165°C) is 

not reached in 55 sec after starting 

warming-up. 

2) When the temperature below 100°C is 

detected for 300ms under the ready print 

state. 

∗ "Starting warming-up" means not only that 

in power supply but also reset that in reset 

from shut-off and in side door close. (The 

timing of generating H4 is not limited to 

that in power supply.) 


Heater lamp abnormality 

Thermostat abnormality 


Check 

and 

remedy 

Use SIM 5-02 to check the heater lamp 

blinking operation. 

When the lamp blinks normally. 

Check the thermistor and its harness. 

Check the thermistor input circuit on the 

control PWB. 

When the lamp does not light up. 

Check for disconnection of the heater lamp 

and the thermostat. Check the interlock 

switch. 

Check the power PWB and the lamp control 

circuit on the MCU PWB. 


display.

Main Sub 

code code 


L1 00 Content Feeding is not completed within the 

specified time after starting feeding. (The 

scan head locking switch is locked) 

Detail The white area and the black marking on the 

shading plate are used to obtain the 

difference in the CCD level values for 

judgment of lock. When the difference in the 

levels of which and black is small, it is judged 

that the black mark could not be scanned by 

lock and the trouble code "L1" is displayed. 

Cause The scan head is locked by the lock switch. 

Mirror unit abnormality 

The scanner wire is disconnected. 

The origin detection sensor abnormality 

Mirror motor harness abnormality 

Check 

and 

remedy 

Check to confirm that the scan head lock 

switch is released. 

Use SIM 1-1 to check the mirror 

reciprocating operations. 

When the mirror does not feed. 

Check for disconnection of the scanner wire. 


between the mirror motor and the MCU 

PWB. 

Replace the mirror unit. 


When the mirror does feed. 

Use SIM 1-2 to check the mirror home 

position sensor. 

L3 00 Content Scanner return trouble 

Detail When the mirror base is returned for the 

specified time (6 sec) in mirror initializing 

after turning on the power, the mirror home 

position sensor (MHPS) does not turn ON. 

Or when the mirror base is returned for the 

specified time (about 6 sec) after start of 

copy return, the mirror home position sensor 

(MHPS) does not turn ON. 

Cause Mirror unit abnormality 

Scanner wire disconnection 

Origin detection sensor abnormality 

Mirror motor harness abnormality 

Check 

and 

remedy 

Use SIM 1-1 to check the mirror 

reciprocating operations. 

When the mirror does not return. 

Check for disconnection of the scanner wire. 


between the mirror motor and the MCU 

PWB. 

Replace the mirror unit. 


When the mirror does feed. 

Use SIM 1-2 to check the mirror home 

position sensor. 

L4 01 Content Main motor lock detection 

Detail When the main motor encoder pulse is not 

detected for 100 msec. 

Cause Main motor unit abnormality 

Improper connection or disconnection the 

main motor and the harness. 


Check 

and 

remedy 

Use SIM 25-01 to check the main motor 

operations. 

Check connection of the main motor 

harness/connector. 

Replace the main motor. 



Main Sub 

code code 


L4 32 Content Exhaust fan motor lock detection trouble 

Detail The error detection is started after 2 sec 

from starting rotation of the exhaust fan 

motor. 

1) The continuous rotation state of 250ms is 

not detected for 1 sec after starting 

detection. 

2) When the lock sensor (in the exhaust fan) 

detects the HIGH level (unstable) after 

detection the lock state (stable state). 

Cause Exhaust fan motor connector connection 

trouble 

Exhaust fan motor trouble 

MCU PWB trouble 

Check 

and 

remedy 

Exhaust fan motor connector connection 

check 

Exhaust fan motor replacement 


L6 10 Content Polygon motor lock detection 

Detail The lock signal (specified rpm signal) does 

not return within a certain time (about 20 

sec) from starting the polygon motor 

rotation. 

Cause Polygon motor unit abnormality 

Improper connection or disconnection of the 

polygon motor and the harness. 


Check 

and 

remedy 

Use SIM 61-1 to check the polygon motor 

operations. 

Check connection of the polygon motor 

harness/connector. 

Replace the polygon motor. 


U1 03 Content FAX board battery error 

Details The SRAM backup battery voltage on FAX 

PWB falls. 

Cause The SRAM backup battery voltage on FAX 

PWB falls. 

Check 

and 

remedy 

Check voltage of the SRAM back up battery. 

Replace the battery. 

U2 04 Content EEPROM read/write error (Serial 

communication error) 

Detail EEPROM access process error 

Cause EEPROM abnormality 

Check 

and 

remedy 

Check that the EEPROM is properly set. 

Use SIM 16 to cancel the trouble. 


11 Content Counter check sum error (EEPROM) 

Detail Check sum error of the counter area in the 

EEPROM 

Cause EEPROM abnormality 

Check 

and 

remedy 

Check that the EEPROM is properly set. 

Use SIM 16 to cancel the trouble. 


40 Content CRUM chip communication error 

Detail An error occurs in MCU-CRUM chip 

communication. 


Defective contact of developing unit 

MCU PWB trouble 

Check 

and 

remedy 


Check installation of the developing unit. 

Cancel by turning OFF/ON the power. 

Replace the MCU PWB.

[11] MAINTENANCE 

1. Maintenance table 

2. Maintenance display system 

: Check (Clean, adjust, or replace when required.) : Clean : Replace : Adjust ✩: Lubricate 

Section Parts 25K 50K 75K 100K 125K Remark 

Developing Developer 

DV blade 

DV side seal (F/R) 

DV doctor White streaks are made on the image. 

Process peripheral Drum 

Toner Life 8K 

Remaining quantity NEAR EMPTY 

About 12.5% 

EMPTY 

LED ON Flash 

Machine Operation allowed Stop 

Developer Life 25K 

LED ON at 25K of the developer count. 

Machine Selection is available between Not Stop and Stop by Service Simulation (SIM 26-37) Setup. 

(If Stop is selected, the LED will flash and stop at 25K.) 

∗ Default: Not Stop 

∗ Clear: SIM 24-06 

Maintenance LED Selection is available among 25K, 13K, 9K, 6K, 3K, and free (no lighting) with SIM 21-1. 

∗ Default: 25K 

∗ Clear: SIM 20-1 

Machine Not stop. 

Note: When developer is replaced, be sure to execute simulation No. 24-06 to reset the counter. 

3. Remaining toner indication 

TONER FULL 

100% 

75% 

Remaining toner indication 

100-76% 75-51% 50-26% 25-13% 12.5% or less 

50% 

25% 

The remaining toner indication is based on the number of revolutions of the toner motor. 

The toner END indication appears when the END is detected by the toner sensor. 

The remaining toner indication is a rough indication of the remaining toner quantity. 

AR-203E/5420/M200/M201 MAINTENANCE 11 - 1 

Display for users 

Lo 

LOW LEVEL

[12] USER PROGRAM 

The conditions of factory setting can be changed according to the 

use conditions. 

1. Functions that can be set with user 

programs 

Toner save mode 

Reduces toner consumption by approximately 10%. 

Power save modes 

The unit has two power save modes of operation: preheat mode 

and auto power shut-off mode. 

Preheat mode 

When the unit enters the preheat mode, the power save ( ) indicator 

will light up and other indicators will remain on or off as 

before. In this condition, the fuser in the unit is maintained at a 

lower heat level, thereby saving power. To copy from the preheat 

mode, make desired copier selections and press the start ( ) 

key using the normal copying procedure. 

Auto power shut-off mode 

When the unit enters the auto power shut-off mode, the power 

save ( ) indicator will light up and other indicators except the 

ONLINE indicator will go out. The auto power shut-off mode saves 

more power than the preheat mode but requires a longer time 

before starting copying. To copy from the auto power shut-off 

mode, press the start ( ) key. Then make desired copier selections 

and press the start ( ) key using the normal copying procedure. 

Auto clear 

The unit returns to the initial settings a preset amount of time after 

the end of job. 

This preset amount of time (auto clear time) can be changed. 

Resolution of AUTO & MANUAL mode 

You can set the copy resolution used for AUTO and MANUAL 

( ) exposure mode. 

2. Toner save mode (AR-203E/5420) 

1) Press the exposure mode selector key to select the MANUAL 

( ) mode. 

2) Press and hold down the exposure mode selector key for 

approximately 5 seconds. The MANUAL ( ) indicator will 

go out and the PHOTO ( ) indicator will begin to blink. The 

light and dark indicator marked "5" will light up, indicating the 

standard toner mode is active. 

AR-203E/5420/M200/M201 USER PROGRAM 12 - 1 

3) To enter the toner save mode, press the light ( ) key. The 

light and dark indicator marked "1" will light up, indicating the 

toner save mode is selected. 

4) Press the exposure mode selector key. The PHOTO ( ) 

indicator will stop blinking and light up steadily. The light and 

dark indicator marked "3" will light up. The toner save mode is 

now active. 

Note: To return to the standard mode, repeat the procedure but 

use the dark ( 

3). 

) key to select exposure level "5" in step 

3. User programs (AR-203E/5420) 

The user programs allow the parameters of certain functions to be 

set, changed, or canceled as desired. 

Set the power save modes, auto clear time, preheat mode, 

SPF automatic original discharge time, resolution of AUTO & 

MANUAL mode and reset factory setting. 

1) Press and hold down the light ( ) key simultaneously for 

more than 5 seconds until all the alarm indicators 

( , , , ) blink and " " appears in the display. 

2) Use the left copy quantity ( ) key to select a user program 

number (1: Auto clear time, 2: Preheat mode, 3: Auto power 

shut off mode, 4: Auto power shut off timer, 6: SPF automatic 

original discharge time, 10: Resolution of AUTO & MANUAL 

mode, 21: Reset factory, 24: Prevention of OC copies when 

the SPF is up function, 25: Copy effective paper width setting 

function (Bypass tray), 26: Copy effective paper width setting 

function (Tray), 28: Selection of copy start state (Polygon rotation 

on/off), 29: Fusing temperature setting when the bypass 

tray is used). The selected number will blink in the left side of 

the display. 

3) Press the start ( ) key. The entered program number will be 

4) 

steadily lit and the currently selected parameter number for the 

program will blink on the right side of the display. 

Select the desired parameter using the right copy quantity 

( ) key. The entered parameter number will blink on the 

right of the display. 

Program 

No. 

Mode Parameters 

1 Auto clear time 1 → 10 sec., 2 → 30 sec., 

*3 → 60 sec., 4 → 90 sec., 

5 → 120 sec., 6 → OFF 

2 Preheat mode *1 → 30 sec., 2 → 60 sec., 

3 → 5 min., 4 → 30 min., 

5 → 60 min., 6 → 120 min., 

7 → 240 min. 

3 Auto power shut off mode *1 → ON, 2 → OFF 

4 Auto power shut off timer *1 → 5 min., 2 → 30min., 

3 → 60 min., 4 → 120 min., 

5 → 240 min. 

6 SPF automatic original 

discharge time 

1 → 5 min., *2 → 30 min., 

3 → 60 min., 4 → 120 min., 

5 → 240 min., 6 → OFF 

*1 → 300dpi, 2 → 600dpi 

10 Resolution of AUTO & 

MANUAL mode 

21 Reset factory 1 → YES, *2 → NO 

24 Prevention of OC copies 

when the SPF is up 

function 

*1 → ON, 2 → OFF

Program 

No. 

25 Copy effective paper width 

setting function (Bypass 

tray) 

26 Copy effective paper width 

setting function (Tray) 

28 Selection of copy start 

state (Polygon rotation on/ 

off) 

29 Fusing temperature 

setting when the bypass 

tray is used 

Mode Parameters 

*1 → Large (A4 width/ 

LETTER), 2 → Small (B5R 

width/INVOICE) 

*1 → Large (A4 width/ 

LETTER), 2 → Small (B5R 

width/INVOICE) 

*1 → ON, 2 → OFF 

1 → Low, *2 → High 

∗ Factory default settings are indicated with an asterisk (*). 

5) Press the start ( ) key. The right-hand number in the display 

will be steadily lit and the entered value will be stored. 

Note: To change the setting or to set another mode, press the 

clear key. The unit will return to step 2). 

6) Press the light ( ) key to return to the normal copy mode. 

4. User programs (AR-M200/M201) 

1) Press the [MENU] key and then press the [OK]/[ENTER] key. 

In printer mode, the user programs are accessed by simply 

pressing the [MENU] key. 

1 1 2 

2 2 

2 1 1 

MAIN MENU 

1:USER PROGRAM 

MAIN MENU 

1:USER PROGRAM 

2) Press the [ ] key [ ] or [ ] key [ ] to select the item 

that you wish to configure in the USER PROGRAM items, and 

then press the [OK]/[ENTER] key. 

See "1. User programs" for the program name and program 

code. 

You can also select a program by directly entering the program 

number with the numeric keys. 

1 1 2 

2 2 

2 1 1 

USER PROGRAM 

2:PREHEAT MODE 

USER PROGRAM 

2:PREHEAT MODE 


3) Press the [ ] key [ ] or [ ] key [ ] to change the setting 

of the selected item. 

See "1. User programs" for the program code. 

1 1 2 

2 2 

2 1 1 

PREHEAT MODE 

1:1 MIN 

NOTE: 

If you mistakenly select the wrong item, press the [Clear] key 

( ) and repeat the procedure from step 2). 

To cancel a setting for a user program, press the [MENU] key. 

4) Press the [OK]/[ENTER] key. 

Your selection appears briefly and then the previous screen 

appears. 

NOTE: 

When "AE LEVEL ADJUST" is selected in the user programs and 

the [OK]/[ENTER] key is pressed, the automatic exposure 

adjustment screen appears. Adjust the exposure and press the 

[OK]/[ENTER] key. 

Audible signals (key entry beep, invalid key beep, base 

setting beep) 

The machine sounds three different types of beep signals: a key 

entry beep that sounds when a valid key is pressed, an invalid 

key beep that sounds when an invalid key is pressed, and a base 

setting beep that sounds when a setting is the same as the base 

setting (base settings are explained below). The base setting 

beep is initially disabled. If you wish to enable the base setting 

beep, see "SOUND AT DEFAULT". If you wish to change the volume 

of the beep signals or disable them, see "KEY TOUCH 

SOUND". 

The beep patterns of each type of beep signal are as follows: 

Key entry beep: One beep Invalid key beep: Two beeps 

Base setting beep: Three beeps 

Base settings 

The base settings are preset standard selections for each copy 

setting. The base settings are as follows: 

Copy ratio: 100% 

Light and Dark level: Center 

PREHEAT MODE 

1:1 MIN 

Paper feed location: 

Tray 1 (Upper paper tray) 

AUTO/TEXT/PHOTO: AUTO

A. Copy mode 

Program 

number 

Program name 

Setting codes 

(factory default setting 

appears in bold) 

1 AUTO CLEAR 1: 10 SEC. 

2: 30 SEC. 

3: 60 SEC. 

4: 90 SEC. 

5: 120 SEC. 

6: OFF 

2 PREHEAT MODE 1: 30 SEC. 

2: 1 MIN. 

3: 5 MIN. 

4: 30 MIN. 

5: 60 MIN. 

6: 120 MIN. 

7: 240 MIN. 

3 AUTO SHUT-OFF 1: ON 

2: OFF 

4 AUTO SHUT-OFF 

TIME 

1: 5 MIN. 

2: 30 MIN. 

3: 60 MIN. 

4: 120 MIN. 

5: 240 MIN. 

7 LAYOUT IN 2IN1 1: PATTERN 1 

2: PATTERN 2 

8 OFFSET 

FUNCTION 

9 ROTATE ORIG. 

IMAGE 

(AR-208D only) 

10 AE/TEXT 

RESOLUTION 

11 2-SIDED COPY 

MODE 

(AR-208D only) 

1: ON 

2: OFF 

1: ON 

2: OFF 

1: 300dpi 

2: 600dpi 

1: HI-SPEED 

2: NORMAL 

12 MARGIN WIDTH 1: 1/4" 

2: 1/2" 

3: 3/4" 

4: 1" 

13 MEM. FOR 

PRINTER 

1: 30% 

2: 40% 

3: 50% 

4: 60% 

5: 70% 

14 AUTO KEY REPEAT 1: ON 

2: OFF 

15 KEY PRESS TIME 1: NORMAL 

2: 0.5 SEC. 

3: 1.0 SEC. 

4: 1.5 SEC. 

5: 2.0 SEC. 

16 KEY TOUCH 

SOUND 

17 SOUND AT 

DEFAULT 

18 TONER SAVE 

MODE 

1: LOW 

2: HIGH 

3: OFF 

1: ON 

2: OFF 

1: ON 

2: OFF 


Explanation 

Auto clear time automatically returns the copy settings to the initial settings 

if no keys are pressed for a preset period of time following the end of a copy 

job. 

This program is used to select the period of time. Auto clear time can also 

be disabled. 

This function automatically switches the machine to a low power 

consumption state if the set duration of time elapses without the machine 

being used when the power is on. The power save indicator lights up, 

however, the keys on the operation panel can be used. Normal operation 

automatically resumes when a key on the operation panel is pressed, an 

original is placed, a print job is received. 

Use this setting to enable or disable auto power shut-off mode. 

This function automatically switches the machine to a state that consumes 

even less power than preheat mode if the set duration of time elapses 

without the machine being used when the power is on. All lights except the 

power save indicator go off. To resume normal operation, press the 

[START] key ( ). Normal operation also resumes automatically when a 

print job is received or scanning is begun from a computer. While in auto 

power shut-off mode, no keys (except the [START] key ( )) can be used. 

Use this setting to select the layout pattern when two original pages are 

copied onto a single sheet of paper. 

When enabled, this function offsets the position of each set of copies in the 

output tray in copy mode, and each print job in printer mode. 

When two-sided copying is performed, this function rotates the image on 

the back of the original. This is convenient when binding the copies at the 

top (tablet binding). 

This setting is used to change the copy resolution in AUTO and TEXT 

mode from 600 x 300 dpi to 600 x 600 dpi (high-quality mode). Scanning is 

slower when high-quality mode is used. 

If the memory fills up when two-sided copying is performed, "NORMAL" 

can be selected to make copying possible. However, "NORMAL" results in 

a slower copying speed. Normally "HI-SPEED" is selected to enable fast 

two-sided copying. 

Use this setting to set the margin width. 

Use this to change the proportion of machine memory used for printer 

mode. 

Use this setting to select whether or not holding down a key causes 

repeated input of the key. For keys that normally cause a set value to 

decrease or increase when held down (for example, the [ ] key ( ) or 

[ ] key ( )), this program can be used to have the set value not 

change when the key is held down. 

Use this setting to select how long a key must be pressed for the input to be 

accepted. By selecting a longer time, you can prevent settings from being 

changed by the accidental pressing of a key. 

This sets the volume of beep signals. 

Use this to sound a beep when a base setting is selected. 

This mode reduces toner usage by about 10% when copying. Toner save 

mode is effective when the exposure mode is AUTO or TEXT.

Program 

number 

19 AE LEVEL ADJUST 1: SPF/RSPF 

(Adjustment to 5 levels 

is possible.) 

2: DOCUMENT GLASS 

(Adjustment to 5 levels 

is possible.) 

20 LANGUAGE 1: AMERICAN ENGLISH 

2: ENGLISH 

3: FRENCH 

4: SPANISH 

: 

: 

21 RESET FACTORY 1: Yes 

2: No 

22 SORT AUTO 

SELECT 

24 CHECK RSPF 

OPEN 

25 VALID COPY 

WIDTH 

B. Print mode 

1: ON 

2: OFF 

1: ON 

2: OFF 

1: 8.5x11 

2: 5.5x8.5 

28 LSU SETTING 1: ON 

2: OFF 

29 PAPER TYPE 1: PLAIN PAPER 

2: HEAVY PAPER 

30 DISPLAY 

CONTRAST 

Program 

number 

Program name 

Program name 

1: LIGHTER 

2: LIGHT 

3: NORMAL 

4: DARK 

5: DARKER 

1 FORCED OUTPUT 1: ON 

2: OFF 

2 USB 2.0 MODE 

SWITCH * 1 

3 AUTO TRAY 

SWITCH* 2 

Setting codes 



Setting codes 



1: FULL-SPEED 

2: HI-SPEED 

1: ON 

2: OFF 

This is used to adjust the exposure level. 

The automatic exposure level can be adjusted separately for the document 

glass and the RSPF. 

For the procedure for adjusting the exposure and guidelines for numeric 

values. The factory default setting for the exposure level is center. 

This is used to set the language used in the display. 

This is used to return all settings to the factory default settings. 

Use this setting to enable or disable sort auto select mode. 

You can set the operation that takes place if the [START] key ( ) is 

pressed when the RSPF is not completely closed. (Valid only when the 

multi-bypass paper feed is used.) 

Set the allowed paper sizes for copying from the bypass tray. When 

"5.5x8.5" is selected, a copy of a letter size original will only be printed up 

to invoice size. 

Select whether copying is only allowed when the polygon motor is rotating, 

or also when the polygon motor is stopped. 

Set the temperature of the fusing unit when the bypass tray is used. 

Normally "HEAVY PAPER" should be selected. 

Set the contrast of the display. 

* 1 : The scanning speed increases when the USB 2.0 mode is set to "HI-SPEED", however, the printing speed does not increase considerably. 

* 2 : When the 250-sheet paper feed unit is installed. 


Explanation 

Explanation 

When this function is enabled, printing in printer mode will automatically 

continue using a different size of paper if the specified size of paper runs out 

in all trays. This feature does not function in copy mode. 

This sets the USB 2.0 data transfer speed. To obtain the fastest speed when 

using the USB 2.0 connector, first verify that your computer meets the 

system requirements (operating system and driver), and then use this 

program to change the USB 2.0 mode to "Hi-Speed". Note that the setting 

should not be changed while running a TWAIN driver. 

If the paper runs out during printing and there is paper of the same size in 

another tray, this function automatically switches to that tray (excluding the 

bypass tray). The function can be disabled.

[13] ELECTRICAL SECTION 

1. Block diagram 

A. Overall block diagram (AR-203E/5420) 

Carriage Unit 

CCD PWB 

12V 5V NF A5V 3.3V Reg 5V 

SPF Motor (AR-203E optional only) 

Mechanical Load 

AFE(HT82V24) 

CCFL x 2 

R C A M 

MPFS,RRS,CPFS1 

G 

AD 

D G P 

8bits(MSB/LSB) 

HOME 

B 

POSITION 

S C X 16bits 

SENSOR 

CCD 

(ILX558X) 

Lamp Inverter 

for CCFL 

5V 

CCD Driver 

MCU-PWB 

0 - 24V 

Sensor/SW 

(Electorical detector/SW/Sensor) 

CPU INTERRUPT 

SPPD 

DC-DC 

Driver 

PWM 

3.3V SDRAM 

CPU I/O 

Interlock SW 

Cassette detector X 2 

Drum Initial detector 

PPD1 

POD 

MFD 

16Mbyte 

or 8Mbyte 

MHPS 

PPD2 

KRONOS ASIC 

Printer CLK 

(18.3856MHz) 

SPOD 

PD1 

System Reset 

(296pin) 

3.3V 

Scanner CLK(48MHz) 

Reset IC 

CPU 

A[19…1] OPE PWB 

H8S/2321 

OP-CLK 

(19.6608MHz) 

OP-LATCH 

D[15…0] 

OP-DATA 

AR-203E/5420/M200/M201 ELECTRICAL SECTION 13 - 1 

LED Driver LED 

USB I/F 

SRAM 1Mbit 

Flash ROM 16Mbit 

USB1T20 

USB2.0 

FullSpeed 

(expect for 

AR-5420) 

ONL 

ONL LED 

PSL LED 

PSL 

16bit 

HC151 x 2 

SELIN1,2,3 

KEYIN1,2 

KEY Matrix 

I2C Bus 

SSCG 

PSW 

START KEY 

Fan Motor I2C Bus 

HC151 

(2speed with Lock detect) 

8Kbyte 

24V 12V 

EEPROM 

CPU CLK(19.6608MHz) 

Driver 

Driver Driver 

/MMRDY 

MMCLK 

/MMD 

PMCLK 

PMD 

EEPROM 

(CRUM) 

LSU 

2nd Cassette MainMotor Toner Motor Mirror Motor 

(AR-203E Optional only) 

HVU 

POWER SUPPLY 

TC, GRID, MC, BIAS 

/POFF,HL,PR 

FW 

3.3V,5VEN,5V,12V,24V 

LASER Polygon 

Mechanical load Motor 

CPFS2 

Sensor/SW 

PAPD,PPD3, 

PD2,CED2 

AC Code

B. Overall block diagram (AR-M200/M201) 

Carriage Unit 

12V 12V Reg A5V 3.3V 

RSPF Motor (AR-M200/M201 optional only) 

CCFL x 2 

HOME 

POSITION 

SENSOR 

AFE(HT86V26) 

R 

C A M 

G AD 

D G P 

8bits (MSB/LSB) 

B 

16bits 

S C X 

CCD 

(ILX558K) 

AR-FX13 (Option) 

Lamp Inverter 

for CCFL 

5V 

Speaker 

FAX Main PCBA 

CCD Driver 

MCU-PWB 

0 - 24V 

MPFS,RRS,CPFS1 

(RSPF UNIT) SPUS,SRVC 

FAX I/F 

DC-DC 

Driver 

3.3V 8Mb 

PWM 

SDRAM 

256Mbx2 or 16Mb 

8Mbyte 

MHPS 

SDRAM Flash ROM 

D[7..0] AR-NB2A 

RD 12MHz 

(Option) 

CS 

INT 

Image BUS(PI-Bus) 

P-Bus 

8 

Sensor/SW 

Printer CLK 8 Image BUS(PO-Bus) 

ISP1583 

Network Box Ethernet (Electorical detector/SW/Sensor) 

/ESPRD 

OA982 

100Base-T 

CPU INTERRUPT 

KRONOS ASIC 

System Reset 

SPPD 

18.3856MHz 

(296pin) 

3.3V 18.3856MHz 

UART CPU I/O 

Reset IC 

NW PWB Interlock SW 

Cassette detector X 2 

SSCG 

Drum Initial detector 

Scanner CLK (12MHz x4 48MHz) A[19…1] 

CPU 

PPD1 

H8S/2321 

POD 

D[15…0] 

(19.6608MHz) 

MFD 

OP-CLK 

PPD2 

SRAM 1Mbit OP-LATCH 

OPE PWB 

Flash ROM 16Mbit 

OP-DATA 

SPID 

LED Driver LED 

SRJD 

PSL 

PSL LED 

SCOD 

Duplex Model Only CPUCLK 

SELIN1,2,3 

KEYIN 

HC151 8bit 

Duplex Motor 

KEY Matrix 

KEYSCAN1 - 3 

Driver 

HC238 

FAX Model Only 

IO ASIC 

SSCG 

I2C Bus (3 to 8 decode) 8bit FAX OPE PWB AR-FX13 

D[15…8] 8Kbyte 

PSW 

Shifter Motor START KEY 

Buzzer 

KEY Matrix 

Driver 

EEPROM 

CPU CLK (19.6608MHz) 

LCD 

LCD E 

LED 

Fan Motor 24V 12V 

(2 x 20) 

Driver Driver 

LCD RS 

LCD R/W (TBD) 

Driver 

LCD DB7-4 

Mechanical Load 

USB2.0 

High-speed 

/MMLD 

MMCLK 

/MMD 

PMCLK 


PMRDY 

PMD 

EEPROM 

(CRUM) 

2nd Cassette Main Motor Toner Motor Mirror Motor 

LSU 

HVU 

POWER SUPPLY 

TC, GRID, MC, BIAS 

/POFF,HL,PR 

FW 

3.3V,5VEN,5V,12V,24V 

LASER 

Mechanical load 

CPFS2 

Sensor/SW Polygon 

PPD3, 

Motor 

PD2, CED2 

AC Code

2. Actual wiring diagram 

A. MCU PWB (AR-203E/5420) 

DHAI-0519QSPZ DHAI-0287QSZZ CN22 CN2 DHAI-0513QSPZ CN304 

1 LEDPPD2 1 1 LEDPPD2 D-GND 1 1 D-GND 

2 PPD2 2 2 PPD2 

KEYIN1# 2 2 KIN1 

3 D-GND 3 3 D-GND 

SELIN3 3 3 SELIN3 

4 RTH_IN 

STROBE 4 4 OP-STB 

1 RTH_IN 1 5 D-GND 


2 D-GND 2 B5B-PH-K-S OP-CLK 6 6 OP-CLK 


OP-LATCH 8 8 OP-LATCH 

CN11 OP-DATA 9 9 OP-DATA 

1 VFMOUT 

EN5V 10 10 5VEN 

2 FANLK 

D-GND 11 11 D-GND 

3 /VFMCNT 

PSL 

12 12 PSL 

4 PGND 

ONL 

13 13 ONL 

B4B-PH-K-S PSW 14 14 PSW 

KEYIN2# 15 15 KIN2 

5V 

16 16 5V 

DRST 17 17 DRST 


IMSA-9619S-18A 

CN4 

OUTA+ 1 

OUTB+ 2 

OUTA- 3 

OUTB- 4 

B4B-PH-K-R 

PPD2 

Thermistor 

Fan MT 

OPE 

PWB 

SCANNER MT 

SCANNER 

UN 

CL 

CL 

DV 

un 

CN3 DHAI-0268QSZ4 

DHAI-0286QSZZ CN19 P-GND 1 1 P-GND 

1 LEDPOD 

P-GND 2 2 P-GND 

POD 

2 POD 

VCL 

3 3 VCL 

3 D-GND 

VCL 

4 4 VCL 

B3B-PH-K-S 12V 

5 5 12V 

12V 

6 6 12V 

EN5V 7 7 EN5V 

DHAI-0530QSPZ CN42 D-GND 8 8 D-GND 

- HSYNC 8 1 /SYNC 

(VSAMP) 9 9 (VSAMP) 


CCD-TG 10 10 CCD-TG 

+5V 6 3 INT5V 



CCD-RS 12 12 CCD-RS 

- LDEN 4 5 /LDEN 

(BSAMP) 13 13 (BSAMP) 

- VIDEO 3 6 /VIDEO 

CCD-CP 14 14 CCD-CP 

- S/H 2 7 SHOLD 

(AFE_SDI) 15 15 (AFE_SDI) 


CCD_PHI2 16 16 CCD_PHI2 

VCL 

1 

INVERTER 

B08B-CZHK-B D-GND 17 17 D-GND 

P-GND 2 

LD 


PWB 

(AFE_SEN) 19 19 (AFE_SEN) 

(ADCLK) 20 20 (ADCLK) 


DHAI-0529QSPZ CN41 (AFE_SCK) 22 22 (AFE_SCK) CCD 

24V 

5 1 24V 

(AFE_DB7) 23 23 (AFE_DB7) 


mt_at_home 24 24 MHPS PWB 

/PMD 3 3 /PMD 

(AFE_DB5) 25 25 (AFE_DB5) 

PMRDY 2 4 PMRDY 

(AFE_DB6) 26 26 (AFE_DB6) 

PMCLK_A 1 5 PMCLK_A 


B05B-CZHK-B (AFE_DB4) 28 28 (AFE_DB4) 

POLYGON MT 

(AFE_DB3) 29 29 (AFE_DB3) 

MCU 

(AFE_DB2) 30 30 (AFE_DB2) 

CN25 (AFE_DB1) 31 31 (AFE_DB1) 

1 

(AFE_DB0) 32 32 (AFE_DB0) 

2 PD1 FF4-32-S15D5 

3 D-GND 

B3B-PH-K-M PWB 

CN5 DHAI-0516QSPZ 

DHAI-0514QSPZ CN6 5VEN 2 2 5VEN 

INT24V 1 1 INT24V 

(CRUMSDA) 4 4 (CRUMSDA) 

PGND 2 2 PGND 

(CRUMSCL) 6 3 (CRUMSCL) 

/MMD 3 3 /MMD 

PGND 8 1 PGND 

MMLD 4 4 MMLD 24V 

1 P18-FX-4S-C 

/MMCLK 5 5 /MMCLK TCS 

3 

B5B-PASK-1 DVSEL 5 

CRUM 

MAIN MT 

D-GND 7 

9 

CN23 10 

1 TMA_O B10B-PHDSS-B 

TONER MT 

2 TMB_O 

B2P-VH CN5 DHAI-0526QSPZ 

24V 

1 1 24V 

1 

TCS 

2 2 TCS 

2 

DVSEL 3 6 DVSEL 6 

CN12 D-GND 4 5 D-GND 5 

RESIST ROLLER 

1 24V 

B4B-PH-K-R 8 BIAS 

8 

SOLENOID 

2 /RRS 

3 

B3B-PH-K-E DHAI-0515QSPZ 

1 BIAS 

MC 

1 

2 F-GND 


TCS 

THERMOSTAT 

CN10 DHAI-0273QSZZ 

CASSETTE PAPER 

1 24V 

CN1 DHAI-0525QSPZ MCFB 1 

2 /CPFS1 


GRID 

SOLENOID 

4 

3 


B3B-PH-K-S 3 3 

HVT PWB 

4 4 DHAI-0292QSZZ 

/BIAS 5 5 /BIAS 

TC 

1 

/TC 

6 6 /TC 

DHAI-0269QSZZ CN7 /GRIDL 7 7 /GRIDL 

CED1 1 1 CED1 

/MC 

8 8 /MC 

DHAI-0267QSPZ 

CED1 D-GND 2 2 D-GND 

B24B-PNDZS-1 BC 

1 

3 D-GND 

B3B-PH-K-K 

DHAI-0289QSZZ CN16 

1 LEDPPD1 

CN1 

PPD1 

2 PPD1 


3 D-GND 


HLL 

1 DHAI-0536QSPZ DHAI-0537QSPZ 

B3B-PH-K-R D-GND 11 3 D-GND 

2 1 HLL 

1 

3.3VIN 12 4 3.3VIN 

HLN 3 

2 HLN 

2 

EN5V 13 5 EN5V 

3.3VIN 14 6 3.3VIN 

CN26 5V 

15 7 5V 

MPFS 

1 24V 

/POFF 16 8 /POFF 

POWER 

SOLENOID 

2 /MPFS 

12VIN 17 9 12VIN 

3 5� 

24V 

18 10 24V SUPPLY 

4 MFD 

FW 

19 11 FW PWB 

5 DGND 

24V 

20 12 24V 

B5B-PH-K-R /PR 

21 13 /PR 

AC-INLET 

HLOUT 22 14 HLOUT 

AC-CORD 

DSW 


L 1 L 

DHAI-0272QSZZ CN15 P-GND 24 16 P-GND 

N 2 N 

1 24V 

B24B-PNDZS-1 

PGND 

2 24V1(DSWS) 

B2P-VH-R 

HL

B. MCU PWB (AR-M200/M201) 

DHAI-0519QSPZ DHAI-0287QSZZ CN11 CN3 DHAI-0517QSPZ CN302 

1 LEDPPD2 1 1 LEDPPD2 D-GND 1 32 D-GND 

PPD2 

2 PPD2 2 2 PPD2 

BL 

2 31 BL 

3 D-GND 3 3 D-GND 

INFOLED 3 30 INFOLED 

4 RTH_IN 

OP_LATCH 4 29OP_LATCH 

5 D-GND 


Thermistor 

2 D-GND 2 B5B-PH-K-S OP_CLK 6 27 OP_CLK 

OP_DATA 7 26 OP_DATA 

PSW 

8 25 PSW 

CN16 PSL 

9 24 PSL 

1 VFMOUT 

DRST 10 23 DRST 

2 FANLK 

LCDD7 11 22 LCDD7 LCD_OPE 

Fan MT 

3 /VFMCNT 

LCDD6 12 21 LCDD6 

4 PGND 

LCDD5 13 20 LCDD5 PWB 

FAX Model/FX13 Optional KIT only 

B4B-PH-K-S LCDD4 14 19 LCDD4 

LCDE 15 18 LCDE 

DHAI-0543QSPZ 

LCDRS 16 17 LCDRS 

LCDCONT 17 16 LCDCONT 

CN301 CN401 

BZR 

18 15 BZR 

F-KEYSC3 1 15 F-KEYSC3 

CN27 KEYSC1 19 14 KEYSC1 


1 24VSFTMT 

KEYSC2 20 13 KEYSC2 


2 /SFTMT_0 

KEYSC3 21 12 KEYSC3 

F-KEYIN7 4 12 F-KEYIN7 

SHIFTER MT 

3 /SFTMT_1 

KEYIN 22 11 KEYIN 


4 /SFTMT_2 



5 /SFTMT_3 


F-KEYIN4 7 9 F-KEYIN4 FAX_OPE 





EN5V 27 6 EN5V 

F-KEYIN1 10 6 F-KEYIN1 PWB 

CN20 


LED_V3 11 5 LED_V3 

1 24VDupMT 

5V 

29 4 5V 


2 /DMT_0 



DUPLEX MT 

3 /DMT_1 

VCC3 31 2 VCC3 

DATA1 14 2 DATA1 

4 /DMT_2 



5 /DMT_3 

B05B-XASK-1 

Duplex Model only CN22 

OUTA+ 1 

OUTB+ 2 

SCANNER 


OUTA- 3 

1 LEDPOD 

MT 

OUTB- 4 

POD 

2 POD 

B4B-PH-K-R 

3 D-GND 

B3B-PH-K-S 

CN4 DHAI-0268QSZ4 



SCANNER 

DHAI-0530QSP1 CN42 

VCL 3 3 VCL 

Carriage 

- HSYNC 8 

1 /SYNC 

VCL 4 4 VCL 

UN 

D-GND 7 

2 D-GND 

12V 5 5 12V 

+5V 6 

3 INT5V 

12V 6 6 12V 

D-GND 5 

4 D-GND 

EN5V 7 7 EN5V 

- LDEN 4 

5 /LDEN 


- VIDEO 3 

6 /VIDEO 

(VSAMP) 9 9 (VSAMP) 

-S/H 2 

7 SHOLD 

CCD-TG 10 10 CCD-TG 

D-GND 1 


CCFL 

8 D-GND 

B08B-CZHK-B 

CCD-RS 12 12 CCD-RS 

CN2 

LD 

(BSAMP) 13 13 (BSAMP) AC VOUT 1 

CCD-CP 14 14 CCD-CP GND 3 

(AFE_SDI) 15 15 (AFE_SDI) 

DHAI-0529QSP1 CN41 CCD_PHI2 16 16 CCD_PHI2 VCL 

1 

INVERTER 

24V 

5 1 24V 

D-GND 17 17 D-GND P-GND 2 



PWB 

CCFL 

/PMD 3 3 /PMD 

(AFE_SEN) 19 19 (AFE_SEN) 

CN3 

PMRDY 2 4 PMRDY 

(ADCLK) 20 20 (ADCLK) 

AC VOUT 1 

PMCLK_A 1 5 PMCLK_A 


GND 3 

B05B-CZHK-B (AFE_SCK) 22 22 (AFE_SCK) CCD 

POLYGON MT 

MCU 

(AFE_DB7) 23 23 (AFE_DB7) 

mt_at_home 24 24 MHPS PWB 

CN28 (AFE_DB5) 25 25 (AFE_DB5) 

DHAI-0423QSZZ 1 

(AFE_DB6) 26 26 (AFE_DB6) 

2 PD1 D-GND 27 27 D-GND 

PD1 

3 D-GND 

(AFE_DB4) 28 28 (AFE_DB4) 

B3B-PH-K-M PWB 

(AFE_DB3) 29 29 (AFE_DB3) 

(AFE_DB2) 30 30 (AFE_DB2) 

FAX Model only (AFE_DB1) 31 31 (AFE_DB1) 

(AFE_DB0) 32 32 (AFE_DB0) 

DHAI-0514QSPZ CN12 FF4-32-S15D5 

INT24V 1 

1 INT24V 

PGND 2 

2 PGND 

/MMD 3 

3 /MMD 


MMLD 4 4 MMLD 

5VEN 2 2 5VEN 

/MMCLK 5 5 /MMCLK 

(CRUMSDA) 4 4 (CRUMSDA) 

B5B-PASK-1 

(CRUMSCL) 6 MAIN MT 

3 (CRUMSCL) 

D-GND 8 1 P-GND 

24V 

1 P18-FX-4S-C 

TCS 

3 

CN25 DVSEL 5 

CRUM 

1 TMA_O D-GND 7 

TONER MT 

2 TMB_O 9 

B2P-VH 10 

B10B-PHDSS-B 

DV 

un 

CN18 CN6 DHAI-0526QSPZ 

1 24V 

24V 

1 1 24V 

1 

2 /RRS TCS 

2 2 TCS 

2 

3 

DVSEL 3 6 DVSEL 6 

B3B-PH-K-E D-GND 4 5 D-GND 5 

B4B-PH-K-R 8 BIAS 

8 


TCS 

RESIST ROLLER 

SOLENOID 


CASSETTE PAPER 

1 24V 

1 BIAS 

MC 1 

2 F-GND 

SOLENOID 

2 /CPFS1 

3 

B3B-PH-K-S DHAI-0273QSZZ 

CN2 DHAI-0525QSPZ MCFB 1 


GRID 4 


DHAI-0269QSZZ CN21 P-GND 3 3 P-GND HVT PWB 

CED1 1 1 CED1 


DHAI-0292QSZZ 

CED1 D-GND 2 2 D-GND 

/BIAS 5 5 /BIAS 

TC 1 

3 D-GND 

/TC 

6 6 /TC 

B3B-PH-K-K /GRIDL 7 7 /GRIDL 

/MC 

8 8 /MC 

DHAI-0267QSPZ 

B24B-PNDZS-1 BC 1 


1 LEDPPD1 

2 PPD1 


3 D-GND 


B3B-PH-K-R 


DHAI-0510QSP1 (for 100V area) 


DHAI-0536QSPZ (for 200V area) 

THERMOSTAT 

3.3VIN 12 4 3.3VIN 

HLL 1 

CN14 EN5V 13 5 EN5V 

2 1 HLL 

1 

1 24V 

3.3VIN 14 6 3.3VIN 

HLN 3 

2 HLN 

2 

HL 

2 /MPFS 

5V 

15 7 5V 

3 5� 

/POFF 16 8 /POFF 

DHAI-0511QSP1 (for 100V area) 

4 MFD 

12VIN 17 9 12VIN POWER 

DHAI-0537QSPZ (for 200V area) 

5 DGND 

24V 

18 10 24V SUPPLY 

For 120V area 

B5B-PH-K-R FW 

19 11 FW 

24V 

20 12 24V PWB 

/PR 

21 13 /PR 

AC-CORD 

DSW 

L 1 


HLOUT 22 14 HLOUT 

N 2 

1 24V 


2 24V1(DSWS) 


B2P-VH-R 

B24B-PNDZS-1 

For 200V area 

AC-CORD 

AC-INLET 

PPD1 

MPFS 

SOLENOID 

DHAI-0491QSZZ

C. SPF unit (AR-203E optional only) 

MCU 

PWB 

CN24 DHAI-0532QSP1 

24VSPFMT 1 

24VSPFMT 2 

SPMT_0 3 

SPMT_2 4 

SPMT_1 5 

SPMT_3 6 

SPID 7 

DGND 8 

LEDSPID 9 

SPPD 10 

DGND 11 

LEDSPPD 

B12B-PH-K-S 

12 

D. RSPF unit (AR-M200/M201 optional only) 

MCU 

PWB 

E. 2nd cassette unit (AR-203E/M200/M201 optional only) 

SPF UNIT 

CN30 DHAI-0533QSPZ DHAI-0541QSPZ 

LED_SRJD 1 

3 LED_SRJD 3 

3 LEDSRJD 

DGND 3 

2 D-GND 2 

2 DGND 

SRJD 5 

1 SRJD 1 

1 SRJD 

LED_SPPD 2 

3 LED_SPPD 3 

DGND 4 

2 D-GND 2 

SPPD 6 

1 SPPD 1 

DHAI-0540QSPZ 

LED_SCOD 7 

DGND 9 

3 LEDSPPD 

SCOD 11 

2 DGND 

LED_SPID 8 

3 LED_SPID 3 

1 SPPD 

DGND 10 

2 D-GND 2 

SPID 12 

1 SPID 1 

24VSPFSOL 17 

1 24V 1 

SPUS 19 

2 _SPUS 2 

24VSPFSOL 21 

1 24V 1 

3 LEDSCOD 

SRVC 23 

2 SRVC 2 

2 DGND 

SPMT_3 14 

1 SCOD 

24VSPFMT 22 

SPMT_1 16 

SPMT_0 20 

24VSPFMT 24 

DHAI-0539QSPZ 

SPMT_2 18 

3 LEDSPID 

24VSPFSOL 13 

2 DGND 

NC 15 

1 SPID 

B24B-PNDZS-1 

CPFS2 

5V 

3 

PPD3 PPD3 2 

D-GND 1 

PD2 1 

PD2 D-GND 2 

CED2 

CED2 1 

D-GND 2 

2nd CASSETTE UN 

2 /CPFS2 2 

1 24V 1 


SPUS 

SRVC 

1 /B 

2 COMB 

3 B 

4 A 

5 COMA 

6 /A 

14 /CPFS2 1 

13 24V 2 

11 5V 4 

8 PPD3 7 

7 D-GND 8 

6 PD2 9 

4 D-GND 11 

2 CED2 13 

1 D-GND 14 

9 FG 6 

DHAI-0442QSZZ 12 3 DHAI-0441QSZZ 

10 5 

5 10 

3 12 

SRJD 

SPPD 

SCOD 

SPID 

SPMT 

5 COMA 

2 COMB 

4 A 

6 /A 

3 B 

1 /B 

1 SPID 

2 DGND 

3 LEDSPID 

1 SPPD 

2 DGND 

3 LEDSPPD 

AR-203E: CN18 

AR-M200/AR-M201: CN19 

1 /CPFS2 

2 24V 

4 5V 

7 PPD3 

8 D-GND 

11 PD2 

12 D-GND 

13 CED2 

14 D-GND 

3 

5 

6 

9 

10 

B14B-PHDSS-B 

SPMT 

SPID 

SPPD 

RSPF UNIT 

MCU PWB

F. Network box and FAX (AR-M200/M201 optional only) 

To 

LAN 

CN8 USB Cable CN1 

TPTX+ 1 VBUS 1 

1 5V 

TPTX- 2 D- 

2 

2 D- 

TPRX+ 3 D+ 

3 

3 D+ 

NC 

4 GND 4 

4 GND 

NC 

5 

FG 5 

5 FG 

TPRX- 6 

NC 

7 CN9 

NC 

8 

ST_LED 9 

5V 10 

LK_LED 11 

5V 

12 

PJ1 

VCC 

2 

GND 3 

AR-NB2A Optional Model only 

NW Box 

PWB 

AC adapter 

3. Signal name list 

MCU 

PWB 

DHAI-0544QSPZ CN3 

1 L 1 

1 L 

2 N 2 

3 N 

Signal name Name Function/Operation Section 

(ADCLK) AFE AFE control signal Scanner unit section 

(AFE_DB0) AFE Image scan data Scanner unit section 








(AFE_SCK) AFE AFE control signal Scanner unit section 

(AFE_SDI) AFE AFE serial data Scanner unit section 

(AFE_SEN) AFE AFE control signal Scanner unit section 

(BSAMP) AFE AFE control signal Scanner unit section 

(VSAMP) AFE AFE control signal Scanner unit section 

/BIAS HV bias signal HV bias drive Process section 

/CPFS1 1st CS pickup solenoid Paper transport section 

/CPFS2 2nd CS pickup solenoid 2nd cassette section 

/DMT_0 DUP motor DUP motor phase control Duplex drive section 




/FAX_RST FAX PWB reset signal FAX optional section 

/GRIDL HV grid signal Main charger grid control Process section 

/LDEN Laser Laser circuit control signal LSU 

/MC HV MC signal Main charger control Process section 

/MDM_IRQ FAX PWB interrupt FAX optional section 

/MMCLK Main motor Clock signal to the polygon motor Main drive section 

/MMD Main motor Polygon motor drive signal Main drive section 

/MPFS Multi bypass solenoid Paper transport section 

/PMD Polygon motor Polygon motor drive signal LSU 

/POFF Low voltage power Output power control Power section 

/PR Heater lamp Power relay control Power section 


FAX Model / FX13 Optional Model Only 

DHAI-0538QSPZ 

CN5 CN2 CN3 

1 MODEM_IN 

2 MODEM_IN 

1 BT1 

2 D-GND 

1 D-GND 

2 LT1 

3 MCU_D6 

4 MCU_D6 

B02B-PH-K-S 

4 MCU_D7 

3 MCU_D7 

5 MCU_D4 

6 MCU_D4 

6 MCU_D5 

5 MCU_D5 

7 MCU_D2 

8 MCU_D2 

8 MCU_D3 

7 MCU_D3 

9 MCU_D0 

10 MCU_D1 

11 MCU_nCS 

12 /RD 

13 PB_DATA7 

14 MCU_INT 

15 PB_DATA5 

16 PB_DATA6 

17 PB_DATA3 

10 MCU_D0 

9 MCU_D1 

12 MCU_nCS 

11 /RD 

14 PB_DATA7 

13 MCU_INT 

16 PB_DATA5 

15 PB_DATA6 

18 PB_DATA3 

FAX 

Main 

PWB 

18 PB_DATA4 

17 PB_DATA4 

19 PB_DATA1 

20 PB_DATA1 

20 PB_DATA2 

19 PB_DATA2 

21 PB_ADDR7 

22 PB_ADDR7 

22 PB_DATA0 

21 PB_DATA0 

23 PB_DATA5 

24 PB_DATA5 

24 PB_ADDR6 

23 PB_ADDR6 

MJ2 

25 PB_ADDR3 

26 PB_ADDR3 

1 BT1 

26 PB_ADDR4 

25 PB_ADDR4 

2 LT1 

27 PB_ADDR1 

28 PB_ADDR1 

3 TEL1 

28 PB_ADDR2 

27 PB_ADDR2 

4 TEL2 

29 PB_NCS1 

30 PB_NCS1 

5 LT2 

30 PB_ADDR0 

29 PB_ADDR0 

6 BT2 

31 PB_NWE 

32 PB_NWE 

32 PB_NAE0 

31 PB_NAE0 

33 FAX_RST 

34 FAX_RST 

34 PB_NOE 

33 PB_NOE 

MJ1 

35 24V 

36 24V 

1 NC 

36 MDM_IRQ 

35 MDM_IRQ 

2 NC 

37 VCC3 

38 VCC3 

3 L1 

38 EN5V 

37 EN5V 

4 L2 

39 D-GND 

40 D-GND 

5 NC 

40 P-GND 

39 P-GND 

6 NC 

POWER 

SUPPLY 

PWB 

Speaker 

To 

TEL 

Communication 

Line 

To 

TEL 

Communication 

Line


/RD Control signal MCU bus control signal FAX optional section 

/RRS 1st transport solenoid Paper transport section 

/RSV_SOL Reverse solenoid RSPF section 

/SFTMT0 Shifter motor Shifter motor phase control Shifter motor section 




/SPUS Paper feed solenoid RSPF section 

/SRVC Reverse clutch RSPF section 

/SYNC Laser Horizontal sync signal from the LSU LSU 

/TC HV TC signal Transfer charger grid control Process section 

/VFMCNT Fan speed signal Fan rotation speed control Optical section 

/VIDEO Laser Laser drive signal LSU 

BZR Buzzer signal Buzzer Operation section 

CCD_PHI1 CCD CCD control signal Scanner unit section 

CCD_PHI2 CCD CCD control signal Scanner unit section 

CCD-CP CCD CCD control signal Scanner unit section 

CCD-RS CCD CCD control signal Scanner unit section 

CCD-TG CCD CCD control signal Scanner unit section 

CED1 Machine cassette detection Paper transport section 

CED2 2nd CS cassette detection 2nd cassette section 

DVSEL Developing tank detection Developing section 

FANLK Fusing fan Fan lock detection signal Optical section 

FW Low voltage power Zero cross detection Power section 

HLOUT Heater lamp Heater lamp control Power section 

KEYIN Key scan input Key detection control Operation section 

KEYSC1 Key scan output Key scan output Operation section 



LCDCON LCD control signal Signal for LCD Operation section 

LCDDB4 LCD data signal Signal for LCD Operation section 




LCDE LCD control signal Signal for LCD Operation section 

LCDRS LCD control signal Signal for LCD Operation section 

LEDPOD POD sensor power Paper exit section 

LEDPPD1 PPD sensor power Paper transport section 

LEDPPD2 PPD2 sensor power Fusing section 

LEDSCOD SCOD sensor power RSPF section 

LEDSPID SPID sensor power RSPF section 

LEDSPID SPID sensor power SPF section 

LEDSPPD SPPD sensor power RSPF section 

LEDSPPD SPPD sensor power SPF section 

LEDSRJD SRJD sensor power RSPF section 

MCU_D0 Data signal MCU bus control signal FAX optional section 








MCU_INT MCU interrupt MCU bus control signal FAX optional section 

MCU_NCS Control signal MCU bus control signal FAX optional section 

MHPS MHPS sensor Carriage HP detection Optical section 

MMLD Main motor Polygon motor ON/OFF detection signal Main drive section 

MODEM_IN FAX connection detection signal FAX optional section 

ONL Online LED Operation section 

OP_CLK LED driver control Operation section 

OP-DATA LED driver control Operation section 

OP-LATCH LED driver control Operation section 

OUTA- Scanner motor Scanner motor phase control Optical drive section 

OUTA+ Scanner motor Scanner motor phase control Optical drive section 

AR-203E/5420/M200/M201 ELECTRICAL SECTION 13 - 7


OUTB- Scanner motor Scanner motor phase control Optical drive section 

OUTB+ Scanner motor Scanner motor phase control Optical drive section 

PB_ADDR0 Address signal Peripheral bus control signal FAX optional section 








PB_DATA0 Data signal Peripheral bus control signal FAX optional section 








PB_NAE0 Control signal Peripheral bus control signal FAX optional section 

PB_NCS1 Control signal Peripheral bus control signal FAX optional section 

PB_NOE Control signal Peripheral bus control signal FAX optional section 

PB_NWE Control signal Peripheral bus control signal FAX optional section 

PD1 PD SW sensor 1st CS paper width sensor Paper transport section 

PD2 PD2 SW sensor 2nd CS paper width detection 2nd cassette section 

PMCLK_A Polygon motor Clock signal to the polygon motor LSU 

PMRDY Polygon motor Polygon motor ON/OFF detection signal LSU 

POD POD sensor Paper transport detection Paper exit section 

PPD1 PPD sensor Paper transport detection Paper transport section 

PPD2 PPD2 sensor Paper transport detection Fusing section 

PPD3 PPD3 sensor 2nd CS paper transport detection 2nd cassette section 

PSL Power save LED Operation section 

PSW Start button control Operation section 

RTH_IN Thermistor Fusing section thermistor temperature detection Fusing section 

SCOD SCOD sensor RSPF cover open sensor RSPF section 

SELIN1 Select signal HC151 select signal Operation section 



SHOLD Laser Laser APC signal LSU 

SPID SPID sensor RSPF UN paper entry sensor RSPF section 

SPID SPID sensor SPF UN paper entry sensor SPF section 

SPMT_0 RSPF motor RSPF motor phase control RSPF section 

SPMT_0 SPF motor SPF motor phase control SPF section 







SPPD SPPD sensor RSPF transport detection RSPF section 

SPPD SPPD sensor SPF transport detection SPF section 

SRJD SRJD sensor RSPF paper exit sensor RSPF section 

STROBE LED driver control Operation section 

TCS Toner sensor Toner quantity detection Developing section 

TMA_O Toner motor Toner motor phase control Toner motor drive section 

TMA_O Toner motor Toner motor phase control Toner motor drive section 

TMB_O Toner motor Toner motor phase control Toner motor drive section 

TMB_O Toner motor Toner motor phase control Toner motor drive section 

USB +D USB signal USB section 

USB -D USB signal USB section 

VCL Copy lamp Copy lamp control Scanner unit section 

VFMOUT Fusing fan Fan drive signal Optical section 

AR-203E/5420/M200/M201 ELECTRICAL SECTION 13 - 8

4. Circuit diagram 

A. MCU PWB (AR-203E/5420) 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

MCU PWB (CPU section) (AR-203E/5420) 1/12 

VCC3 

VCC3 

Spreading Range : +/- 1.2% 

C1 

*6 

8 

7 

6 

5 

BR3 

1 

2 

3 

4 

/CS0# 

/CS1# 

/CS2# 

/CS3# 

D15 

D14 

D13 

D12 

/STBY 

NMI 

/WDTOVF 

TP262 

C2 

0.1u 

TP253 

R2 

N.M. 

R1 

N.M. 

R3 

D *2 

R4 *1 

XTAL 

D 

8 

7 

6 

5 

BR2 

1 

2 

3 

4 

8 

7 

6 

5 

BR1 

1 

2 

3 

4 

TP254 

TP255 

10kJx4 

10kJx4 

C4 

100p 

C3 

100p 

X1 

HC-49U/S 

19.6608MHz 

IC1 

TP257 

XIN/CLKIN 

CY25811SC 

1 

VDD 

XOUT 

8 

VSS 2 

SSCLK 5 

FRSEL 

S0 

S1 

7 

6 

4 

3 

10kJx4 

BR6 

8 

7 

6 

5 

1 

2 

3 

4 

ARB_INT 

(FW) 

CPU_SYNC 

CCD_TG 

BR5 

8 

7 

6 

5 

1 

2 

3 

4 

D11 

D10 

D9 

D8 

R245 10kJ(open) 

R246 10kJ 

R247 10kJ 

R248 10kJ 

MCNT 

/CS5 

CRUMSCL 

/PRINTST 

EXTAL 

R7 *3 

R6 

0J 

R5 

N.M. 

When IC1 is, mounted NOT mounted 

R7(*3) OPEN 0J 

R4(*1) OPEN 680J 

R8(*4) 22J 

OPEN 

R3(*2) 0J 

OPEN 

C5(*5) 27pF 15pF 

C1(*6) 27pF 15pF 

*R3,R4,C1, and C5 are temtative 

C6 

12p 

C5 *5 

TP256 

10kJx4 

10kJx4 

R8 *4 

BR8 

8 

7 

6 

5 

1 

2 

3 

4 

D7 

D6 

D5 

D4 

BR7 

8 

7 

6 

5 

1 

2 

3 

4 

RY/BY 

/ESSRDY 

(KEYIN2) 

TP263 

10kJx4 

10kJx4 

(2,4) 

5 

6 

7 

8 

BR11 

4 

3 

2 

1 

CPUCLK(NC) 

/RD# 

/HWR# 

/LWR# 

BR10 

8 

7 

6 

5 

1 

2 

3 

4 

D3 

D2 

D1 

D0 

/RESET1 

CPUCLK(NC) 

10kJx4 

10kJx4 

SELIN3 

SELIN2 

SELIN1 

(4) 

(4) 

(4) 

R249 N.M._10kJ 

R250 10kJ 

R251 2kJ 

R252 2kJ 

POFF 

TxD 

SDA 

SCL 

5 

6 

7 

8 

BR12 

4 

3 

2 

1 

SPFMT3 

SPFMT2/MIRCNT 

SPFMT1 

SPFMT0 

C78 

/PRINTST 

100p 

(2) /PRINTST 

TP1 R9 33J 

/RD# 

TP209 

DMT0 

(2,3) /RD 

DMT0 (6) 

TP218 R10 33J 

/HWR# 

TP208 

DMT1 

(3) /HWR 

DMT1 (6) 

TP220 R11 100J /LWR# 

TP207 

DMT2 

(2) /LWR 

DMT2 (6) 

TP206 

DMT3 

DMT3 (6) 

TP222 R12 33J 

TP205 

MMCLK 

MMCLK (5) 

TP224 R13 33J 

TP204 

RESETOUT1 

TP226 R14 33J 

TP203 

D_CONT (4) 

TP202 

STROBE 

STROBE (4) 

TP201 

CRUMSCL 

CRUMSCL (12) 

(8) ONL ONL 

TP200 

CRUMSDTA 

CRUMSDTA (12) 

(KEYIN2) 

TP199 /CS5 

(4) (KEYIN2) 

/ESSRDY 

TP198 

MCNT 

MCNT (5) 

RY/BY 

(3) RY/BY 

CPU3.3 

/STBY 

NMI 

/WDTOVF 

XTAL 

EXTAL 

TP210 

TP213 

TP212 

TP211 

TP215 

TP214 

TP228 

TP227 

TP225 

TP223 

TP221 

TP219 

TP7 

TP216 

10kJx4 

TP217 

TP229 

BR15 

TP230 

C8 33p 

C7 33p 

8 

7 

6 

5 

1 

2 

3 

4 

/TRANSST 

/SCANST 

/SCANSP# 

TP267 

BR14 

C9 33p 

C C 

8 

7 

6 

5 

1 

2 

3 

4 

DMT0 

DMT1 

DMT2 

DMT3 

10kJx4 

10kJx4 

BR16 

4 

5 

3 

6 

2 

7 

1 

8 

10kJx4 

R17 10kJ 

R261 10kJ 

R262 10kJ 

R263 10kJ 

R421 10kJ 

(SIN1) 

(SIN2) 

(SIN3) 

(KEYIN1) 

IC2 

/ES_PAGE 

/MSU_ST1 

RxD 

CRUMSDTA 

(USB_IN) (4) 

SCL (3) 

RxD (9) 

SDA (3) 

TxD (9) 

POFF (2,5) 

SCL 

RxD 

SDA 

TxD 

POFF 

STROBE 

P35/SCK1 

64 

P34/SCK0 

63 

(5) RTH 

P33/RxD1 

62 

(5) (TCS_AN) 

P32/RxD0 

61 

(4) (SIN1) 

P31/TxD1 

60 

(4) (SIN2) 

P30/TxD0 

59 

(4) (SIN3) 

/ES_PAGE 

VCC 

TP6 

D15 

D14 

(4) (KEYIN1) 

/MSU_ST1 

D13 

TP10 

D12 

/SCANSP# 

TP24 

D11 

/SCANST 

D10 

/TRANSST HD6412321VF25(H8S/2321) 

D9 

D8 

SPFMT3 

D7 

SPFMT2/MIRCNT TP242 

TP185 

D6 

SPFMT1 

D5 

SPFMT0 

D4 

D3 

TP181 

D2 

PSL 

TP180 

D1 

D0 

/CS3# 

/CS2# 

/CS1# 

/CS0# 

H8S/2321 

58 

PD7/D15 

57 

PD6/D14 

56 

PD5/D13 

55 

PD4/D12 

54 

Vss 

53 

PD3/D11 

52 

PD2/D10 

51 

PD1/D9 

50 

PD0/D8 

49 

PE7/D7 

48 

PE6/D6 

47 

PE5/D5 

46 

PE4/D4 

45 

Vss 

44 

PE3/D3 

43 

PE2/D2 

42 

PE1/D1 

41 

PE0/D0 

40 

VCC 39 

103 

TP197 

AVcc 

104 

TP231 

Vref 

105 

TP232 

P40/AN0 

106 

TP196 

TP233 

P41/AN1 

107 

TP234 

P42/AN2 

108 

TP195 

TP235 

P43/AN3 

109 

TP236 

P44/AN4 

110 

P45/AN5 

1 

8 BR17 

TP194 

TP237 

111 

TP8 

P46/AN6/DA0 

2 

7 33Jx4 

TP193 

TP238 

112 

TP9 

P47/AN7/DA1 

3 

6 

TP192 

C11 

113 

AVss 

4 

5 

TP191 

N.M. 

114 

R18 

TP239 

Vss 

115 

P17/PO15/TIOCB2/TCLKD 

1 

8 BR18 

TP190 

33J 

116 

TP25 

P16/PO14/TIOCA2 

2 

7 33Jx4 

TP189 

117 

TP30 

P15/PO13/TIOCB1/TCLKC 

3 

6 

TP188 

TP240 

118 

TP31 

TP187 


4 

5 

TP241 

119 

TP32 

TP186 

P13/PO11/TIOCD0/TCLKB 

1 

8 BR19 

120 

TP33 

TP243 

P12/PO10/TIOCC0/TCLKA 

2 

7 33Jx4 

121 

TP125 

TP184 

TP244 

P11/PO9/TIOCB0/DACK1 

3 

6 

122 

TP126 

TP183 

P10/PO8/TIOCA0/DACK0 

4 

5 

123 

MD0 

124 

TP127 

BR20 

TP182 

MD1 

1 

8 

125 

TP128 

33Jx4 

TP245 

MD2 

2 

7 

126 

TP129 

TP246 

PG0/CAS 

3 

6 

127 

TP130 

PG1/CS3 

4 

5 

TP179 

128 

PG2/CS2 

BR21 

TP2 

5 

4 

TP248 6 

3 

TP154 7 

2 

8 

1 

TP155 

33Jx4 

TP131 

TP132 

P53/ADTRG 102 

P52/SCK2 

101 

Vss 

100 

Vss 

99 

P51/RxD2 

98 

P50/TxD2 

97 

PF0/BREQ 96 

PF1/BACK 95 

PF2/LCAS/ WAIT/BREQO 94 

PF3/LWR 93 

PF4/HWR 92 

PF5/RD 91 

PF6/AS 90 

VCC 89 

PF7/0 

88 

Vss 

87 

EXTAL 

86 

XTAL 

85 

VCC 84 

STBY 83 

NMI 

82 

RES 81 

WDTOVF 

80 


79 

P21/PO1/YICOB3 

78 

P22/PO2/TIOCC3 

77 

P23/PO3/TIOCD3 

76 


75 

P25/PO5/TIOCB4 

74 


73 


72 

P63/TEND1 

71 

P62/DREQ1 

70 

P61/TEND0/CS5 

69 

Vss 

68 

Vss 

67 

P60/DREQ0/CS4 

66 

Vss 

65 

R19 

10kJ 

(2) /SCANSP 

(2) /SCANST 

(2) /TRANSST 

(5) PMCLK 

(4) SPFMT3 

SPFMT2/MIRCNT 

(4) SPFMT1 

(4) SPFMT0 

ARB_INT 

(FW) 

CPU_SYNC 

CCD_TG 

(SPPD) 

(PSW) 


(4) 

PSL 

(8) 

PG3/CS1 

PG4/CS0 

Vss 

NC 

VCC 

PC0/A0 

PC1/A1 

PC2/A2 

PC3/A3 

Vss 

PC4/A4 

PC5/A5 

PC6/A6 

PC7/A7 

PB0/A8 

PB1/A9 

PB2/A10 

PB3/A11 

Vss 

PB4/A12 

PB5/A13 

PB6/A14 

PB7/A15 

PA0/A16 

PA1/A17 

PA2/A18 

PA3/A19 

Vss 

PA4/A20/IRQ4 

PA5/A21/IRQ5 

PA6/A22/IRQ6 

PA7/A23/IRQ7 

P67/CS7/IRQ3 

P66/CS6/IRQ2 

Vss 

Vss 

P65/IRQ1 

P64/IRQ0 

TP247 

D[15..0] (2,3) 

B B 

/CS2 

/CS1 

/CS0 

(2) 

(3) 

(3) 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

29 

30 

31 

32 

33 

34 

35 

36 

37 

38 

TP153 

TP145 

TP146 

TP147 

TP148 

TP149 

TP150 

TP151 

TP152 

TP137 

TP138 

TP139 

TP140 

TP141 

TP142 

TP143 

TP144 

TP133 

TP134 

TP135 

TP136 

C13 

N.M. 

C12 

22pF 

Reset Circuit 

BR22 

33Jx4 

VCC3 VCC3 

ARB_INT (2) 

(FW) (4) 

CPU_SYNC (2) 

mt_at_home# (4) 

CCD_TG (2,4) 

(SPPD) (7) 

(PSW) (7) 

TP252 

TP249 

TP251 

TP250 

TP261 

TP178 

TP177 

BR24 

33Jx4 

BR23 

33Jx4 

C15 

N.M. 

C14 

N.M. 

8 

7 

6 

5 

8 

7 

6 

5 

8 

7 

6 

5 

R20 

100kJ 

1 

2 

3 

4 

BR26 

33Jx4 

1 

2 

3 

4 

BR25 

33Jx4 

1 

2 

3 

4 

8 

7 

6 

5 

8 

7 

6 

5 

/RESET0 (2,3,4) 

4 

IC3 

VDD VOUT 

GND CT 

BU4212F 

R16 

33J 

TP260 

2 

TP259 

3 

1 

C16 

0.1u 

C10 

1uF 

C18 

N.M. 

C17 

0.01uF 

1 

2 

3 

4 

1 

2 

3 

4 

TP176 

TP168 

TP169 

TP170 

TP171 

TP172 

TP173 

TP174 

TP175 

TP160 

TP161 

TP162 

TP163 

TP164 

TP165 

TP166 

TP167 

TP156 

TP157 

TP158 

TP159 

L11 0J (1608) 

VCC3 

A20 

A13 

A14 

A15 

A16 

A17 

A18 

A19 

A12 

A9 

A10 

A11 

A4 

A5 

A6 

A7 

A8 

A0 

A1 

A2 

A3 

L1 

ZJSR5101-223(open) 

ASIC_RESET 

CPU3.3 

A[20..0] (2,3) 

C19 

R21 33J 

10u/16V 

RESETOUT1 

TP258 

A /ASIC_RST (2,4,12) A 

+ 

C25 0.1u 

C24 0.1u 

C23 0.1u 

C22 0.1u 

C21 0.1u 

C20 0.1u 

C26 

47p 

R22 

10kJ 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

MCU PWB (Graphic_ASIC section) (AR-203E/5420) 2/12 

VCC3 VCC3 

VCC3 

L12 N.M. 

L2 

PIDATA0 

PIDATA1 

PIDATA2 

PIDATA3 

BR67 10kJx4 

MTAD0 

MTAD1 

MTAD2 

MTAD3 

VCC3 

TP338 

G3.3V 

5 

6 

7 

8 

4 

3 

2 

1 

R23 33J 

BR27 10kJx4 

/PCLPRO 

/FAXPRO 

/ESPRD 

/OUTACK 

R24 33J 

ZJSR5101-223 

C34 0.1u 

C32 0.1u 

C31 0.1u 

C30 0.1u 

C29 0.1u 

C28 0.1u 

C27 0.1u 

BR66 10kJx4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

4 

3 

2 

1 

C37 + 

47u/16V 

C35 0.1u 

C33 0.1u 

1 

8 

2 

7 

3 

6 

4 

5 

BR70 10kJx4 

1 

8 

2 

7 

3 

6 

4 

5 

BR71 10kJx4 

R25 33J 

PIDATA4 

PIDATA5 

PIDATA6 

PIDATA7 

5 

6 

7 

8 

4 

3 

2 

1 

MTAD4 

MTAD5 

MTAD6 

MTAD7 

R26 33J 

/INREQ R28 10KJ 

D AFE_SDI 

R29 33J 

D 

BR68 10kJx4 

C36 0.1u 

R27 33J 

5 

6 

7 

8 

4 

3 

2 

1 

MTAD8 

MTAD9 

MTAD10 

MTAD11 

BR28 10kJx4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

4 

3 

2 

1 

JTG_TCK 

JTG_TMS 

JTG_TDI 

JTG_TDO 

R30 33J 

R31 33J 

C47 0.1u 

C46 0.1u 

C45 0.1u 

C44 0.1u 

C43 0.1u 

C42 0.1u 

C41 0.1u 

C40 0.1u 

C39 0.1u 

C38 0.1u 

R32 33J 

BR69 10kJx4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

4 

3 

2 

1 

MTAD12 

MTAD13 

MTAD14 

MTAD15 

R33 33J 

R34 10KJ 

/OUTCS 

TP339 

TP340 

TP341 

TP342 

TP343 

TP344 

TP345 

TP346 

TP347 

/RESET0 

(1,3,4) 

R35 33J 

(4) VSAMP 

(1,4) CCD_TG 

(4) CCD_RS 

(4) BSAMP 

(4) CCD_CP 

(4) AFE_SDI 

(4) CCD_PHI2 

(4) CCD_PHI1 

(4) AFE_SEN 

(4) ADCLK 

(4) AFE_SCK 

(4) AFE_DB[7..0] 

C69 0.1u 

C68 0.1u 

C67 0.1u 

C66 0.1u 

C65 0.1u 

C64 0.1u 

C63 0.1u 

C62 0.1u 

C61 0.1u 

C60 0.1u 

C59 0.1u 

TP106 

TP107 

TP108 

TP109 

TP110 

TP111 

TP102 

TP103 

TP104 

TP105 

TP99 

TP100 

TP101 

TP95 

TP96 

TP97 

TP98 

TP92 

TP93 

TP94 

TP89 

TP90 

TP91 

TP86 

TP87 

TP88 

TP83 

TP84 

TP85 

TP77 

TP78 

TP79 

TP80 

TP81 

TP82 

TP324 

TP323 

TP326 

TP325 

TP335 

TP334 

TP333 

TP332 

TP331 

TP330 

TP329 

TP328 

TP327 

1 1 1 1 1 1 

1 1 1 1 

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

1 1 1 

1 1 1 1 1 1 

TP336 

TP337 

TP348 

TP349 

TP350 

TP351 

8 

7 

6 

5 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

PIDATA3 

PIDATA4 

PIDATA5 

PIDATA6 

PIDATA7 

PIDATA0 

PIDATA1 

PIDATA2 

MTAD3 

MTAD2 

MTAD1 

MTAD0 

MTAD6 

MTAD5 

MTAD4 

MTAD9 

MTAD8 

MTAD7 

MTAD12 

MTAD11 

MTAD10 

MTAD15 

MTAD14 

MTAD13 

/INREQ 

/OUTCS 

/OUTACK 

/ESPRD 

/FAXPRO 

/PCLPRO 

JTG_TMS 

JTG_TCK 

JTG_TDO 

JTG_TDI 

BR29 

AFE_DB7 0Jx4 1 

AFE_DB6 2 

AFE_DB5 3 

AFE_DB4 4 

BR31 

AFE_DB3 0Jx4 1 

AFE_DB2 2 

AFE_DB1 3 

AFE_DB0 4 

C57 C58 

47p N.M. 

C48 C49 C50 C51 C52 C53 C54 C55 C56 

47p 47p 47p 47p 47p N.M. 47p 47p N.M. 

TP352 

TP353 

TP354 

TP355 

8 

7 

6 

5 

G3.3V 

TP356 

CL 

(10) 

VCC3 

1 

8 AFE_DB7 

2 

7 AFE_DB6 

3 

6 AFE_DB5 

4 

5 AFE_DB4 

BR30 10kJx4 

1 

8 AFE_DB3 

2 

7 AFE_DB2 

3 

6 AFE_DB1 

4 

5 AFE_DB0 

BR32 10kJx4 

R36 10kJ AFE_SDI 

IC4 

VCC3 

MM_BI0 

TP112 

MM_BI1 

TP357 

(5) MM_Y3 

MM_BI2 

(5) MM_Y2 

MM_AI0 

(5) MM_Y1 

MM_AI1 

/POACK 

(6) MM_PH_B 

R38 10kJ MM_AI2 

MM_BI0 

/PIREQ TP116 

(6) MM_BI0 

MM_BI1 

(6) MM_BI1 

MM_BI2 

PODATA0 

PODATA1 

VCC3 

(6) MM_PH_A 

MM_AI0 

PODATA2 

(6) MM_AI0 

MM_AI1 

PODATA3 

(3) MAD[12..0] 

(6) MM_AI1 

MM_AI2 

TP367 

PODATA4 TP121 

PODATA5 

MAD3 

1 

8 

TP368 

PODATA6 

MAD2 

TP410 2 

7 

TP369 

PODATA7 

MAD1 

TP411 3 

6 

TP370 

MAD0 

TP412 4 

5 

TP76 

/TRANSST (1) 

BR34 33Jx4 

MAD10 

/PRINTST (1) 

(3) BANK1 

/SCANST (1) 

TP423 

TP73 RCV 

(3) BANK0 

RCV (11) 

TP424 

VPIN 

(3) /SDCS 

VPIN (11) 

VMIN 

VMIN (11) 

(3) /SDRAS 

1 

8 

(3) /SDCAS 

2 

7 

TP377 

TP70 

VPOUT (11) 

(3) /SDWDE 

3 

6 

TP378 

R41 33J 

VMOUT (11) 

(3) RAMDB[15..0] 

(3) DQM0 

4 

5 

TP379 

OEN (11) 

BR36 33Jx4 

TP67 

SUSPEND (11) 

RAMDB7 

TP431 

TP54 1 

8 PARAD0 

VCC3 

RAMDB6 

TP432 

2 BR63 7 PARAD1 

VCC3 

RAMDB5 

TP433 

TP52 3 

6 PARAD2 

RAMDB4 

4 33Jx4 5 PARAD3 

MEM_INT 

RAMDB7 

RAMDB3 

TP50 PARAD4 TP313 

CLKSW R254 10kJ 

RAMDB6 

RAMDB2 

TP436 

TP385 

PARAD5 TP312 

/POACK 

RAMDB5 

RAMDB1 

PARAD6 TP311 

/PIREQ 

RAMDB4 

RAMDB0 

TP47 PARAD7 

RAMDB15 

TP388 

/REV 

BR43 10kJx4 

/REV (13) 

PARAD[7..0] (13) 

RAMDB3 

RAMDB14 

TP389 

TP45 FAULT TP308 

PODATA0 

/FAULT (13) 

1 

8 

RAMDB2 

RAMDB13 

TP390 

PODATA1 2 

7 

RAMDB1 

RAMDB12 TP442 

TP391 

1 

8 /ACK 

PODATA2 

/ACK (13) 

3 

6 

RAMDB0 

2 BR61 7 BUSY 

PODATA3 

BUSY (13) 

4 

5 

RAMDB11 TP443 

TP392 

TP42 3 

6 PE 

PE (13) 

BR45 10kJx4 

RAMDB10 

TP393 

4 33Jx4 5 SLCT 

SLCT (13) 

1 

8 RAMDB15 

RAMDB9 

2 

7 RAMDB14 

RAMDB8 

1 

8 /INIT TP303 

PODATA4 

/INIT (13) 

3 

6 RAMDB13 

TP39 2 BR60 7 /SLCTIN TP302 

PODATA5 

/SLCTIN (13) 

4 

5 RAMDB12 

TP429 

/AUTOFD 

PODATA6 

(3) DQM1 

1 

8 

3 

6 

/AUTOFD (13) 

TP430 

TP37 /STB 

PODATA7 

(3) SDCKE 

2 

7 

4 33Jx4 5 

/STB (13) 

BR48 10kJx4 

TP447 3 

6 

1 

8 RAMDB11 

TP448 4 

5 TP399 TP400 

2 

7 RAMDB10 

BR47 82Jx4 

VCC3 

VCC3 

/SCANSP (1) 

3 

6 RAMDB9 

MAD12 

TP401 

VCC3 

4 

5 RAMDB8 

MAD11 

TP56 

OP_CLK (4) 

MAD9 

VCC3 

MAD8 

OP_LATCH (4) 

TP58 

OP_DATA (4) 

MAD7 

TP405 

R48 

MAD6 

TP406 

TP60 

TM (4) 

N.M. 

RCV 

MAD5 

TP407 

TM_ (4) 

VPIN 

MAD4 

TP5 

VMIN 

TP34 

RAM_CLK_OUT 

PFCLK 

(3) SDCLK 

TP449 

TP36 

PARAD0 

SPFON (4) 

R50 

R49 

PARAD1 

MIRON (4) 

N.M. 

10kJ 

R51 

PARAD2 

MPFS (5) 

10kJ 

PARAD3 

TP65 

HL (5) 

BR53 10kJx4 

PR (5) 

PARAD4 

VCC3 

CPFS2 (5) 

1 

8 

PARAD5 2 

7 

PARAD6 3 

6 

PARAD7 4 

5 

R53 33J SFCLK48 

/INIT 

/SLCTIN 

/AUTOFD 

CLK_CONT 

/STB 

VCC3 

VCC3 

SYNC# 

(/SYNC) (4) 

(1,3) D[15..0] 

VCC3 

(1,3) A[20..0] 

PFCLKOUT 

X3 

R363 33J 

R409 

TP451 

(4) (/ASIC_RST) 

8 

PFCLKIN 

N.M._10KJ 

VCC OUTPUT 

5 

R375 

(1,4) /RESET1 

N.M. 

1 

1 1 1 

CLK_CONT 

/OA_RST (13) 

1 

1 

1 

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

N.C. GND 

C256 

CLK_CONT 

(1,5) POFF 

1 

1 

N.M. 

SG8002DC(18.3856MHz) 

1 

1 

1 

4 

TP360 

TP425 

TP434 

TP437 

TP444 

TP394 

BR52 10kJx4 

1 

8 

TP62 2 

7 

3 

6 

4 

5 

X2 

8 

VCC OUTPUT 

5 

1 

N.C. GND 

SG8002DC(48.0000MHz) 

1 

R236 N.M. 

4 

TP358 

TP359 

TP115 

TP361 

TP362 

TP363 

TP119 

TP120 

TP124 

TP371 

TP413 1 

8 

TP372 

TP75 

2 

7 

TP373 

3 

6 

4 

5 

TP72 

BR35 33Jx4 

TP426 

TP427 

TP69 

TP318 

1 

8 

TP380 

TP317 

2 

7 

TP381 

TP316 

3 

6 

TP382 

TP315 

4 

5 

TP314 

BR39 10kJx4 

BR37 33Jx4 

ASIC 

1 

8 

TP435 1 

8 

1 

8 

2 

7 

2 

7 

HG73C141HFV 

2 BR62 7 

R255 10kJ 

3 

6 

3 

6 

TP48 3 

6 

R256 10kJ 

4 

5 

TP438 4 

5 

4 33Jx4 5 

BR40 33Jx4 

BR42 10kJx4 

TP439 1 

8 

TP46 R404 33J 

TP309 

1 

8 

TP440 2 

7 

2 

7 

3 

6 

3 

6 

4 

5 

4 

5 

BR41 33Jx4 

TP43 

TP304 

TP445 

TP446 

TP395 

TP40 

TP396 

TP38 

TP397 

TP55 

TP414 

TP415 

TP402 

TP416 

TP57 

BR51 10kJx4 

1 

8 

VCC(CORE) 

86 

2 

7 

3 

6 

4 

5 

R47 33J 

OUTP13B 

TP64 

TP66 

BR54 10kJx4 

1 

8 

2 

7 

3 

6 

4 

5 

R52 

R374 

10J 

N.M. 

R407 N.M. 

C231 

120p 

1 1 

1 1 

TP452 

1 1 1 1 

1 1 1 

C257 

1 

47p 

1 1 1 1 

84 

OUTP12B 83 

OUTP10B 81 

OUTP09B 80 

OUTP08B 79 

GND(CORE) 

78 

OUTP07B 77 

OUTP06B 76 

OUTP11B 82 

OUTP05B 75 

OUTP14B 85 

TSP_MODE 96 

OPE_CLK 92 

/TM 87 

TM 88 

OPE_DATA 89 

OPE_LATCH 90 

/SCANSP 

VCC(AC) 

93 

GND(AC) 

91 

94 

IE1284_STB 

TSO0 

95 

97 

IE1284_AUTOFD 98 

IE1284_SLCTIN 

VCC(CORE) 

99 

100 

IE1284_PE 

GND(CORE) 

103 

IE1284_SLCT 

102 

IE1284_INIT 

101 

104 

IE1284_BUSY 105 

IE1284_ACK 106 

IE1284_REV 

VCC(CORE) 

108 

IE1284_FAULT 

107 

109 

SUSPEND 

IE1284_PARAD0 

118 

IE1284_PARAD1 

117 

VCC(AC) 

116 

IE1284_PARAD2 

115 

IE1284_PARAD3 

114 

IE1284_PARAD4 

113 

IE1284_PARAD5 

112 

IE1284_PARAD6 

111 

IE1284_PARAD7 

110 

119 

OEN 

GND(AC) 

120 

121 

VMIN 

GND(CORE) 

124 

VPOUT 

123 

VMOUT 

122 

125 

VPIN 126 

RCV 127 

/POREQ 

/SCANST 

128 

148 

VCC(AC) 

147 

/PIWT 

146 

/PIACK 145 

GND(AC) 

144 

/POACK 143 

/PIREQ 142 

GND(CORE) 

141 

PODATA0 

140 

PODATA1 

139 

PODATA2 

138 

PODATA3 

137 

PODATA4 

136 

PODATA5 

135 

PODATA6 

134 

PODATA7 

133 

VCC(CORE) 

132 

/TRANSST 

131 

/RECEPTST 

130 

/PRINTST 

129 

256 

RAM_DATA4 

RAM_DATA5 

255 RAM_DATA6 

254 RAM_DATA7 

253 GND(AC) 

252 RAM_DQM0 

251 RAM_WDE 

250 VCC(AC) 

249 RAM_CAS 

248 RAM_RAS 

247 RAM_CS 

246 RAM_BANKS0 


244 VCC(CORE) 

243 RAM_MAD10 

242 RAM_MAD0 

241 RAM_MAD1 

240 GND(CORE) 

239 RAM_MAD2 

238 RAM_MAD3 

237 GND(AC) 

236 MM_AI2 

235 MM_AI1 

234 MM_AI0 

233 MM_PH_A 

231 

MM_BI2 

232 

MM_BI1 

223 

GND(CORE) 

225 

MM_Y2 

226 

MM_Y1 

229 

MM_BI0 

230 

MM_PH_B 

228 VCC(CORE) 

BR33 10kJx4 

1 

8 

2 

7 

224 

MM_Y3 

3 

6 

TP113 

4 

5 

TP114 

227 

R37 10kJ 

TP117 

TP364 

TP118 

TP365 

TP366 

TP122 R39 

TP409 

TP123 

10kJ 

TP322 

TP422 

TP74 

TP374 

TP375 

TP71 

TP376 

R40 33J TP321 

TP320 

TP428 

TP68 R42 33J 

TP319 

R43 33J 

TP53 

TP383 

TP51 

257 

R253 10kJ 

TP384 

GND(CORE) 

258 

RAM_DATA3 

259 

TP49 

TP386 

RAM_DATA2 

260 

TP387 

RAM_DATA1 

261 

TP310 

RAM_DATA0 

262 

GND(AC) 

263 

RAM_DATA15 

264 

R403 33J 

TP441 

RAM_DATA14 

265 

VCC(CORE) 

266 

TP44 TP307 

B RAM_DATA13 

267 

TP306 

B 

RAM_DATA12 

1 

8 

268 

TP305 

RAM_DATA11 

2 

7 

269 

TP41 

RAM_DATA10 

3 

6 

270 

BR46 10kJx4 

RAM_DATA9 

4 

5 

271 

BR44 33Jx4 

RAM_DATA8 

1 

8 

272 

VCC(CORE) 

2 

7 

273 

TP301 

RAM_DQM1 

3 

6 

274 

TP300 

RAM_CKE 

4 

5 

TP398 

275 

GND(AC) 

276 

RAM_CLK_OUT 

277 

GND(CORE) 

1 

8 

278 

RAM_MAD12 

2 

7 

279 

TP403 

RAM_MAD11 

3 

6 

280 

TP417 

RAM_MAD9 

4 

5 

TP404 

281 

BR49 33Jx4 

VCC(CORE) 

282 

R44 

R45 

TP418 

RAM_MAD8 

1 

8 

283 

TP59 10kJ 

N.M. 

TP419 

RAM_MAD7 

2 

7 

284 

TP420 

VCC(AC) 

3 

6 

285 

TP421 

TP408 

RAM_MAD6 

4 

5 

286 

TP298 

TP299 

BR50 33Jx4 

RAM_MAD5 

287 

RAM_MAD4 

288 

TP35 

GND(AC) 

289 

C74 

CPUDATA15 

290 

TP61 

N.M. 

CPUDATA14 

291 

CPUDATA13 

292 

TP63 

CPUDATA12 

293 

CPUDATA11 

294 

CPUDATA10 

295 

CPUDATA9 

296 

CPUDATA8 

C264 1000p 

0J (1608) 

L13 

C76 

0.1u 

C77 

82p 

A A 

TP450 

C79 

47p 

L10 0J (1608) 

R406 33J 

R408 N.M. 

1 1 

1 

1 

1 1 1 1 1 1 

1 

1 1 

1 1 1 1 

VCC(CORE) 

192 

/INREQ 191 

/OUTCS 190 

/OUTACK 189 

/ESPRD 188 

/FAXPRD 187 

/PCLPRD 186 

GND(AC) 

185 

MDAT15 

184 

MDAT14 

183 

MDAT13 

182 

VCC(CORE) 

181 

MDAT12 

180 

MDAT11 

179 

MDAT10 

178 

VCC(AC) 

177 

MDAT09 

176 

MDAT08 

175 

MDAT07 

174 

GND(CORE) 

173 

MDAT06 

172 

MDAT05 

171 

MDAT04 

170 

VCC(CORE) 

169 

MDAT03 

168 

MDAT02 

167 

MDAT01 

166 

MDAT00 

165 

GND(AC) 

164 

/INCS 163 

/INACK 162 

/OUTREQ 161 

GND(CORE) 

160 

/HSYNC 159 

PIDATA0 

158 

PIDATA1 

157 

PIDATA2 

156 

VCC(AC) 

155 

PIDATA3 

154 

PIDATA4 

153 

PIDATA5 

152 

PIDATA6 

151 

PIDATA7 

150 

/POCS 149 

CLPWM 

VCC(AC) 

221 

AFE_DB0 

220 

AFE_DB1 

219 

AFE_DB2 

218 

AFE_DB3 

217 

AFE_DB4 

216 

AFE_DB5 

215 

222 

AFE_DB6 

214 

AFE_DB7 

213 

GND(AC) 

212 

AFESCK 211 

VCC(CORE) 

210 

ADCLK 209 

GND(CORE) 

208 

AFE_SEN 207 

CCD_PH1 

206 

CCD_PH2 

205 

AFE_SDI 

204 

CCD_CP 203 

BSAMP 202 

CCD_RS 201 

CCD_TG 200 

VSAMP 199 

GND(CORE) 

198 

TD0 

197 

TRSK 195 

TDI 

196 

TCK 193 

TMS 194 

C C 

C73 N.M. 

C72 N.M. 

C71 N.M. 

C70 N.M. 


1 

CPU_DATA7 

2 

CPU_DATA6 

3 

CPU_DATA5 

4 

CPU_DATA4 

5 

VCC(AC) 

6 

CPU_DATA3 

7 

CPU_DATA2 

8 

CPU_DATA1 

9 

CPU_DATA0 

10 

GND(AC) 

11 

MIRCNT 

12 

/CPUSYNC 

13 

MEM_INT 

14 

ARB_INT 

15 

VCC(CORE) 

16 

CPU_AD8 

17 

CPU_AD7 

18 

CPU_AD6 

19 

CPU_AD5 

20 

GND(CORE) 

21 

RAM_CLK_IN 

22 

CPU_AD4 

23 

CPU_AD3 

24 

CPU_AD2 

25 

CPU_AD1 

26 

CPU_AD0 

27 

/CPUCS 

28 

SFCLK48 

29 

GND(CORE) 

30 

/CPUWR 

31 

/CPURD 

32 

/RESET 

34 

PFCLK 

35 

CLKSW 

36 

GND(CORE) 

37 

PFCLKOUT 

38 

PFCLKIN 

39 

GND(PLL) 

40 

VCC(PLL) 

41 

GND(PLL) 

42 

VCC(PLL) 

43 

TM2_15M 

44 

/SYNC 

45 

GND(AC) 

46 

/VIDEO 

47 

/LEND 

48 

VCC(AC) 

49 

OUTP00A 

51 

OUTP02A 

52 

OUTP03A 

53 

OUTP04A 

54 

OUTP05A 

55 

OUTP06A 

57 

VCC(CORE) 

OUTP15A 

56 

58 

OUTP07A 

59 

OUTP08A 

60 

GND(CORE) 

61 

OUTP09A 

62 

OUTP10A 

63 

OUTP11A 

64 

OUTP12A 

68 

OUTP00B 

69 

GND(AC) 

72 

OUTP03B 

OUTP14A 

67 VCC(CORE) 

66 OUTP13A 

65 

74 

VCC(AC) 

OUTP04B 

33 

VCC(CORE) 

50 

OUTP01A 

70 

OUTP01B 

71 

OUTP02B 

73 

C75 

22000p 

TP276 

TP274 

TP275 

TP272 

TP273 

TP271 

TP269 

SYNC# 

PFCLKOUT 

PFCLKIN 

RAM_CLK_OUT 

A5 

A4 

A3 

A2 

A1 

D3 

D2 

D1 

D0 

D7 

D6 

D5 

D4 

TP294 

TP295 

TP296 

TP297 

TP292 

TP293 

TP286 

TP288 

TP289 

TP290 

TP291 

TP287 

TP4 

TP279 

TP280 

TP281 

TP282 

TP283 

TP284 

TP3 

TP285 

PFCLK 

CLKSW 

SFCLK48 

D9 

D8 

D15 

D14 

D13 

D12 

D11 

D10 

TP277 

TP278 

A9 

A8 

A7 

A6 

MEM_INT 

TP268 

/CS2 

MRPS1 

MRPS2 

MRPS3 

CPFS1 

RRS 

LDEN 

VFM_24V 

VFMCNT_12V 

(5) 

(5) 

PTPULSE 

MMD 

PMD 

TC 

GRIDL 

MC 

BIAS 

(1) /LWR 

(1,3) /RD 

/ASIC_RST 

(1) 

(5) 

(5) 

(5) 

(5) 

(5) 

VIDEO# 

/LEND 

ARB_INT 

(5) 

(4) 

MIRCNT 

CPU_SYNC 

(5) 

(5) 

(5) 

(5) 

(5) 

(5) 

(5) 

(4) 

(5) 

(1,4,12) 

(1) 

C230 0.1u 

C232 

22000p 

(1) 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

MCU PWB (Memory section) (AR-203E/5420) 3/12 

FlashROM VPP Controll 

VCC3 

D Serial EE-PROM 

D 

VCC3 VCC3 

VCC3 

J1,J2 

1 

2 

3 

VPP 

C81 

0.1u 

R56 

10kJ 

IC5 

E0 

1 

E1 

2 

E2 

3 

VSS 

24C02/24WC04/24WC08 

4 

5 

SDA 

SCL 

6 WC 

7 VCC 

8 

R62 N.M. 

R58 1kJ 

SCL 

SDA 

(1) 

(1) 

R59 

N.M. 

RAMDB[15..0] (2) 

VCC3 

VCC3 

C SDRAM 

C 

IC6 

(1,2) A[20..0] 

FLASH ROM 

VCC3 

RAMDB15 

RAMDB14 

RAMDB13 

RAMDB12 

RAMDB11 

RAMDB10 

RAMDB9 

RAMDB8 

RAMDB0 

RAMDB1 

RAMDB2 

RAMDB3 

RAMDB4 

RAMDB5 

RAMDB6 

RAMDB7 

(2) DQM0 

(2) /SDWDE 

(2) /SDCAS 

(2) /SDRAS 

(2) /SDCS 

(2) BANK0 

(2) BANK1 

VCC3 

R65 N.M. 

SRAM 

IC7 

A17 

DQM1 (2) 

SDCLK (2) 

SDCKE (2) 

MAD12 

MAD11 

MAD9 

MAD8 

MAD7 

MAD6 

MAD5 

MAD4 

VSS 

DQ15 

53 

DQ14 

51 

DQ13 

50 

DQ12 

48 

DQ11 

47 

DQ10 

45 

DQ9 

44 

DQ8 

42 

TP458 

A9 

34 

A8 

33 

A7 

32 

A6 

31 

A5 

30 

A4 

29 

54 

VSS 28 

VSS 41 

VCCQ 43 

VCCQ 49 

VSSQ 46 

VSSQ 52 

UDQM 39 

CLKE 37 

CLK 38 

NC 40 

NC 36 

A11 

35 

VCC 

DQ0 

VCCQ 

DQ1 

DQ2 

VSSQ 

DQ3 

DQ4 

VCCQ 

DQ5 

DQ6 

VSSQ 

DQ7 

VCC 

LDQM 

WE 

CAS 

RAS 

CS 

BA0 

BA1 

A10 

A0 

A1 

A2 

A3 

VCC 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

R66 

10kJ 

R64 N.M. 

R63 10kJ 

MAD10 

MAD0 

MAD1 

MAD2 

MAD3 

D15 

D7 

D14 

D6 

D13 

D5 

D12 

D4 

D11 

D3 

D10 

D2 

D9 

D1 

D8 

D0 

TP457 

D8 

D9 

D10 

D11 

D12 

D13 

D14 

D15 

A0 

A1 

A2 

A3 

A4 

A5 

A6 

A7 

A8 

A9 

A10 

A11 

A12 

A13 

A14 

A15 

A16 


R67 0J 

VCC3 

VCC3 

C82 

N.M. 

/RD 

A16 

A15 

A14 

A13 

A12 

A11 

A10 

A9 

A20 

/HWR 

TP453 

R68 0J 

(1,2,4) /RESET0 

TP454 VPP 

TP455 

(1) RY/BY 

A19 

A18 R69 0J TP456 

A8 

A7 

A6 

A5 

A4 

A3 

A2 

/RD 

/HWR 

(1) /CS1 

(1,2) /RD 

(1) /HWR 

/CS0 (1) 

A16 

48 

GND 

DQ15 

45 

DQ7 

44 

DQ14 

43 

DQ6 

42 

DQ13 

41 

DQ5 

40 

DQ12 

39 

DQ4 

38 

DQ11 

36 

DQ3 

35 

DQ10 

34 

DQ2 

33 

DQ9 

32 

DQ1 

31 

DQ8 

30 

DQ0 

29 

A0 

25 

46 

GND 27 

VCC 37 

BYTE 47 

OE 28 

CE 26 

24 

A1 

Flash ROM 

A2 

23 A3 

22 A4 

21 A5 

20 A6 

19 A7 

8 

A8 

18 

A9 

7 A10 

6 A11 

5 A12 

4 A13 

3 A14 

2 A15 

1 

9 

A19 

10 

NC 

11 

WE 

12 

RP 

13 

VPP 

14 

WP 

15 

RY/BY 

16 

A18 

17 

A17 

6 

7 

10 

11 

22 

23 

26 

27 

I/O0 

I/O1 

I/O2 

I/O3 

I/O4 

I/O5 

I/O6 

I/O7 

VDD 8 

VDD 24 

IC8 

A0 

A1 

A2 

A3 

A4 

A5 

A6 

A7 

A8 

A9 

A10 

A11 

A12 

A13 

A14 

A15 

A16 

1 

2 

3 

4 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

29 

30 

31 

32 

SDRAM (16bit x 4bank) 

C84 

0.1u 

C83 

0.1u 

CS1 

OE 

WE 

5 

28 

12 

A1 

GND 9 

GND 25 

IS63LV1024L-12J-TR 

A17 

B A1 

B 

VCC3 

C94 

0.1u 

C93 

0.1u 

C92 

0.1u 

C91 

0.1u 

C90 

0.1u 

C89 

0.1u 

C234 N.M. 

C233 N.M. 

C87 

0.1u 

C86 N.M. 

C236 N.M. 

C235 N.M. 

C88 

0.1u 

C85 0.1u 

R70 N.M. 

MAD[12..0] (2) 

D[15..0] 

(1,2) 

IC7 

S29AL008D70TFI020# 

S29GL016A90TFIR20# 

LH28F800BJE-PBTL90(LHF80JZP) 

LH28F160BJE-BTL90(LHF16JT2) 

Vendor/Type 

IC6 

OPEN 

OPEN 

10kJ 

10kJ 

OPEN 

(J1,J2 in the case of N.M.:0J) 

0J 

OPEN 

0.1u 

OPEN 

R81 

128Mb(2Mx16bitx4bank) K4S281632I-UC60 

A R86 

OPEN 

A 

R82 

R83 

OPEN 

C86 

22000p 

C87 

K4S641632K-UC75 

64Mb(1Mx16bitx4bank) 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

MCU PWB (Driver section 1) (AR-203E/5420) 4/12 

VCC3 

5V/3.3V 

3.3V 

VCC3 

IC9 

Digital Input Multiprexer 

C80 

TP496 

VCC 

VCC3 

(11) USB_IN 

2 

0.1u 

1A1 1Y1 

18 

(USB_IN) (1) 

5V 

SIN1 

4 

1A2 1Y2 

16 

(SIN1) (1) 

SIN2 

6 

TP498 

1A3 1Y3 

14 

(SIN2) (1) 

SIN3 

8 

TP499 R73 33J 

AFE_SDI 

AFE_SDI# 

(SIN3) (1) 

R15 

1A4 1Y4 

12 

VSAMP# 

(2) AFE_SDI 

11 

R130 

R46 

AFE_SDI# (10) (2) VSAMP 

CCD_TG# 

VSAMP# (10) 

TP463 

0J 

2A1 2Y1 

9 

(7) (PPD1) 

(2) AFE_SEN 

13 

0J 

56J 

AFE_SEN# (10) 

(1,2) CCD_TG 

CCD_RS# 

CCD_TG# (10) 

TP464 

2A2 2Y2 

7 

(7) (POD) 

(2) AFE_SCK 

15 

2A3 2Y3 

5 

AFE_SCK# (10) 

(2) CCD_RS 

CCD_RS# (10) 

D BSAMP# 

(7) (MFD) 

17 

(2) BSAMP 

BSAMP# (10) D 

R74 

2A4 2Y4 

3 

CCD_CP# 

(7) (CED1) 

1 

1G 

(2) CCD_CP 

CCD_PHI2# 

CCD_CP# (10) 

TP539 

(7) (TCS) 

SIN1 

19 

2G 

(2) CCD_PHI2 

CCD_PHI1# 

CCD_PHI2# (10) 

TP540 

(7) (PMRDY) 

(2) CCD_PHI1 


10J 

TP541 

ADCLK# 

(7) DVS1 

AFE_SDI 

AFE_SDI# 

(2) ADCLK 

ADCLK# (10) 

(7) (DRST) 

74LCX244 

C96 

C97 

(8) (SELIN1) 

(8) (SELIN2) 

0.1u 

33p 

(8) (SELIN3) 

20 

TP497 

IC10 

TP18 

TP19 

TP534 

4 

TP535 R54 

D0 

3 

56J R55 

TP465 

D1 

2 

TP17 

R57 100J 

TP466 

D2 

1 

TP493 

56J 

TP467 

D3 

15 

TP468 

D4 

14 

TP487 

D5 

10 

GND 

13 

C95 

R83 

D6 W 

12 

TP488 

0.1u 

R133 

47J 

D7 

open 

TP484 

11 

TP485 

A 

10 

TP486 

B 

9 

C108 

C 

7 

82p 

G 

C124 

6 

Y 5 

VCC 16 

GND 8 

IC43 

VCC 

2 

1A1 1Y1 

18 

4 

1A2 1Y2 

16 

6 

TP536 

1A3 1Y3 

14 

8 

1A4 1Y4 

12 

11 

R60 

2A1 2Y1 

9 

13 

56J 

2A2 2Y2 

7 

15 

TP469 

2A3 2Y3 

5 

17 

2A4 2Y4 

3 

1 

1G 

19 

2G 

74LCX244 

20 

R71 33J 

R72 33J 

TP537 

TP538 

R61 

100J R82 

100J 

TP470 

10 

GND 

VSAMP# 

BSAMP# 

ADCLK# 

CCD_PHI1# 

CCD_PHI2# 

CCD_CP# 

5V 

CCD_RS# 

CCD_TG# 

82p 

C125 

82p 

C126 

N.M. 

C129 

N.M. 

C130 

82p 

C132 

33p 

C133 

82p 

VCC3 

5V/3.3V 3.3V 

IC11 

TP500 

VCC 

(8) KEYIN1 

2 

TP507 

(KEYIN1) (1) 

TP501 

1A1 1Y1 

18 

(8) KEYIN2 

4 

TP508 

1A2 1Y2 

16 

(KEYIN2) (1) 

/RESET# 

(1,2,3) /RESET0 

6 

TP509 

/RESET# R78 100J 

1A3 1Y3 

14 

8 

TP510 R79 33J 

/RESET1 (1,2) 

TP503 

1A4 1Y4 

12 

TP511 

(1) D_CONT 

11 

2A1 2Y1 

9 

(D_CONT) (11) 

13 

TP11 

2A2 2Y2 

7 

(1,2,12) /ASIC_RST 

15 

2A3 2Y3 

5 

(/ASIC_RST) (2) 

17 

2A4 2Y4 

3 

1 

1G 

19 

2G 

C102 

74LCX244 

N.M. 

20 

R75 33J 

R76 33J 

R77 1kJ 

TP502 

TP12 

10 

C101 

C255 

GND 

C98 

0.1u 

0.01uF 

N.M. 

74HC151 

TP494 

R80 

R81 

SIN2 

10J 

TP471 

TP472 

TP473 

TP474 

TP475 

TP476 

TP477 

TP478 

VCC3 

(7) (PPD2) 

(7) (PPD3) 

(5) THOPEN 

(7) (CED2) 

(7) DSWS 

(7) (MMLD) 

(7) (FANLK) 

C262 

0.1u 

10kJ 

C100 

33p 

C99 

0.1u 

VCC3 

(10) AFE_DB#[7..0] 

AFE_DB[7..0] (2) 

IC44 

VCC 20 

IC12 

D0 

D1 

D2 

D3 

D4 

D5 

D6 W 

D7 

A 

B 

C 

G 

74HC151 

6 

Y 5 

VCC 16 

GND 8 

TP489 

TP490 

4 

3 

2 

1 

15 

14 

13 

12 

11 

10 

9 

7 

VCC3 

AFE_DB#0 

AFE_DB0 

3.3V 

3.3V 

AFE_DB#1 

AFE_DB1 

AFE_DB#2 

AFE_DB2 

C AFE_DB#3 

AFE_DB3 

C 

5V 

IC14 

AFE_DB#4 

AFE_DB4 

5V 

AFE_DB#5 

AFE_DB5 

VCC 

AFE_DB#6 

AFE_DB6 

(2) MIRCNT 

2 

1A1 1Y1 

18 

4 

AFE_DB#7 

AFE_DB7 

1A2 1Y2 

16 

6 

TP480 

1A3 1Y3 

14 

(7) (SPID) 

8 

1A4 1Y4 

12 

(1) SPFMT0 

11 

2A1 2Y1 

9 

(SPFMT0) (6) 

(1) SPFMT1 

13 

2A2 2Y2 

7 

(SPFMT1) (6) 

(7) (PD1) 

SIN3 

(1) SPFMT2/MIRCNT 

15 

2A3 2Y3 

5 

(SPFMT2) (6) 

(7) (PD2) 

(1) SPFMT3 

17 

2A4 2Y4 

3 

(SPFMT3) (6) 

(2) MIRON 

1 

TP492 

1G 

(2) SPFON 

19 

2G 

C103 

74LCX244 

0.1u 

BR64 

AFE_DB#0 

AFE_DB0 

AFE_DB#1 

AFE_DB1 

20 

IC13 

4 

D0 

3 

D1 

BR55 

2 

D2 

5 

4 

1 

R86 

D3 

6 

3 

15 

D4 

7 

2 

14 

D5 

8 

1 

13 

10J 

D6 W 

12 

33Jx4 

D7 

10 

GND 

11 

A 

10 

B 

9 

C 

7 

G 

6 

Y 5 

VCC 16 

GND 8 

2 

1A1 1Y1 

18 

4 

1A2 1Y2 

16 

6 

1A3 1Y3 

14 

8 

1A4 1Y4 

12 

11 

2A1 2Y1 

9 

13 

2A2 2Y2 

7 

15 

TP513 

2A3 2Y3 

5 

17 

R85 

TP514 

2A4 2Y4 

3 

1 

10kJ 

TP515 

1G 

19 

TP516 

2G 

10 

TP495 

TP517 

GND 

TP482 

TP518 

74LCX244(open) 

TP483 

TP491 

TP519 

C104 

C105 

0.1u 

33p 

AFE_DB2 

AFE_DB3 

1 

2 

3 

4 

8 

7 

6 

5 

AFE_DB#2 

AFE_DB#3 

AFE_DB4 

AFE_DB5 

AFE_DB6 

AFE_DB7 

AFE_DB#4 

AFE_DB#5 

AFE_DB#6 

AFE_DB#7 

(SELIN1) (8) 

(SELIN2) (8) 

(SELIN3) (8) 

(OP_CLK) (8) 

(OP_DATA) (8) 

(OP_LATCH) (8) 

(TM) (6) 

(TM_) (6) 

(1) SELIN1 

(1) SELIN2 

(1) SELIN3 

(2) OP_CLK 

(2) OP_DATA 

(2) OP_LATCH 

(2) TM 

(2) TM_ 


74HC151 

0Jx4 

BR65 

4 

3 

2 

1 

5 

6 

7 

8 

0Jx4 

TP528 

TP529 

TP530 

5V 

3.3V 5V 

IC15 

VCC 

2 

1A1 1Y1 

18 

4 

R88 33J 

1A2 1Y2 

16 

6 

1A3 1Y3 

14 

8 

TP523 

1A4 1Y4 

12 

11 

R91 33J 

2A1 2Y1 

9 

13 

2A2 2Y2 

7 

15 

2A3 2Y3 

5 

17 

2A4 2Y4 

3 

1 

1G 

19 

2G 

74VHCT244 

20 

TP520 R87 33J 

TP521 

TP522 R89 33J 

R90 33J 

TP524 

TP525 R92 33J 

TP526 R93 33J 

TP527 R94 33J 

10 

C107 

GND 

0.1u 

R96 

10kJ 

R128 

10kJ 

R97 

10kJ 

B B 

5V 

5V 

VCC3 

5V/3.3V 3.3V 

5V 

3.3V 

IC16 

C106 

0.1u 

/VIDEO (9) 

4 

R95 100J 

TP542 

5 

1 

2 

3 

VIDEO# 

(2) 

R98 

N.M. 

IC18 

Vcc 

5 

TP505 

R100 33J 

(9) /SYNC 

1 

TP531 

A1 Y1 

6 

(/SYNC) (2) 

TP506 

(10) mt_at_home 

3 

A2 Y2 

4 


NC7ST08M5X 

C110 

0.1u 

GND 2 

C109 

47p 

NC7WZ17 

5V 

5V 

3.3V 

VCC3 

IC45 

C263 

0.1u 

3.3V 

3.3V 

R99 

A 10kJ 

(1) STROBE 

4 

(STROBE) (8) A 

IC35 

TP543 R422 100J TP544 

5 

1 

2 

3 

VCC3 

NC7ST08M5X 

(FW) (1) 

R101 33J 

TP533 

Vcc 

5 

Y1 

6 

Y2 

4 

TP270 

A1 

1 

FW 

(8) 

A2 

3 

C221 

0.1u 

GND 2 

C258 

0.1u(N.M.) 

NC7WZ17 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 


5 

6 

7 

8 

VCC3 

VCC3 

BR72 

10kJx4 

12V 

INT24V 

PR# 

24V 

R193 

10kJ 

R191 

4.7kJ 

R155 

470kJ 

IC17A 

KIA393F 

1 TP23 

8 

Q18 

KRC102S 

/MC (8) 

/BIAS (8) 

/TC (8) 

/GRIDL (8) 

/MCNT (9) 

(2) MC 

(2) BIAS 

(2) TC 

(2) GRIDL 

+ 

- 

4 

12V 

IC19 

1B 

2B 

3B 

4B 

5B 

6B 

7B 

E COM 

KID65001AF 

9 

1C 16 

2C 15 

3C 14 

4C 13 

5C 12 

6C 11 

7C 10 

4 

3 

2 

1 

(D) 

D34 

1SS355 

1 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

TP545 

TP546 

TP547 

TP548 

TP549 

BR56 1.5kJx4 

1 

8 

2 

7 

3 

6 

4 

5 

TP265 

R146 

3 

3 

Q19 

C134 

D Q20 

1.5kF 

TP28 

2SK3018 

D 

R370 1.5kJ 

KRA119S 

TP29 

(1) MCNT 

(2) PTPULSE 

2 

TP26 

2 

(G) 

TP264 

R153 

100J 

TP27 

(S) 

1uF/16V 

TP551 

R192 

10kJ 

C160 

2.2uF/10V 

D33 

1SS355 

R144 

47kJ 

3 

TP266 

Q21 

2 

R194 

R195 

R138 

10kJ 

1 

/PR 

PR# 

TP21 

PGND 

12V 

C162 

0.1u 

/PR (8) 

3 

2 

TP22 

PR 

(2) 

100J 

100J 

IC17B 

KIA393F 

7 

TP479 

D35 

1SS355 

8 

5 + 

6 - 

1 

KRC102S 

PGND 

4 

24V 

VCC3 

5V 

VCC3 

12V 

VCC3 

D49 

MTZ J22B 

24V 

R413 

N.M._10kJ 

R108 

R104 

7.5kF 

R103 

1MF 

R102 

1kF 

N.M._47kJ 

/CPFS1 (9) 

/CPFS2 (9) 

/MPFS (9) 

/RRS (9) 

TP561 

(2) CPFS1 

(2) CPFS2 

(2) MPFS 

(2) RRS 

R109 

Q2 

N.M._KTA1505S 

TP618 

TP562 

(2) VFM_24V 

VFMCNT_12V 

/VFMCNT (9) 

TP554 

TP555 

TP556 

TP557 

TP558 

TP559 

TP560 

BR57 1.5kJx4 

1 

8 

2 

7 

3 

6 

4 

5 

R379 N.M._1.5kJ 

R380 N.M._1.5kJ 

(2) 

FTH 

TP619 

D1 

TP617 

N.M._4.7kJ 1/4W 

VFMOUT (9) 

IC21 

1B 

2B 

3B 

4B 

5B 

6B 

7B 

E COM 

KID65001AF 

9 

1C 16 

2C 15 

3C 14 

4C 13 

5C 12 

6C 11 

7C 10 

R418 

N.M._10kJ 

R419 

N.M._10kJ 

R105 

1kJ 

IC20A 

KIA393F 

1 

8 

+ 

- 

3 

2 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

MA700 

D4 

R106 

R107 

12V 

C PGND 

10kF 

4.3kF 

C 

1SS355 

C111 

4 

0.1u/50V 

PGND 

VCC3 

VCC3 

D3 

D2 

1 

2 

1 

24V 

3 

12V 

KDS226(open) 

2 

3 

CP16 

R388 47kJ TP606 

KDS226 

R111 

100J 

0603FA1.5A/0603SFF150FM 

RTH_IN 

(9) 

RTH (1) 

R110 

300J 

TP621 

IC22A 

KIA358F 

8 

Q12 

2SB1132 

D55 

E 

1 

TP620 

+ 

- 

3 

2 

R386 

Q16 

B 

TP605 

TP603 

3 


D57 

4.7kJ 1/4W 

C 

2 

C113 

0.1u 

12V 

4 

C112 

22000p 

TP607 

C114 

0.1u/50V 

CRH01 

RLS-73 

12V 

CP17 

KRC102S 

TP609 

R389 47kJ 

1 

0603FA1.5A/0603SFF150FM 

5V 

12V 

VCC3 

Q13 

2SB1132 

E 

R387 

Q17 

B 

TP608 

TP604 

3 

4.7kJ 1/4W 

R113 

10kJ 

R112 

1.2kF 

C 

2 

D56 

D58 

TP610 

B TP622 

B 

KRC102S 

RLS-73 

CRH01 

THOPEN (4) 

IC20B 

KIA393F 

7 

8 

+ 

- 

5 

6 

1 

PGND 

C115 

22000p 

4 

R114 

10kF 

INT5V 

D5 

1SS355 

TP611 

1 

Q3 

KRA119S 

R196 

10kJ 

R84 

10kJ 

TP613 

2 

Analog Tonner Sensor Buffer 

TP612 

3 

/MMD (9) 

MRPS_1 (6) 

MRPS_2 (6) 

MRPS_3 (6) 

/POFF (8) 

R405 0J 

TP614 

NC 9 

1C 16 

2C 15 

3C 14 

4C 13 

5C 12 

6C 11 

7C 10 

IC24 

1B 

2B 

3B 

4B 

5B 

6B 

7B 

G 

KID65503F 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

(2) MMD 

(2) MRPS1 

(2) MRPS2 

(2) MRPS3 

(1,2) POFF 

(2) HL 

FTH 

5V 12V 

VCC3 

D46 

D47 

1 

1 

3 

2 

2 

KDS226(open) 

KDS226(open) 

VCC3 

5V 

3 

R115 

100J 1/4W 

R414 

N.M._10kJ 

(D) 

Q14 

R129 

N.M. 

Q11 

2SK3018(open) 

/MMCLK (9) 

3 

R365 

0J 

MMCLK 

(1) 

R366 

N.M. 

IC22B 

KIA358F 

7 

2 

(G) 

(S) 

HLOUT (8) 

(12) TCS_AN 

5 + 

R142 

TP624 

10kJ(open) 

(TCS_AN) (1) 

6 

TP623 

5V 

- 

KRC102S 

A A 

8 

C237 

N.M. 

R367 

10kJ 

4 

R364 

0J 

R117 

10kJ Q4 

KRC102S 

SHOLD (9) 

MMref0 (6) 

MMref1 (6) 

MMref2 (6) 

/PMD (9) 

PMCLK_A (9) 

/LDEN (9) 

TP615 

NC 9 

1C 16 

2C 15 

3C 14 

4C 13 

5C 12 

6C 11 

7C 10 

IC25 

1B 

2B 

3B 

4B 

5B 

6B 

7B 

G 

KID65503F 

1 

3 

2 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

(2) MM_Y1 

(2) MM_Y2 

(2) MM_Y3 

(2) PMD 

(1) PMCLK 

(2) LDEN 

(2) /LEND 

R116 

10kJ 

1 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 


D D 

Duplex Motor Driver 

Scanner Motor Driver 

For AL2040 Model Only 

5V 

/DMT0 (9) 

DMT0 

(1) 

24VSCMT 

OUT_A- 

OUT_A+ 

OUT_B+ 

OUT_B- 

(9) 

(9) 

(9) 

(9) 

/DMT1 (9) 

R118 

DMT1 

(1) 

R119 

/DMT2 (9) 

DMT2 

(1) 

0.68J 1W 

/DMT3 (9) 

R120 

1.5kJ 

0.68J 1W 

R121 

1.5kJ 

24VDupMT 

IC26 

I1 O1 

2 

NC 

NC O2 

7 

I2 

NC O3 

9 

I3 

NC O4 

16 

NC 

GND COM 

TD62064AF 

1 

COM 8 

I4 

NC 

GND 

3 

4 

5 

6 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

TP594 

DMT3 

(1) 

D6 

17 

18 

TP593 

MM_AI0 (2) 

TP586 

PGND 

C116 

820p 

C117 

820p 

PGND 

MTZ J22B 

PGND 

MM_PH_A (2) 

MM_AI1 (2) 

(2) MM_BI0 

(2) MM_BI1 

(2) MM_PH_B 

5V 

TP592 

IC27 

2 

OUT 2A 

3 

SENSE 2 

4 

COMP 2 

5 

OUT 2B 

6 

GND 

7 

GND 

8 

I02 

9 

I12 

10 

PHASE 2 

11 

VREF 2 

12 

RC 2 

VSS 

L6219DS 

13 

GND 

I11 

17 

PHASE 1 

16 

VREF 1 

15 

RC 1 

14 

18 

GND 19 

OUT 1B 

I01 

20 

21 

VS 

SENSE 1 

23 

COMP 1 

22 

24 

1 

OUT 1A 

TP591 

R123 

30kJ 

R122 

1kJ 

C119 

820p 

R124 

30kJ 

C118 

820p 

TP587 

R125 R126 R127 C120 

PGND 

5V 

PGND 

C 2kJ 1kJ 510J 0.1u 

C 

PGND 

PGND 

C121 

0.1u 

TP588 

TP589 

TP590 

MMref0 

MMref1 

MMref2 

(5) 

(5) 

(5) 

CP1 

0603FA1.5A/0603SFF150FM 

24VSCMT 

CP2 

0603FA1.5A/0603SFF150FM 

24VSPFMT 

CP3 

0603FA1.5A/0603SFF150FM 

24VDupMT 

24V 

PGND 

PGND 

C123 

0.1u/50V 

+ 

C122 

47u/35V 


PGND 

SPF Motor Driver 

B Tonner Motor Driver 

B 

24VSPFMT 

24V 

SPMT_0 (9) 

(SPFMT0) 

(SPFMT2) 

(SPFMT1) 

(SPFMT3) 

(4) 

(4) 

(4) 

(4) 

C128 

0.1u/50V 

5V 

SPMT_2 (9) 

4 

3 

2 

1 

SPMT_1 (9) 

IC29 

SPMT_3 (9) 

BR59 

10kJx4 

Vcc 

2 

IN1 

9 

(TM) 

(4) 

5 

6 

7 

8 

TMA_O (9) 

IN2 

1 

(TM_) 

(4) 

TMB_O (9) 

Vs 

6 

Vref 

8 

OUT1 

7 

OUT2 

3 

N.C 4 

IC28 

OUT A 

STA7100M 

1 

OUT A 2 

Vs 

13 

OUT A/ 

3 

OUT A/ 

4 

OUT B 17 

OUT B 18 

OUT B/ 

15 

OUT B/ 

16 

GND 10 

IN A 

IN A/ 

IN B 

IN B/ 

REF 

Sync 

Sense A 

Sense B 

8 

7 

11 

12 

+ 

C127 

10u/35V 

R244 

4.7kJ 

9 

6 

5 

14 

GND 

5 

C222 

0.1u 

R141 

1J 2W 

R132 

1J 2W 

5V 

TA7291AS 

R131 

1.2kJ 

A PGND 

A 

C131 

0.1u 

R137 

100J 

R136 

1.2kJ 

R135 

620J 

R134 

300J 

TP595 

TP596 

TP597 

MRPS_1 

MRPS_2 

MRPS_3 

(5) 

(5) 

(5) 

PGND 

PGND PGND 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

MCU PWB (Noise filter/Pull-up section) (AR-203E/5420) 7/12 

VCC3 

INT24V 

R143 

D D 

(9) 24V1(DSWS) 

5V 

0.22J 2W 

C143 

N.M. 

C142 

N.M. 

C141 

N.M. 

C140 

N.M. 

C139 

N.M. 

C138 

0.1u 

C137 

0.1u 

C136 

N.M. 

C135 

0.1u 

D10 

D9 

R152 

1kJ 2W 

3 

R147 

4.7kJ 

1 

2 

1 

2 

D11 

1SS355 

3 

R151 

10kJ 

R150 

15kJ 

R149 

10kJ 

R148 

10kJ 

R145 

15kJ 

KDS226 

KDS226 

PGND 

PGND 

C150 

0.1u 

C149 

0.1u 

C148 

N.M. 

C147 

N.M. 

C146 

N.M. 

C145 

N.M. 

C144 

N.M. 

R154 1kJ 

(9) SPID 

(SPID) (4) 

R156 1kJ 

(9) PPD3 

(PPD3) (4) 

D12 

R157 1kJ 

(9) PD1 

(PD1) (4) 

R158 1kJ 

1SS355 

5V 

(9) PD2 

(PD2) (4) 

R159 1kJ 

(9) POD 

(POD) (4) 

D13 

R160 1kJ 

(9) PMRDY 

(PMRDY) (4) 

TP585 

1 

3 

5V 

2 

R161 R162 

KDS226 

20kJ 20kJ 

D14 

D15 

D16 

D17 

C161 

C163 C164 C165 C166 C167 

1 

1 

1 

1 

3 

3 

3 

3 

1000p 

1000p 1000p 1000p 1000p 1000p 

DSWS (4) 

2 

2 

2 

2 

KDS226 

KDS226 

KDS226 

KDS226 

C159 

N.M. 

C158 

0.1u 

C157 

0.1u 

C156 

0.1u 

C155 

0.1u 

C154 

0.1u 

C153 

0.1u 

C152 

0.1u 

C151 

0.1u 

C168 

0.1u 

R163 

2.7kJ 

VCC3 

C C 

5V 

R242 

10J 

R241 

10J 

R240 

10J 

TP15 

D19 

D18 

3 

R167 

10kJ 

R166 

15kJ 

1 

2 

1 

2 

1 

TP14 

1 

TP13 

1 

3 

R165 

10kJ 

R164 

10kJ 

R243 

10J 

TP16 

1 

C226 

1000p 

C225 

1000p 

C224 

1000p 

C223 

1000p 

R377 

10kJ 

KDS226 

KDS226 

R168 1kJ 

(12) DVSEL 

DVS1 (4) 

R169 1kJ 

(12) TCS 

(TCS) (4) 

R170 1kJ 

(9) MFD 

(MFD) (4) 

R171 1kJ 

(9) MMLD 

(MMLD) (4) 

R378 1kJ 

(9) FANLK 

5V 

(FANLK) (4) 

ZENER_UDZS4.7B(open) 


C173 

1000p 

C171 C172 

1000p 1000p 

C248 

1000p 

D22 

D21 

D52 

ZENER_UDZS4.7B(open) 

D50 

D51 

3 

1 

2 

3 

1 

2 

3 

1 

2 

KDS226 

KDS226 

KDS226 

D20 

1SS355 

INT24V 

B 24V 

B 

IC30 

R172 

100J 2W 

R394 

100kJ 

INT5V 

OUT 

3 

C170 

0.1u/50V 

+ 

C169 

IN 

1 

47u/35V 

VCC3 

5V 

C176 

0.1u 

GND 

2 KIA7805 

+ 

C175 

47u/35V 

PGND 

D26 

D25 

D24 

D23 

3 

R179 

3.3kJ 

R178 

12kJ 

1 

2 

3 

R177 

7.5kJ 

R176 

7.5kJ 

R175 

7.5kJ 

R173 

15kJ 

1 

2 

3 

3 

R174 

15kJ 

1 

2 

1 

2 

L15 N.M. 

L14 0J (1608) 

KDS226 

KDS226 

KDS226 

KDS226 

L5 

ZJSR5101-223 

L4 

ZJSR5101-223(open) 

R180 1kJ 

(9) PPD1 

(PPD1) (4) 

R181 1kJ 

(9) PPD2 

(PPD2) (4) 

R182 1kJ 

(9) SPPD 

(SPPD) (1) 

R183 1kJ 

(8) PSW 

(PSW) (1) 

VCC3 

3.3VIN 

(8) 

12V 

12VIN 

(8) 

R399 

100kJ 

C180 

0.1u 

+ 

C178 

22u/16V 

R396 

100kJ 

C179 

0.1u 

+ 

C177 

47u/25V 

(CED1) (4) 

(CED2) (4) 

(DRST) (4) 

R184 1kJ 

R185 1kJ 

R186 1kJ 

CED1 

CED2 

DRST 

(9) 

(9) 

(8) 

VCC3 

5V 

A EN5V 

A 

C189 C190 

1000p 1000p 

D29 

C185 C186 C187 C188 

1000p 1000p 1000p 1000p 

D28 

D27 

5V 

3 

1 

2 

3 

1 

2 

3 

1 

2 

R397 

100kJ 

C184 

0.1u 

+ 

C182 

R398 

100kJ 

C183 

0.1u 

+ 

C181 

22u/16V 

22u/16V 

KDS226 

KDS226 

KDS226 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

MCU PWB (Connector section 1) (AR-203E/5420) 8/12 

D D 

To Operational PWB 

5V 

EN5V 

0603FA1.5A/0603SFF150FM 

To Power unit 

CP8 

0603FA1.5A/0603SFF150FM 

INT24V 

INT5V 

CP7 

CN2 

18 

17 

16 

15 

14 

13 

12 

11 

10 

9 

8 

7 

6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

CN1 

DRST 

(7) 

KEYIN2# 

PSW 

(7) 

1 2 

3 4 

(5) /BIAS 

5 6 

/TC (5) 

(5) /GRIDL 

7 8 

/MC (5) 

9 10 

11 12 

3.3VIN (7) 

EN5V 

13 14 

5V 

15 16 

/POFF (5) 

(7) 12VIN 

17 18 

24V 

(4) FW 

19 20 

(5) /PR 

21 22 

HLOUT (5) 

23 24 

B24B-PNDZS-1 

C C 

(4) (OP_DATA) 

(4) (OP_LATCH) 

(4) (SELIN2) 

(4) (OP_CLK) 

(4) (SELIN1) 

(4) (STROBE) 

(4) (SELIN3) 

N.M._1608size 

C194 

0.1u/50V 

C193 

KEYIN1# 

C195 

1000p 

Q5 

KRC106S 

Q6 

KRC106S 

PGND 

PGND 

IMSA-9619S-18A 

3 

3 

2 

PSL 

(1) 

2 

ONL 

(1) 

1 

1 


R400 N.M._1608size 

B PGND 

B 

5V 

D31 

D30 

1 

1 

3 

3 

2 

2 

R188 

10kJ 

R187 

10kJ 

KDS226 

KDS226 

KEYIN2# 

KEYIN1# 

R189 1kJ 

R190 1kJ 

KEYIN2 

KEYIN1 

(4) 

(4) 

C192 

1000p 

C191 

1000p 

A A 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

MCU PWB (Connector section 2) (AR-203E/5420) 9/12 

INT24V 

CN7 

1 

D To Main motor 

(7) CED1 

D 

To Cassette detect 

To Mecha. COUNTER 

CN6 

(5) /MMD 

(7) MMLD 

(5) /MMCLK 

24V 

1 

2 

3 

B3B-PH-K-K 

(Black) 

2 

3 

4 

5 

B5B-PASK-1 

CN28 

3 

2 

1 

C199 

1000p 

C198 

1000p 

/MCNT 

(5) 

PGND 

N.M._B03B-PH-K-R 

(Red) 

24V 

CN10 

CN11 

To Cassette paper solenoid 

1 

2 

3 

B3B-PH-K-S 

(White) 

/CPFS1 

(5) 

To Fan motor 

1 

2 

3 

4 

B4B-PH-K-S 

(White) 

(5) VFMOUT 

(7) FANLK 

(5) /VFMCNT 

C201 

1000p 

C200 

1000p 

24V 

PGND 

CN12 

C 

To Resist roller solenoid 

C 

(5) /RRS 

CN13 


24VDupMT 

1 

2 

3 

B3B-PH-K-E 

(Blue) 


To Duplex motor 

To 2nd. cassette 

/DMT0 

/DMT1 

/DMT2 

/DMT3 

(6) 

(6) 

(6) 

(6) 

24V 

24V 

5V 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

B05B-XASK-1 

5V 

R203 

200J 1/4W 

CN15 

N.M._1608size 

To Interlock switch 

24V1(DSWS) 

(7) 

5V 

24V 

CN16 

1 

2 

B2P-VH-R 

(Red) 

C247 

C246 N.M. 

CN18 

To Paper pass detect 

PPD1 

(7) 

/CPFS2 

(5) 

PGND 

1 

2 

3 

B3B-PH-K-R 

(Red) 

2 

4 

6 

8 

10 

12 

14 

1 

3 

5 

7 

9 

11 

13 

(7) PPD3 

(7) PD2 

(7) CED2 


(For debug) 

Not mounted 

C206 0.1u/50V 

C205 0.1u/50V 

B14B-PHDSS-B 

C204 1000p 

C203 1000p 

C202 1000p 

CPU Serial 

5V 

PGND 

R204 

200J 1/4W 

VCC3 

CN17 

CN19 

RxD 

TxD 

(1) 

(1) 

PGND 

(7) POD 

To Paper out detect 

B 3 

B 

1 

2 

1 

2 

3 

4 

N.M._B4B-PH-K-S 

(White) 

5V 

INT5V 

B3B-PH-K-S 

(White) 

D42 

1 

2 

3 

To SPF unit 

KDS226 

CN42 

5V 

To Mirror motor 

/SYNC 

(4) 

R206 1kJ 

R205 

200J 1/4W 

/LDEN 

/VIDEO 

SHOLD 

(5) 

(4) 

(5) 

To LD 

CN22 

5V 

5V 

To HL unit 

(7) PPD2 

(5) RTH_IN 

OUT_A+ 

OUT_B+ 

OUT_A- 

OUT_B- 

(6) 

(6) 

(6) 

(6) 

24VSPFMT 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

B5B-PH-K-S 

(White) 

CN4 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

B08B-CZHK-B 

200J 1/4W 

R140 

R207 

CN24 

200J 1/4W 

1 

2 

3 

4 

B4B-PH-K-R 

(Red) 

24V 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

CN41 

(6) SPMT_0 

(6) SPMT_2 

(6) SPMT_1 

(6) SPMT_3 

(7) SPID 

To Polygon motor 

5V 

(5) /PMD 

(7) PMRDY 

(5) PMCLK_A 

SPPD 

(7) 

24V 

R208 

200J 1/4W 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

B05B-CZHK-B 

PGND 

CN25 

CN26 

A B12B-PH-K-S 

A 

(7) PD1 

To Paper detect 

(5) /MPFS 

To Multi unit 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

B5B-PH-K-R 

(Red) 

MFD 

(7) 

1 

2 

3 

B3B-PH-K-M 

(Green) 

To Toner motor 

CN23 

1 

2 

B2P-VH 

(White) 

TMA_O 

TMB_O 

(6) 

(6) 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

MCU PWB (Scanner I/F section) (AR-203E/5420) 10/12 

D D 

To Scanner unit 

Copy Lamp Inverter 

12V EN5V 

24V 

CP9 

CP6 

0603FA1.5A/0603SFF150FM 

L6 

220uH 

Q9 2SJ537 

CP10 

0603FA1.5A/0603SFF150FM 

VCL 

0603FA1.5A/0603SFF150FM 

TWKA-221K 

VCC3 

R209 

910J 

D43 

AFE_DB#1 

AFE_DB#3 

AFE_DB#5 

AFE_DB#7 

AFE_SEN# (4) 

AFE_SDI# (4) 

BSAMP# (4) 

AFE_DB#0 

AFE_DB#2 

AFE_DB#4 

AFE_DB#6 

C209 

0.1u/50V 

R213 

1kJ 

(4) AFE_SCK# 

(4) ADCLK# 

(4) CCD_PHI1# 

(4) CCD_PHI2# 

(4) CCD_CP# 

(4) CCD_RS# 

(4) CCD_TG# 

mt_at_home 

(4) 

CL 

(2) 

VSAMP# (4) 

31 

29 

27 

25 

23 

21 

19 

17 

15 

13 

11 

9 

7 

5 

3 

1 

CN3 

32 

30 

28 

26 

24 

22 

20 

18 

16 

14 

12 

10 

8 

6 

4 

2 

1 

3 

R211 

12kJ 

R210 

15kJ 

+ C208 

47u/35V 

D44 

11EQS06 

5.6kJ 1/4W 

+ 

C207 

47u/35V 

2 

R212 

KDS226 

C210 33p 

C211 

1000p 

Q8 

KTC3198 

R214 

15kJ R215 

56kJ 

C VCL 

VCL 

C 

PGND 

FF4-32-S15D5 

AFE_DB#0 

AFE_DB#1 

AFE_DB#2 

AFE_DB#3 

AFE_DB#4 

AFE_DB#5 

AFE_DB#6 

AFE_DB#7 


PGND 

PGND 

AFE_DB#[7..0] 

(4) 

B B 

A A 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

MCU PWB (USB2.0 (FULL) I/F section) (AR-203E only) 11/12 

D D 

R216 24J 

USB_IN 

(4) 

C C 

D45 

ZENER_6.2V 

C212 

100p 

R217 

10kJ 

(D_CONT) 

(4) 

R218 

1.5kJ 

L7 

BLM18BB121SN1D 

BLM18BB121SN1D 

L8 

VCC3 

VCC3 

IC31 

TP567 

MODE 1 

2 

OE# 

3 

RCV 

4 

VP 

5 

VM 

6 

SUSPEND GND 7 

NC 8 

VCC 

9 

SPEED 

12 

VPO 

13 

VMO/FSEO 

D+ 

11 

D- 

10 

14 

R420 N.M. 

R219 N.M. 

TP568 

R220 24J 

R221 33J TP563 

TP569 

R222 24J 

R223 33J TP564 

R224 33J TP565 

C214 

TP566 

0.1u 

(2) OEN 

(2) VPOUT 

(2) VMOUT 

(2) RCV 

(2) VPIN 

(2) VMIN 

SUSPEND 


CN33 

+5V 

D- 

D+ 

GND 

Shield 

1 

2 

3 

4 

TP570 

TP571 

C213 

0.1u 

UBS21-4K2J00(ACON) 

(2) 

USB1T20 

C215 C216 C217 

N.M. N.M. N.M. 

D32 

B HZM6.2Z4MWA(open) 

B 

L9 

0J (1608) 

L16 

0J (1608) 

F.G 

A A 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

MCU PWB (CRUM I/F section) (AR-203E/5420) 12/12 

D D 

To DV Unit 

24V 

R376 N.M. 

(Analog Tonner Sensor) 

CN5 

1 

2 

3 

4 

B4B-PH-K-R 

R368 N.M. 

R369 0J 

TP575 

TP576 

(5) TCS_AN 

(7) TCS 

(7) DVSEL 

EN5V 

VCC3 

R225 

N.M. 

(Red) 

R226 

10kJ 

24V EN5V 

5V 

(CRUMSDTA) 

B 2 

Vcc 

5 

IC32 

3.3V 

To DV Unit with CRUM 

(Analog Tonner Sensor) 

TP573 

A 

1 

R139 

1kJ 

CRUMSDTA 

(1) 

D40 

D39 

C218 

0.1u 

R231 0J 

1 

1 

TP572 

/ASIC_RST 

(1,2,4) 

3 

OE GND 

TC7SBD385AFU(open) 

3 

4 

3 

2 

2 

KDS226 

KDS226 

R200 

10J 

CN9 

R232 

10kJ(open) 

R201 N.M._300J 

(CRUMSDTA) 

(CRUMSCL) 

R202 N.M._300J 

C C 

1 2 

3 4 

5 6 

7 8 

9 10 

N.M._B10B-PHDSS-B 

(White) 

EN5V 

5V 

3.3V 

IC34 

C220 

0.1u 

(CRUMSCL) 

4 

TP574 

5 

1 

2 

3 

CRUMSCL 

(1) 

FB1 

NC7ST08M5X(open) 

F-GND 2 

B B 


0J (1608) 

F-GND 1 

FB2 

0J (1608) 

FB3 

0J (1608) 

F-GND 3 

FB4 

F-GND 4 

A A 

0J (1608) 

PGND 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5

B. MCU PWB (AR-M200/M201) 

E 

D 

C 

B 

A 

MCU PWB (CPU section) (AR-M200/M201) 1/16 

VCC3 

VCC3 

C1 

15PF 

BR3 

/CS0# 

/CS1# 

BR2 

D15 

D14 

BR1 

/STBY 

NMI 

TP2 

R3 0J 

R4 NM 

XTAL 

/WDTOVF 

D13 

/CS2# 

XIN/CLKIN 4 4 

5 

D12 4 

5 

/CS3# 4 

5 4 

TP3 

TP4 

10KJX4 

10KJX4 

10KJX4 

1 

7 

VDD 

XOUT 

8 

VSS 2 

SSCLK 5 

6 

FRSEL 

4 

S0 

3 

S1 

8 

7 

6 

1 

2 

3 

8 

7 

6 

1 

2 

3 

8 

7 

6 

1 

2 

3 

IC1 

C2 

0.1U 

R2 

NM 

R1 

NM 

TP1 

C4 

100P 

C3 

100P 

BR5 

8 

7 

6 

5 

1 

2 

3 

4 

ARB_INT 

(FW) 

CPU_SYNC 

BR4 

D11 

D10 

D9 

D8 

R5 10KJ 

R9 10KJ 

/PRINTST 

/ES_PAGE 

X1 

AT-49 

19.6608MHz 

R8 NM 

8 

7 

6 

5 

1 

2 

3 

4 

CY25811SC 

EXTAL 

R20 330J 

TP5 

R7 

0J 

R6 

NM 

R11 10KJ 

P60 

10KJX4 

10KJX4 

C6 

12P 

C5 15PF 

R12 

TP6 

BR7 

CCD_TG 

8 

7 

6 

5 

1 

2 

3 

4 

D7 

D6 

D5 

D4 

BR6 

22J 

R67 10KJ 

8 

7 

6 

5 

1 

2 

3 

4 

/ES_SRDY 

ES_CMD 

ES_STS 

CPUCLK# (3) 

/RESET1 (5) 

R384 33J 

NM_10KJX4 

10KJX4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

BR10 

4 

3 

2 

1 

CPUCLK 

/RD# 

/HWR# 

/LWR# 

BR9 

D3 

D2 

D1 

D0 

/CS5# 

DMT0 

DMT1 

DMT2 

DMT3 

/PRINTST 

/RD# 

/HWR# 

/LWR# 

8 

7 

6 

5 

1 

2 

3 

4 

R392 10KJ 

/PRINTST 

/RD 

/HWR 

/LWR 

/RES_OA982 

/RES_IOASIC 

/RES_GASIC 

(2) 

(2,3,4,5) 

(3,4) 

(2) 

NM_10KJX4 

/RES_NIC 

POFF 

SDA 

SCL 

DMT0 

DMT1 

DMT2 

DMT3 

DMT0 (7) 

DMT1 (7) 

DMT2 (7) 

DMT3 (7) 

MMCLK (6) 

RESETOUT1 (5) 

/RES_NIC (15) 

BZR (11) 

CRUMSCL (16) 

CRUMSDA (16) 

/CS5 (13) 

C70 

NM 

TP724 

10KJX4 

R13 33J 

R14 33J 

R15 100J 

R16 33J 

R17 33J 

R18 33J 

TP729 

TP734 

TP735 

/RES_OA982 

/RES_IOASIC 

/RES_GASIC 

(9) 

(3) 

(2) 

R19 10KJ 

R21 2KJ 

R23 2KJ 

BR11 

8 

7 

6 

5 

1 

2 

3 

4 

R78 1KJ 

R364 33J 

R22 33J 

/CS5# 

/STBY 

NMI 

RSV_IN0 

P60 

/WDTOVF 

EXTAL 

XTAL 

TP7 

CPUCLK 

ES_STS 

ES_CMD 

/ES_SRDY 

RY/BY 

ES_STS 

ES_CMD 

/ES_SRDY 

RY/BY 

(9) 

(9) 

(9) 

(4) 

10KJX4 

CPU3.3 

BR13 

C9 33P 

C8 33P 

/SCANSP 

/TRANSST 

/SCANST 

BR12 

C7 33P 

SPFMT0 

SPFMT1 

SPFMT2 

SPFMT3 

RY/BY 

3 3 

8 

7 

6 

5 

1 

2 

3 

4 

8 

7 

6 

5 

1 

2 

3 

4 

C10 

NM 

C369 

NM 

TP37 

TP22 

TP23 

TP24 

TP25 

TP26 

TP27 

TP28 

TP29 

TP30 

TP31 

TP32 

TP33 

TP34 

TP35 

TP36 

TP20 

TP21 

TP19 

TP10 

TP11 

TP12 

TP13 

TP14 

TP15 

TP16 

TP17 

TP8 

TP9 

10KJX4 

10KJX4 

IC2 

R24 10KJ 

R53 10KJ 

RxD 

TxD 

CRUMSDA 

/RES_FAX (13) 

/RES_FAX 

SCL (4) 

RxD (12) 

SDA (4) 

TxD (12) 

POFF (6) 

SCL 

RxD 

SDA 

TXD 

POFF 

RTH 

(TCS_AN) 

(6) 

(6) 

R52 10KJ 

R95 10KJ 

R132 10KJ 

R131 10KJ 

R94 10KJ 

R66 10KJ 

R26 10KJ 

/RES_OA982 

/RES_GASIC 

/RES_IOASIC 

/RES_USB20 

TP40 

TP42 

TP44 

TP46 

TP48 

TP49 

TP51 

TP53 

D15 

D14 

D13 

D12 

D11 

D10 

D9 

D8 

D7 

D6 

D5 

D4 

D3 

D2 

D1 

D0 

PROTECT 

R51 33J 

VIDEO# 

(2,5) 

/ES_PAGE 

(PSFANLK) 

/ES_PAGE 

(8) 

(9) 

LCDCONT 

(6) 

/RES_FAX 

/RES_NIC 

P35/SCK1 

64 

P34/SCK0 

63 

P33/RxD1 

62 

P32/RxD0 

61 

P31/TxD1 

60 

P30/TxD0 

59 

VCC 58 

PD7/D15 

57 

PD6/D14 

56 

PD5/D13 

55 

PD4/D12 

54 

Vss 

53 

PD3/D11 

52 

PD2/D10 

51 

PD1/D9 

50 

PD0/D8 

49 

PE7/D7 

48 

PE6/D6 

47 

PE5/D5 

46 

PE4/D4 

45 

Vss 

44 

PE3/D3 

43 

PE2/D2 

42 

PE1/D1 

41 

PE0/D0 

40 

VCC 39 

P53/ADTRG 102 

P52/SCK2 

101 

Vss 

100 

Vss 

99 

P51/RxD2 

98 

P50/TxD2 

97 

PF0/BREQ 96 

PF1/BACK 95 

PF2/LCAS/ WAIT/BREQO 94 

PF3/LWR 93 

PF4/HWR 92 

PF5/RD 91 

PF6/AS 90 

VCC 89 

PF7/0 

88 

Vss 

87 

EXTAL 

86 

XTAL 

85 

VCC 84 

STBY 83 

NMI 

82 

RES 81 

WDTOVF 

80 


79 

P21/PO1/YICOB3 

78 

P22/PO2/TIOCC3 

77 

P23/PO3/TIOCD3 

76 


75 


74 


73 


72 

P63/TEND1 

71 

P62/DREQ1 

70 

P61/TEND0/CS5 

69 

Vss 

68 

Vss 

67 

P60/DREQ0/CS4 

66 

Vss 

65 

1 

2 

3 

4 

8 BR17 

7 33JX4 

6 

5 

TP62 

TP64 

TP66 

TP68 

TP70 

/SCANSP 

/SCANST 

/TRANSST 

SPFMT3 

SPFMT2 

SPFMT1 

SPFMT0 

/RES_USB20 

(2) /SCANSP 

(2) /SCANST 

(2) /TRANSST 

(6) PMCLK 

(5) SPFMT3 

SPFMT2/MIRCNT 

(5) SPFMT1 

(5) SPFMT0 

(10) /RES_USB20 


HD6412321VF25(H8S/2321) 

AVcc 

Vref 

P40/AN0 

P41/AN1 

P42/AN2 

P43/AN3 

P44/AN4 

P45/AN5 

P46/AN6/DA0 

P47/AN7/DA1 

AVss 

Vss 

P17/PO15/TIOCB2/TCLKD 


P15/PO13/TIOCB1/TCLKC 


P13/PO11/TIOCD0/TCLKB 

P12/PO10/TIOCC0/TCLKA 

P11/PO9/TIOCB0/DACK1 

P10/PO8/TIOCA0/DACK0 

MD0 

MD1 

MD2 

PG0/CAS 

PG1/CS3 

PG2/CS2 

103 

104 

105 

106 

107 

108 

109 

110 

111 

112 

113 

114 

115 

116 

117 

118 

119 

120 

121 

122 

123 

124 

125 

126 

127 

128 

TP56 

1 

2 

3 

4 

8 BR19 

7 33JX4 

6 

5 

8 BR16 

7 33JX4 

6 

5 

1 

2 

3 

4 

8 BR18 

7 33JX4 

6 

5 

1 

2 

3 

4 

TP38 

TP41 

TP43 

TP47 

TP50 

TP52 

TP54 

TP55 

TP57 

TP59 

TP61 

TP63 

TP65 

TP67 

TP69 

TP71 

TP72 

TP73 

TP75 

TP77 

C11 NM 

R25 33J 

(5) 

TP74 

TP76 

TP78 

PG3/CS1 

PG4/CS0 

Vss 

NC 

VCC 

PC0/A0 

PC1/A1 

PC2/A2 

PC3/A3 

Vss 

PC4/A4 

PC5/A5 

PC6/A6 

PC7/A7 

PB0/A8 

PB1/A9 

PB2/A10 

PB3/A11 

Vss 

PB4/A12 

PB5/A13 

PB6/A14 

PB7/A15 

PA0/A16 

PA1/A17 

PA2/A18 

PA3/A19 

Vss 

PA4/A20/IRQ4 

PA5/A21/IRQ5 

PA6/A22/IRQ6 

PA7/A23/IRQ7 

P67/CS7/IRQ3 

P66/CS6/IRQ2 

Vss 

Vss 

P65/IRQ1 

P64/IRQ0 

D[15..0] (2,3,4,13) 

/CS3# 

/CS2# 

/CS1# 

/CS0# 

4 

3 

2 

1 

BR20 

5 

6 

7 

8 

/CSIOASIC 

/CSGASIC 

/CSSRAM 

/CSFROM 

(3) 

(2) 

(4) 

(4) 

33JX4 

H8S/2321 

2 TP79 

2 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

29 

30 

31 

32 

33 

34 

35 

36 

37 

38 

TP80 

TP107 

TP108 

TP105 

TP106 

TP101 

TP102 

TP103 

TP93 

TP94 

TP95 

TP96 

TP97 

TP98 

TP99 

TP100 

TP85 

TP86 

TP87 

TP88 

TP89 

TP90 

TP91 

TP92 

TP81 

TP82 

TP83 

TP84 

C13 

NM 

C12 

22P 

ARB_INT (2) 

(FW) (5,9) 

CPU_SYNC (2) 


CCD_TG (2,5) 

(SPPD) (8) 

(PSW) (8) 

ARB_INT 

(FW) 

CPU_SYNC 

CCD_TG 

(SPPD) 

(PSW) 

BR23 

33JX4 

BR22 

33JX4 

BR21 

33JX4 

C15 

NM 

C14 

NM 

8 

7 

6 

5 

8 

7 

6 

5 

8 

7 

6 

5 

1 

2 

3 

4 

BR25 

33JX4 

1 

2 

3 

4 

BR24 

33JX4 

1 

2 

3 

4 

8 

7 

6 

5 

8 

7 

6 

5 

R50 33J 

1 

2 

3 

4 

1 

2 

3 

4 

VCC3 

FB1 

0J 

A20 

A12 

A13 

A14 

A15 

A16 

A17 

A18 

A19 

A4 

A5 

A6 

A7 

A8 

A9 

A10 

A11 

A0 

A1 

A2 

A3 

L1 

NM_ZJSR5101-223TA 

A[20..0] (2,3,4) 

TP109 

CPU3.3 

C19 

10U/10V 

C25 0.1U 

C24 0.1U 

C23 0.1U 

C22 0.1U 

C21 0.1U 

C20 0.1U 

1 1 

E 

D 

C 

B 

A

E 

D 

C 

B 

A 

MCU PWB (ASIC section) (AR-M200/M201) 2/16 

FB2 

NM_0J 

VCC3 

VCC3 

R30 33J 

TP837 

L2 

ZJSR5101-223TA 

VSAMP 

(5) 

G3.3V 

BR26 10KJX4 

4 

5 

3 

6 

2 

7 

1 

8 

/PCLPRO 

/FAXPRO 

/OUTACK 

/INREQ 

R31 33J 

TP879 

CCD_TG 

(1,5) 

R32 33J 

TP878 

CCD_RS 

C36 0.1U 

C35 0.1U 

C34 0.1U 

C28 0.1U 

PIDATA[7..0] (9) 

R33 33J 

TP835 

BSAMP 

4 AFE_SDI 

TP834 

R35 33J 

AFE_SDI 

4 

C33 0.1U 

C32 0.1U 

C31 0.1U 

C30 0.1U 

C29 0.1U 

C27 0.1U 

PIDATA0 

PIDATA1 

PIDATA2 

PIDATA3 

PIDATA4 

PIDATA5 

PIDATA6 

PIDATA7 

BR27 10KJX4 

4 

5 

3 

6 

2 

7 

1 

8 

R34 33J 

CCD_CP 

JTG_TCK 

JTG_TMS 

JTG_TDI 

JTG_TDO 

TP875 

CCD_PHI2 

TP873 

CCD_PHI1 

C47 0.1U 

C46 0.1U 

C45 0.1U 

C44 0.1U 

C43 0.1U 

C42 0.1U 

C41 0.1U 

C40 0.1U 

C39 0.1U 

C38 0.1U 

BR28 33JX4 

1 

8 

2 

7 

3 

6 

4 

5 

1 

8 

2 

7 

3 

6 

4 

5 

BR29 33JX4 

TP874 

R36 33J 

R37 33J 

R38 33J 

TP836 

R40 

AFE_SEN 

/OUTCS 

R39 33J 

TP876 

ADCLK 

R41 33J 

AFE_SCK 

(5) 

(5) 

(5) 

(5) 

(5) 

(5) 

(5) 

(5) 

(5) 

(14) 

C298 12P 

C297 12P 

C296 12P 

C295 12P 

C294 12P 

C293 12P 

C292 12P 

C291 12P 

10KJ 

TP877 

BR30 

AFE_DB[7..0] 

/RESET0 (4,5,9,12) 

33JX4 

8 

7 

6 

5 

C399 

10U/10V 

C37 

10U/10V 

C57 0.1U 

C56 0.1U 

C55 0.1U 

C54 0.1U 

C53 0.1U 

C52 0.1U 

C51 0.1U 

C50 0.1U 

C49 0.1U 

C48 0.1U 

/H_SYNC (9) 

/INREQ 

/OUTCS 

/OUTACK 

/ESPRD 

/FAXPRO 

/PCLPRO 

JTG_TCK 

JTG_TMS 

JTG_TDI 

JTG_TDO 

33JX4 

8 

7 

6 

5 

TP848 1 

TP847 2 

TP846 3 

TP845 4 

BR32 

TP844 1 

TP843 2 

TP842 3 

TP841 4 

AFE_DB7 

AFE_DB6 

AFE_DB5 

AFE_DB4 

AFE_DB3 

AFE_DB2 

AFE_DB1 

AFE_DB0 

C64 C65 C66 C67 C68 

47P 47P NM 47P NM 

C63 

NM 

C62 

47P 

C61 

47P 

C60 

47P 

C59 

47P 

C58 

47P 

G3.3V 

CL 

(14) 

C401 

10U/10V 

C400 

10U/10V 

C69 0.1U 

TP134 

TP135 

TP136 

TP137 

TP138 

TP139 

TP130 

TP131 

TP132 

TP133 

TP364 

TP351 

TP140 

TP462 

TP403 

TP402 

TP382 

TP486 

TP471 

TP468 

TP495 

TP493 

TP490 

TP507 

TP500 

TP498 

TP630 

TP628 

TP627 

TP325 

TP270 

TP738 

TP737 

TP736 

TP740 

TP739 

TP742 

TP741 

TP121 

TP122 

TP123 

TP124 

TP125 

TP126 

TP127 

TP128 

TP129 

TP120 

TP119 

TP111 

TP112 

TP113 

TP114 

TP115 

TP116 

TP117 

TP118 

TP110 

VCC3 

1 

8 AFE_DB7 

2 

7 AFE_DB6 

3 

6 AFE_DB5 

4 

5 AFE_DB4 

BR31 10KJX4 

1 

8 AFE_DB3 

2 

7 AFE_DB2 

3 

6 AFE_DB1 

4 

5 AFE_DB0 

BR33 10KJX4 

R42 10KJ AFE_SDI 

IC4 

VCC3 

MM_BI0 

/POREQ (9) 

MM_BI1 

(6) MM_Y3 

MM_BI2 

(6) MM_Y2 

/PIWR (9) 

MM_AI0 

(6) MM_Y1 

/PIACK (9) 

/POACK (9) 

PODATA[7..0] (9) 

MM_AI1 

(7) MM_PH_B 

/PIREQ (9) 

MM_AI2 

MM_BI0 

(7) MM_BI0 

MM_BI1 

(7) MM_BI1 

MM_BI2 

PODATA0 

PODATA1 

VCC3 

(7) MM_PH_A 

MM_AI0 

TP157 

PODATA2 

(7) MM_AI0 

MM_AI1 

PODATA3 

(4) MAD[12..0] 

(7) MM_AI1 

MM_AI2 TP160 

PODATA4 

PODATA5 

/PR_LINE (9) 

MAD3 TP817 

PODATA6 

MAD2 

PODATA7 

/SC_LINE (9) 

MAD1 TP819 

MAD0 

/TRANSST (1) 

MAD10 TP821 

/PRINTST (1) 

TP173 

(4) BANK1 

/SCANST (1) 

RCV 

(4) BANK0 

VPIN 

(4) /SDCS 

VMIN 

VCC3 

(4) /SDRAS 

(4) /SDCAS 

(4) /SDWDE 

(4) RAMDB[15..0] 

(4) DQM0 

MEM_INT R356 10KJ 

PARAD[7..0] (15) 

CLKSW 

RAMDB7 

/POREQ 

RAMDB6 

PARAD0 

/PIREQ 

RAMDB7 

RAMDB5 

PARAD1 

RAMDB6 

RAMDB4 

PARAD2 

RAMDB5 

ASIC 

TP195 

PARAD3 

RAMDB4 

RAMDB3 

PARAD4 

PODATA0 

RAMDB2 

HG73C141HFV(LF) 

PARAD5 

PODATA1 

RAMDB1 

PARAD6 

PODATA2 

RAMDB3 

RAMDB0 

PARAD7 

PODATA3 

RAMDB2 

TP204 /REV 

RAMDB1 

RAMDB15 

/REV_O (15) 

RAMDB0 

RAMDB14 

/FAULT 

/FAULT_O (15) 

RAMDB13 

/ACK 

PODATA4 

/ACK_O (15) 

RAMDB12 TP865 

BUSY 

PODATA5 

BUSY_O (15) 

RAMDB15 

PE 

PODATA6 

PE_O (15) 

RAMDB14 

RAMDB11 

PODATA7 

RAMDB13 

RAMDB10 

SLCT 

SLCT_O (15) 

RAMDB12 

RAMDB9 

RAMDB8 

/INIT 

VCC3 

/INIT_I (15) 

/SLCTIN 

/SLCTIN_I (15) 

RAMDB11 

/AUTOFD 

(4) DQM1 

/AUTOFD_I (15) 

RAMDB10 

/STB 

(4) SDCKE 

/STB_I (15) 

RAMDB9 

RCV 

RAMDB8 

TP226 

VPIN 

VCC3 VCC3 

VCC3 

VMIN 

/SCANSP (1) 

MAD12 

MAD11 

OP_CLK (5) 

MAD9 

MAD8 

PARAD0 

OP_LATCH (5) 

PARAD1 

OP_DATA (5) 

MAD7 

TP236 

PARAD2 

MAD6 

TM (5) 

PARAD3 

MAD5 

TM_ (5) 

MAD4 

VCC(CORE) 

86 

/IMC_READY (9) 

PFCLK 

PARAD4 

RAM_CLK_OUT 

OUTP13B KEYSC3 (5) 

PARAD5 

SDCLK 

R59 

KEYSC2 (5) 

PARAD6 

33J 

KEYSC1 (5) 

PARAD7 

SPFON (5) 

R61 

C74 

MIRON (5) 

10KJ 

NM 

MPFS (6) 

/INIT 

/SLCTIN 

HL (6) 

/AUTOFD 

TP250 

PR (6) 

/STB 

CPFS2 (6) 

84 

OUTP12B 83 

OUTP10B 81 

OUTP09B 80 

OUTP08B 79 

GND(CORE) 

78 

OUTP07B 77 

OUTP06B 76 

OUTP11B 82 

OUTP05B 75 

OUTP14B 85 

TSP_MODE 96 

OPE_CLK 92 

/TM 87 

TM 88 

OPE_DATA 89 

OPE_LATCH 90 

/SCANSP 

VCC(AC) 

93 

GND(AC) 

91 

94 

IE1284_STB 

TSO0 

95 

97 

IE1284_AUTOFD 98 

IE1284_SLCTIN 

VCC(CORE) 

99 

100 

IE1284_PE 

GND(CORE) 

103 

IE1284_SLCT 

102 

IE1284_INIT 

101 

104 

IE1284_BUSY 105 

IE1284_ACK 106 

IE1284_REV 

VCC(CORE) 

108 

IE1284_FAULT 

107 

109 

SUSPEND 

IE1284_PARAD0 

118 

IE1284_PARAD1 

117 

VCC(AC) 

116 

IE1284_PARAD2 

115 

IE1284_PARAD3 

114 

IE1284_PARAD4 

113 

IE1284_PARAD5 

112 

IE1284_PARAD6 

111 

IE1284_PARAD7 

110 

119 

OEN 

GND(AC) 

120 

121 

VMIN 

GND(CORE) 

124 

VPOUT 

123 

VMOUT 

122 

125 

VPIN 126 

RCV 127 

/POREQ 

/SCANST 

128 

148 

VCC(AC) 

147 

/PIWT 

146 

/PIACK 145 

GND(AC) 

144 

/POACK 143 

/PIREQ 142 

GND(CORE) 

141 

PODATA0 

140 

PODATA1 

139 

PODATA2 

138 

PODATA3 

137 

PODATA4 

136 

PODATA5 

135 

PODATA6 

134 

PODATA7 

133 

VCC(CORE) 

132 

/TRANSST 

131 

/RECEPTST 

130 

/PRINTST 

129 

256 

RAM_DATA4 

RAM_DATA5 

255 RAM_DATA6 

254 RAM_DATA7 

253 GND(AC) 

252 RAM_DQM0 

251 RAM_WDE 

250 VCC(AC) 

249 RAM_CAS 

248 RAM_RAS 

247 RAM_CS 



244 VCC(CORE) 

243 RAM_MAD10 

242 RAM_MAD0 

241 RAM_MAD1 

240 GND(CORE) 

239 RAM_MAD2 

238 RAM_MAD3 

237 GND(AC) 

236 MM_AI2 

235 MM_AI1 

234 MM_AI0 

233 MM_PH_A 

231 

MM_BI2 

232 

MM_BI1 

223 

GND(CORE) 

225 

MM_Y2 

226 

MM_Y1 

229 

MM_BI0 

230 

MM_PH_B 

228 VCC(CORE) 

BR34 10KJX4 

1 

8 

TP141 

R44 33J 

2 

7 

TP142 224 

MM_Y3 

3 

6 

TP143 

TP144 

1 

8 

4 

5 

TP145 

TP146 

2 

7 

227 

3 

6 

R45 10KJ 

TP147 

TP148 

4 

5 

R46 10KJ 

TP149 

TP150 

BR35 33JX4 

TP151 

TP152 

TP153 

TP154 

TP155 

TP156 

TP158 

TP159 

TP161 

TP162 

R47 

R48 10J 

1 

8 

TP163 

TP164 

TP818 

10KJ 

2 

7 

TP165 

TP166 

R49 10J 

3 

6 

TP820 4 

5 

TP167 

TP168 

BR36 33JX4 

TP169 

TP170 

1 

8 

TP171 

TP172 

2 

7 

3 

6 

TP174 

TP175 

4 

5 

TP176 

TP177 

BR37 33JX4 

TP178 

TP179 

1 

8 

TP180 

2 

7 

TP181 

TP182 

3 

6 

TP183 

4 

5 

TP184 

TP185 

BR38 33JX4 

TP186 

TP891 

TP187 

TP885 

R357 10KJ 

TP854 

1 

8 

TP188 

TP189 

R358 10KJ 

BR41 10KJX4 

TP855 

2 

7 

TP190 TP191 

1 

8 

R359 10KJ 

1 

8 

TP856 

3 

6 

TP192 

2 

7 

2 

7 

TP857 

4 

5 

TP193 

TP194 

3 

6 

3 

6 

BR39 33JX4 

257 

GND(CORE) 

4 

5 

BR52 10KJX4 

4 

5 

TP858 

1 

8 

TP196 258 

TP197 

TP198 

RAM_DATA3 

1 

8BR40 

33JX4 

1 

8 

TP859 

2 

7 

259 

TP199 

RAM_DATA2 

2 

7 

2 

7 

BR45 10KJX4 

TP860 

3 

6 

TP200 260 

TP201 

TP861 

RAM_DATA1 

3 

6 

3 

6 

1 

8 

4 

5 

TP202 261 

TP203 

RAM_DATA0 

4 

5 

4 

5 

2 

7 

BR42 33JX4 

262 

BR43 33JX4 

TP862 

TP205 

GND(AC) 

3 

6 

1 

8 

263 

R54 33J 

TP206 

RAM_DATA15 

4 

5 

TP863 

2 

7 

264 

TP207 

BR55 10KJX4 

RAM_DATA14 

1 

8 

TP864 

3 

6 

265 

TP208 

VCC(CORE) 

2 

7 

1 

8 

BR49 10KJX4 

4 

5 

TP209 266 

TP210 

RAM_DATA13 

3 

6 

2 

7 

1 

8 

BR44 33JX4 

TP211 267 

TP212 

TP213 

RAM_DATA12 

4 

5 

3 

6 

2 

7 

TP866 

1 

8 

268 

BR47 33JX4 

RAM_DATA11 

4 

5 

3 

6 

TP867 

2 

7 

TP214 269 

TP215 

R55 33J 

RAM_DATA10 

4 

5 

TP868 

3 

6 

TP216 270 

TP217 

TP869 

RAM_DATA9 

4 

5 

TP218 271 

TP219 

BR53 10KJX4 

RAM_DATA8 

1 

8 

BR48 33JX4 

272 

VCC(CORE) 

2 

7 

1 

8 

1 

8 

TP220 273 

TP221 

RAM_DQM1 

3 

6 

2 

7 

2 

7 

TP222 274 

TP223 

BR57 10KJX4 

RAM_CKE 

4 

5 

3 

6 

3 

6 

275 

TP224 

BR46 33JX4 

GND(AC) 

1 

8 

4 

5 

4 

5 

TP225 276 

BR51 82JX4 

RAM_CLK_OUT 

2 

7 

277 

TP227 

TP228 

GND(CORE) 

3 

6 

TP822 

1 

8 

278 

TP823 

TP229 

RAM_MAD12 

4 

5 

2 

7 

279 

TP230 

TP824 

RAM_MAD11 

3 

6 

TP231 280 

BR58 10KJX4 

TP825 

RAM_MAD9 

4 

5 

281 

TP232 

C351 

VCC(CORE) 

1 

8 

BR54 33JX4 

TP233 282 

TP234 

R56 

R57 

R58 

TP235 

RAM_MAD8 

2 

7 

TP826 

1 

8 

283 

10KJ 

NM 

NM 

NM 

RAM_MAD7 

3 

6 

TP827 

2 

7 

284 

TP237 

TP828 

TP238 

VCC(AC) 

4 

5 

3 

6 

285 

TP829 

TP239 

RAM_MAD6 

4 

5 

286 

TP240 

BR59 10KJX4 

BR56 33JX4 

TP241 

RAM_MAD5 

287 

TP242 

TP743 

RAM_MAD4 

1 

8 

288 

TP243 

GND(AC) 

2 

7 

289 

TP244 

CPUDATA15 

3 

6 

290 

TP245 

CPUDATA14 

4 

5 

291 

TP246 

R60 

R62 

CPUDATA13 

292 

TP247 

NM 

10KJ 

BR60 10KJX4 

CPUDATA12 

293 

CPUDATA11 

1 

8 

294 

TP248 

CPUDATA10 

2 

7 

295 

TP249 

CPUDATA9 

3 

6 

296 

CPUDATA8 

4 

5 

VCC(CORE) 

192 

/INREQ 191 

/OUTCS 190 

/OUTACK 189 

/ESPRD 188 

/FAXPRD 187 

/PCLPRD 186 

GND(AC) 

185 

MDAT15 

184 

MDAT14 

183 

MDAT13 

182 

VCC(CORE) 

181 

MDAT12 

180 

MDAT11 

179 

MDAT10 

178 

VCC(AC) 

177 

MDAT09 

176 

MDAT08 

175 

MDAT07 

174 

GND(CORE) 

173 

MDAT06 

172 

MDAT05 

171 

MDAT04 

170 

VCC(CORE) 

169 

MDAT03 

168 

MDAT02 

167 

MDAT01 

166 

MDAT00 

165 

GND(AC) 

164 

/INCS 163 

/INACK 162 

/OUTREQ 161 

GND(CORE) 

160 

/HSYNC 159 

PIDATA0 

158 

PIDATA1 

157 

PIDATA2 

156 

VCC(AC) 

155 

PIDATA3 

154 

PIDATA4 

153 

PIDATA5 

152 

PIDATA6 

151 

PIDATA7 

150 

/POCS 149 

CLPWM 

VCC(AC) 

221 

AFE_DB0 

220 

AFE_DB1 

219 

AFE_DB2 

218 

AFE_DB3 

217 

AFE_DB4 

216 

AFE_DB5 

215 

222 

AFE_DB6 

214 

AFE_DB7 

213 

GND(AC) 

212 

AFESCK 211 

VCC(CORE) 

210 

ADCLK 209 

GND(CORE) 

208 

AFE_SEN 207 

CCD_PH1 

206 

CCD_PH2 

205 

AFE_SDI 

204 

CCD_CP 203 

BSAMP 202 

CCD_RS 201 

CCD_TG 200 

VSAMP 199 

GND(CORE) 

198 

TD0 

197 

TRSK 195 

TDI 

196 

TCK 193 

TMS 194 

3 3 


VCC3 

2 2 

(4) 

1 

CPU_DATA7 

2 

CPU_DATA6 

3 

CPU_DATA5 

4 

CPU_DATA4 

5 

VCC(AC) 

6 

CPU_DATA3 

7 

CPU_DATA2 

8 

CPU_DATA1 

9 

CPU_DATA0 

10 

GND(AC) 

11 

MIRCNT 

12 

/CPUSYNC 

13 

MEM_INT 

14 

ARB_INT 

15 

VCC(CORE) 

16 

CPU_AD8 

17 

CPU_AD7 

18 

CPU_AD6 

19 

CPU_AD5 

20 

GND(CORE) 

21 

RAM_CLK_IN 

22 

CPU_AD4 

23 

CPU_AD3 

24 

CPU_AD2 

25 

CPU_AD1 

26 

CPU_AD0 

27 

/CPUCS 

28 

SFCLK48 

29 

GND(CORE) 

30 

/CPUWR 

31 

/CPURD 

32 

/RESET 

34 

PFCLK 

35 

CLKSW 

36 

GND(CORE) 

37 

PFCLKOUT 

38 

PFCLKIN 

39 

GND(PLL) 

40 

VCC(PLL) 

41 

GND(PLL) 

42 

VCC(PLL) 

43 

TM2_15M 

44 

/SYNC 

45 

GND(AC) 

46 

/VIDEO 

47 

/LEND 

48 

VCC(AC) 

49 

OUTP00A 

51 

OUTP02A 

52 

OUTP03A 

53 

OUTP04A 

54 

OUTP05A 

55 

OUTP06A 

57 

VCC(CORE) 

OUTP15A 

56 

58 

OUTP07A 

59 

OUTP08A 

60 

GND(CORE) 

61 

OUTP09A 

62 

OUTP10A 

63 

OUTP11A 

64 

OUTP12A 

68 

OUTP00B 

69 

GND(AC) 

72 

OUTP03B 

OUTP14A 

67 VCC(CORE) 

66 OUTP13A 

65 

74 

VCC(AC) 

OUTP04B 

33 

VCC(CORE) 

50 

OUTP01A 

70 

OUTP01B 

71 

OUTP02B 

73 

R63 NM_33J 

SFCLK48A SFCLK48 

TP892 

1 1 

C77 

NM_12P 

SFCLK48B 

VCC3 

R70 0J 

PFCLKOUT 

VCC3 

PFCLKIN 

CPFS1 (6) 

VCC3 

MRPS3 (6) 

MRPS2 (6) 

MRPS1 (6) 

IC9 

LDEN (6) 

(5) MIRCNT 

TP727 

(1,5) VIDEO# 

RRS (6) 

XIN/CLKIN 

(1) CPU_SYNC 

(6) /LEND 

PTPULSE (6) 

S1 

S0 

(1) ARB_INT 

(1) /CSGASIC 

R69 

(6) MMD 

GASIC_READY (12) 

TP256 

S1 

(1) /LWR 

SYNC# 

(6) PMD 

RSV_OUT0 

(/SYNC) (5) 

(1,3,4,5) /RD 

(6) TC 

RSV_OUT1 

R73 

C411 

CY25814SC 

10J 

(6) GRIDL 

TP260 RSV_OUT2 

NM 

0.1U 

(6) MC 

TP261 

(6) BIAS 

FWREN (5) 

(3,5) (/ASIC_RST) 

(6) VFMCNT_12V 

(1,3,4,13) D[15..0] 

(1,3,4) A[20..0] 

(6) VFM_24V 

(1) /RES_GASIC 

(9) /FPOFF 

1 

7 

VDD 

XOUT 

8 

VSS 2 

SSCLK 5 

TP719 

X2 

8 

C76 

VCC OUTPUT 

5 

0.1U 

R68 0J TP252 

1 

N.C. GND 

NM_SG8002DC(48MHz) 

R75 

NM 

6 

TP257 

FRSEL 

4 

TP872 

S0 

3 

S1 

TP881 

R134 NM 

4 

FB3 

0J 

TP251 

X5 

AT-49(18.3856MHz) 

TP720 

C107 C108 

R314 

0J 

10P 12P 

R92 

TP254 

NM 

TP882 

TP746 

TP255 

TP259 

R79 

TP747 

0J 

C80 

47P 

C97 

R133 33J 

1000P 

C75 

22000P 

R65 33J 

SYNC# 

PFCLKOUT 

PFCLKIN 

RAM_CLK_OUT 

A5 

A4 

A3 

D3 

D2 

D1 

D0 

D7 

D6 

D5 

D4 

PFCLK 

CLKSW 

SFCLK48 

D15 

D14 

D13 

D12 

D11 

D10 

D9 

D8 

A2 

A1 

A7 

A6 

A9 

A8 

MEM_INT 

C402 12P 

TP253 

SFCLK48A 

TP258 

SFCLK48B 

C375 12P 

X7 

AT-49(12MHz) 

E 

D 

C 

B 

A

E 

D 

C 

B 

A 

MCU PWB (I/O ASIC section) (AR-M200/M201) 3/16 

4 4 

IO ASIC 

3 3 

RSV_OUT15 

RSV_OUT14 

RSV_OUT13 

RSV_OUT12 

RSV_OUT11 

RSV_OUT10 

RSV_OUT9 

RSV_OUT8 

TP262 

TP263 

TP264 

TP265 

TP266 

TP267 

TP268 

TP269 

VCC3 

FB13 

0J 

INFOLED (11) 

PSL (11) 

SPUS (7) 

SRVC (7) 

SELIN1 

SELIN2 

SELIN3 

(11) 

(11) 

(11) 

L15 


KEYIN 

(11) 

RSV_OUT17 

RSV_OUT16 

IOIC3.3V 

IOIC3.3V 

(RSV_SOL) (7) 

PSFM (6) 

TP275 

TP276 

TP277 

TP278 

TP279 

TP306 

TP280 

TP281 

TP636 

TP271 

TP272 

TP273 

TP274 

C304 

10U/10V 

C700 0.1U 

C663 0.1U 

C569 0.1U 

C574 0.1U 

C660 0.1U 

C575 0.1U 

C662 0.1U 

C568 0.1U 

IC52 

GND 76 

GND 

YIN(PD50K)(5VFS) 

99 

SELC(OD,5VFS) 

98 

SELB(OD,5VFS) 

97 

SELA(OD,5VFS) 

96 

gnd 

95 

XCE_EXT 

94 

PORTG0(PD50K) 

93 

PORTG1(PD50K) 

92 

PORTG2(PD50K) 

91 

PORTG3(PD50K) 

90 

PORTG4(PD50K) 

89 

PORTG5(PD50K) 

88 

PORTG6(PD50K) 

87 

PORTG7(PD50K) 

86 

vdd 

85 

PORTF0(PD50K) 

84 

PORTF1(PD50K) 

83 

PORTF2(PD50K) 

82 

PORTF3(PD50K) 

81 

PORTF4(PD50K) 

80 

PORTF5(PD50K) 

79 

PORTF6(PD50K) 

78 

PORTF7(PD50K) 

77 

100 

1 

VDD 

(1) CPUCLK# 

2 

PHICLK 

LCDDB4 (5) 

3 

gnd 

LCDDB5 (5) 

(1) /CSIOASIC 

4 

XCE0(PU50K) 

LCDDB6 (5) 

(1,2,4) A[20..0] 

5 

CE1(PU50K) 

LCDDB7 (5) 

(1,2,4,5) /RD 

6 

XOE(PU50K) 

LCDE (5) 

(1,4) /HWR 

7 

A4 

XWR(PU50K) 

LCDRS (5) 

8 

A3 

A4(PU50K) 

/ES_CRDY (9) 

9 

A2 

A3(PU50K) 

MCNT (6) 

10 

A1 

A2(PU50K) 

11 

A0 

TP294 

A1(PU50K) 

SFTMT0 (7) 

12 

A0(PU50K) 

SFTMT1 (7) 

13 

XRST(Sch) 

SFTMT2 (7) 

(1,2,4,13) D[15..0] 

14 

SC65892(IO ASIC) 

D15 

vdd 

SFTMT3 (7) 

15 

D14 

D7(PU50K) 

16 

TP299 

D6(PU50K) 

17 

SMC(SCAN)(PD50K) 

18 

SIN(SCAN)(PD50K) 

19 

SOUT(SCAN) 

20 

AMC(SCAN)(PD50K) 

(PMRDY) (8) 

21 

(MMLD) (8) 

D13 

SCK(SCAN) 

22 

(FANLK) (8) 

D12 

D5(PU50K) 

23 

THOPEN (6) 

D11 

D4(PU50K) 

24 

D3(PU50K) 

25 

VDD 

VDD 51 

VDD 

PORTE0(PD50K) 

74 

PORTE1(PD50K) 

73 

PORTE2(PD50K) 

72 

PORTE3(PD50K) 

71 

PORTE4(PD50K) 

70 

PORTE5(PD50K) 

69 

PORTE6(PD50K) 

68 

PORTE7(PD50K) 

67 

gnd 

66 

PORTD0(PD50K) 

65 

PORTD1(PD50K) 

64 

PORTD2(PD50K) 

63 

PORTD3(PD50K) 

62 

PORTD4(PD50K) 

61 

PORTD5(PD50K) 

60 

PORTD6(PD50K) 

59 

PORTD7(PD50K) 

58 

gnd 

57 

PORTC0(PD50K) 

56 

PORTC1(PD50K) 

55 

PORTC2(PD50K) 

54 

PORTC3(PD50K) 

53 

PORTC4(PD50K) 

52 

75 

TP282 

TP283 

TP284 

TP285 

TP286 

TP287 

TP288 

TP289 

TP290 

TP291 

TP292 

TP293 

TP295 

TP296 

TP811 

C98 

TP297 

TP298 

1000P 

TP300 

TP301 

TP635 

TP832 

TP302 

TP303 

TP304 

TP305 

R135 

33J 

R136 

NM 

(2,5) (/ASIC_RST) 

(1) /RES_IOASIC 


2 2 

RSV_IN2 

GND 

D2(PU50K) 

D1(PU50K) 

D0(PU50K) 

PORTA7(PD50K)(5VFS) 








vdd 

PORTB7(PD50K)(5VFS) 








PORTC7(PD50K) 

PORTC6(PD50K) 

PORTC5(PD50K) 

GND 

VCC3 

R706 

NM_10KJ 

VCC3 

1 2 

26 

27 

28 

29 

30 

31 

32 

33 

34 

35 

36 

37 

38 

39 

40 

41 

42 

43 

44 

45 

46 

47 

48 

49 

50 

R707 

4.7KJ 

R10 

4.7KJ 

/ES_CRDY 

BL (11) 

RSV_IN1 

MSU_ST1 

MSU_ST1 (13) 

TP314 

TP315 

TP316 

TP317 

TP318 

TP319 

TP320 

TP321 

TP322 

TP323 

TP324 

TP307 

TP308 

TP309 

TP815 

TP310 

TP311 

TP312 

TP313 

D8 

D9 

D10 

LCDE 

LCDRS 

DSWS (8) 

(TCS) (8) 

DVS1 (8) 

(PD1) (8) 

(PD2) (8) 

(SCOD) (8) 

(SRJD) (8) 

(MFD) (8) 

1 1 

R263 NM_10KJ 

R122 NM_10KJ 

(PPD1) (8) 

(PPD2) (8) 

(PPD3) (8) 

(POD) (8) 

(SPID) (8) 

(CED1) (8) 

(CED2) (8) 

(DRST) (8) 

E 

D 

C 

B 

A

E 

D 

C 

B 

A 

MCU PWB (Memory section) (AR-M200/M201) 4/16 

FlashROM VPP Controll 

4 4 

VCC3 

Serial EE-PROM 

VCC3 

VCC3 VCC3 

J1,J2 

C82 

0.1U 

R74 

10KJ 

1 

2 

3 

VPP 

(9) 

TP889 

IC5 

E0 

1 

E1 

2 

E2 

3 

VSS 

CAT24WC08LI 

4 

5 

SDA 

SCL 

6 WC 

7 VCC 

8 

R76 100J 

SCL 

SDA 

(1) 

(1) 

R77 

NM 

R80 NM 

RAMDB[15..0] (2) 

3 3 

VCC3 

VCC3 

VCC3 

A[20..0] 

(1,2,3) 

IC6 

1 

RAMDB0 

VCC 

VSS 

2 

RAMDB15 

DQ0 

DQ15 

53 

RAMDB1 

4 

RAMDB14 

RAMDB2 

DQ1 

DQ14 

51 

5 

RAMDB13 

DQ2 

DQ13 

50 

RAMDB3 

7 

RAMDB12 

RAMDB4 

DQ3 

DQ12 

48 

8 

RAMDB11 

DQ4 

DQ11 

47 

RAMDB5 

10 

RAMDB10 

RAMDB6 

DQ5 

DQ10 

45 

11 

RAMDB9 

DQ6 

DQ9 

44 

RAMDB7 13 

RAMDB8 

DQ7 

DQ8 

42 

TP850 

(2) DQM0 

TP851 

(2) /SDWDE 

DQM1 (2) 

TP813 

TP816 

(2) /SDCAS 

SDCLK (2) 

TP840 

TP812 

(2) /SDRAS 

SDCKE (2) 

TP838 

TP852 

(2) /SDCS 

(2) BANK0 

20 

TP839 

BA0 

(2) BANK1 

MAD10 

A9 

34 

22 

MAD0 

A10 

A8 

33 

23 

MAD1 

A0 

A7 

32 

24 

MAD2 

A1 

A6 

31 

25 

MAD3 

A2 

A5 

30 

26 

A3 

A4 

29 

27 

VCC 

54 

VSS 28 

9 

VCCQ 

VSS 41 

VCCQ 43 

VCCQ 49 

6 

VSSQ 

VSSQ 

12 

VSSQ 

46 

VSSQ 52 

15 

LDQM 

UDQM 39 

16 

WE 

17 

CAS 

18 

RAS 

CLKE 

19 

CS 

37 

CLK 38 

NC 40 

NC 36 

3 

VCCQ 

14 

VCC 

TP849 

R85 0J 

TP853 

A11 

35 

21 

BA1 

VCC3 

R84 

10KJ 

R83 10KJ 

R82 NM 

R81 NM 

D8 

D9 

D10 

D11 

D12 

D13 

D14 

D15 

MAD12 

MAD11 

MAD9 

MAD8 

MAD7 

MAD6 

MAD5 

MAD4 

A0 

A1 

A2 

A3 

A4 

A5 

A6 

A7 

A8 

A9 

A10 

A11 

A12 

A13 

A14 

A15 

A16 


A17 

D15 

D7 

D14 

D6 

D13 

D5 

D12 

D4 

TP326 

TP328 

TP330 

TP331 

TP333 

TP335 

TP337 

TP339 

TP341 

TP344 

TP346 

TP347 

D11 

D3 

D10 

D2 

D9 

D1 

D8 

D0 

/RD (1,2,3,5) 

TP327 

TP329 

TP332 

TP334 

TP336 

TP338 

TP340 

TP342 

TP343 

TP345 

TP348 

TP350 

TP352 

TP354 

TP356 

TP358 

TP360 

TP362 

R86 NM 

VCC3 

VCC3 

TP353 

TP355 

TP357 

TP359 

TP361 

TP363 

TP365 

TP366 

TP368 

RY/BY 

(1) 

C83 

NM 

A16 

A15 

A14 

A13 

A12 

A11 

A10 

A9 

A20 

(1,3) /HWR 

(2,5,9,12) /RESET0 

(9) 

VPP 

A19 

A18 

A8 

A7 

A6 

A5 

A4 

A3 

A2 

C84 C85 

0.1U 0.1U 

TP367 

TP369 

IC7 

24 

A1 

A0 

25 

S29AL016D70TFI020 

A2 

23 A3 

22 A4 

21 A5 

20 A6 

19 A7 

8 

A8 

18 

A9 

7 A10 

6 A11 

5 A12 

4 A13 

3 A14 

2 A15 

1 

A16 

48 

GND 

DQ15 

45 

DQ7 

44 

DQ14 

43 

DQ6 

42 

DQ13 

41 

9 

A19 

DQ5 

40 

10 

NC 

DQ12 

39 

DQ4 

38 

DQ11 

36 

DQ3 

35 

DQ10 

34 

16 

A18 

DQ2 

33 

17 

A17 

DQ9 

32 

DQ1 

31 

DQ8 

30 

DQ0 

29 

46 

GND 27 

VCC 37 

BYTE 

13 

VPP 

47 

OE 28 

CE 26 

11 

WE 

12 

RP 

14 

WP 

15 

RY/BY 

6 

7 

10 

11 

22 

23 

26 

27 

I/O0 

I/O1 

I/O2 

I/O3 

I/O4 

I/O5 

I/O6 

I/O7 

TP888 

TP349 

VDD 8 

VDD 24 

IC8 

1 

A0 

2 

A1 

3 

A2 

4 

A3 

13 

A4 

14 

A5 

15 

A6 

16 

A7 

17 

A8 

18 

A9 

19 

A10 

20 

A11 

21 

A12 

29 

A13 

30 

A14 

31 

A15 

32 

A16 

SDRAM (16bit x 4bank) 

2 2 

/CSFROM (1) 

A1 

CS1 

OE 

WE 

5 

28 

12 

TP726 

GND 9 

GND 25 

/CSSRAM 

/RD 

/HWR 

(1) 

(1,2,3,5) 

(1,3) 

A17 

A1 

VCC3 

C95 

0.1U 

C94 

0.1U 

C93 

0.1U 

C92 

0.1U 

C91 

0.1U 

C90 

0.1U 

C89 

0.1U 

C355 NM 

C354 NM 

C87 22000P 

C86 NM 

IS63LV1024L-12J-TR 

C88 

0.1U 

R88 NM 

C353 NM 

C352 NM 

MAD[12..0] (2) 

D[15..0] 

(1,2,3,13) 

1 1 

E 

D 

C 

B 

A

E 

D 

C 

B 

A 

MCU PWB (Driver section 1) (AR-M200/M201) 5/16 

5V VCC3 

5V 3.3V 

Reset Circuit 

TP814 /RESET# 

(2,4,9,12) /RESET0 

VCC3 VCC3 

/RESET1 (1) 

4 4 

R89 

NM 

IC11 

Vcc 

5 

TP376 

(11) /SYNC 

1 

TP377 R91 33J 

A1 Y1 

6 

(/SYNC) (2) 

TP381 


3 

A2 Y2 

4 


C99 

47P 

C311 NM 

C310 0.01U 

3.3V 

VCC3 3.3V 

IC13 

VCC 

(2) OP_CLK 

2 

TP370 R96 33J 

1A1 1Y1 

18 

(OP_CLK) (11) 

(2) OP_DATA 

4 

TP371 R97 33J 

1A2 1Y2 

16 

(OP_DATA) (11) 

(2) OP_LATCH 

6 

TP372 

1A3 1Y3 

14 

(OP_LATCH) (11) 

8 

1A4 1Y4 

12 

/FAX_RST (13) 

TP374 

(9,10) /OP_RST 

11 

2A1 2Y1 

9 

/NIC_RST (15) 

13 

TP375 

/RESET# R121 100J 

TP378 

2A2 2Y2 

7 

15 

TP379 

R119 1KJ 

2A3 2Y3 

5 

TP380 R101 100J TP833 

R120 33J 

(16) /ASIC_RST 

17 

2A4 2Y4 

3 

(/ASIC_RST) (2,3) 

1 

1G 

19 

2G 

C105 

C104 

74LCX244 

0.1U 

NM 

20 

R98 33J 

TP373 

10 

GND 

R27 

100KJ 

C96 

0.1U 

GND 2 

NC7WZ17 

/RESET0 (2,4,9,12) 

TP383 

4 

3.3V VCC3 

3.3V 

TP786 

C17 

0.01U 

IC3 

VDD VOUT 

GND CT 

BU4212F 

2 

3 

1 

C290 C16 

1U 0.1U 

C18 

NM 

MIRCNT 

(2) 

VCC3 

3.3V 3.3V 

VCC3 

R93 

10KJ 

IC14 

Vcc 

5 

TP393 R100 33J 

(11) FW 

1 

A1 Y1 

6 

(FW) (1,9) 

3 

TP394 

A2 Y2 

4 

ASIC Reset 

(SPFMT0) (7) 

(SPFMT1) (7) 

(SPFMT2) (7) 

(SPFMT3) (7) 

4 

3 

2 

1 

BR61 

5 

6 

7 

8 

TP384 

TP385 

TP387 

TP388 

TP389 

TP390 

TP391 

IC16 

VCC 

1A1 1Y1 

18 

1A2 1Y2 

16 

1A3 1Y3 

14 

1A4 1Y4 

12 

2A1 2Y1 

9 

2A2 2Y2 

7 

2A3 2Y3 

5 

2A4 2Y4 

3 

1G 

2G 

74LCX244 

20 

GND 

2 

4 

6 

8 

11 

13 

15 

17 

1 

19 

10 

(1) SPFMT0 

(1) SPFMT1 

SPFMT2/MIRCNT 

(1) SPFMT3 

(2) MIRON 

(2) SPFON 

(1) 

R28 33J 

/ASIC_RST (16) 

TP386 

RESETOUT1 

(1) 

33JX4 

C110 

0.1U 

C26 

47P 

R29 

10KJ 

C103 

0.1U 

GND 2 

C376 

NM 

OP Reset 

3 3 

NC7WZ17 

5V 

3.3V 

5V 

IC20 

TP718 

VCC 

(1,2) VIDEO# 

2 

1A1 1Y1 

18 

/VIDEO (11) 

4 

TP397 

1A2 1Y2 

16 

6 

1A3 1Y3 

14 

(2) KEYSC1 

8 

1A4 1Y4 

12 

(KEYSC1) (11) 

(2) KEYSC2 

11 

2A1 2Y1 

9 

(KEYSC2) (11) 

(2) KEYSC3 

13 

2A2 2Y2 

7 

(KEYSC3) (11) 

(2) 

TM 

15 

2A3 2Y3 

5 

(TM) (7) 

(2) 

TM_ 

17 

2A4 2Y4 

3 

(TM_) (7) 

1 

1G 

19 

2G 

74VHCT244 

20 

TP396 R109 100J 

TP398 

10 

GND 

R64 33J 

TP395 

(2,3) (/ASIC_RST) 

/OP_RST (9,10) 

R345 

1KJ 

C79 

47P 

C114 0.1U 

C117 33P 

R72 

10KJ 

R71 

10KJ 


VCC3 

5V 

R224 

0J 

R223 

NM_0J 

3.3V 

LCDDB4# (11) 

LCDDB5# (11) 

LCDDB6# (11) 

LCDDB7# (11) 

LCDE# (11) 

LCDRS# (11) 

TP900 

TP899 

TP898 

TP897 

TP896 

TP895 

TP894 

TP893 

IC26 

VCC 

1A1 1Y1 

18 

1A2 1Y2 

16 

1A3 1Y3 

14 

1A4 1Y4 

12 

2A1 2Y1 

9 

2A2 2Y2 

7 

2A3 2Y3 

5 

2A4 2Y4 

3 

1G 

2G 

74LCX244 

20 

GND 

2 

4 

6 

8 

11 

13 

15 

17 

1 

19 

10 

LCDDB4 

LCDDB5 

LCDDB6 

LCDDB7 

LCDE 

LCDRS 

(3) 

(3) 

(3) 

(3) 

(3) 

(3) 

2 2 

C115 0.1U 

VCC3 

AFE_SDI# 

AFE_SEN# 

AFE_SCK# 

(PB_NOE) 

(PB_NAE0) 

(PB_NWE) 

(/RD) 

C129 

NM 

C130 

NM 

C131 

NM 

C306 

NM 

C307 

NM 

C308 

NM 

C309 

NM 

R110 NM_100J 

IC23 

VCC 

AFE_SDI# 

(2) AFE_SDI 

2 

1A1 1Y1 

18 

AFE_SDI# (14) 

AFE_SEN# 

(2) AFE_SEN 

4 

1A2 1Y2 

16 

AFE_SEN# (14) 

6 

AFE_SCK# 

(2) AFE_SCK 

1A3 1Y3 

14 

AFE_SCK# (14) 

8 

TP407 

1A4 1Y4 

12 

(PB_NOE) 

(9,10) PB_NOE 

11 

R373 33J 

2A1 2Y1 

9 

(PB_NOE) (13) 

(PB_NAE0) 

(9,10) PB_NAE0 

13 

2A2 2Y2 

7 

(PB_NAE0) (13) 

(PB_NWE) 

(9,10) PB_NWE 

15 

2A3 2Y3 

5 

(PB_NWE) (13) 

(/RD) 

(1,2,3,4) /RD 

17 

2A4 2Y4 

3 

(/RD) (13) 

1 

1G 

19 

2G 

C128 

VCC3 

74LCX244 0.1U 

20 

TP404 R361 33J 

TP405 R370 33J 

TP406 R371 33J 

TP408 

TP409 R374 33J 

TP410 R375 33J 

TP411 R376 33J 

10 

GND 

R237 

10KJ 

IC46 

5 

1 

2 

FWREN 

(2) 

4 

NM_TC7SH32FU 

3 

R226 

NM_10KJ 

C255 

0.1U 

VCC3 

1 VSAMP# 

1 

CCD_TG# 

CCD_RS# 

BSAMP# 

CCD_CP# 

CCD_PHI2# 

VSAMP# (14) 

CCD_TG# (14) 

CCD_RS# (14) 

BSAMP# (14) 

CCD_CP# (14) 



ADCLK# (14) 

R332 33J VSAMP# 

R333 33J CCD_TG# 

R336 33J CCD_RS# 

R338 33J BSAMP# 

R344 33J CCD_CP# 

R354 33J CCD_PHI1# 

R355 33J CCD_PHI2# 

R360 33J ADCLK# 

VSAMP 

CCD_TG 

CCD_RS 

BSAMP 

CCD_CP 

CCD_PHI1 

CCD_PHI2 

ADCLK 

(2) 

(1,2) 

(2) 

(2) 

(2) 

(2) 

(2) 

(2) 

CCD_PHI1# 

ADCLK# 

C116 

NM 

C120 

NM 

C121 

NM 

C122 

NM 

C123 

NM 

C124 

NM 

C125 

NM 

C126 

NM 

TP412 

TP413 

TP414 

TP415 

TP416 

TP417 

TP418 

TP419 

C127 

0.1U 

IC19 

VCC 

1A1 1Y1 

18 

1A2 1Y2 

16 

1A3 1Y3 

14 

1A4 1Y4 

12 

2A1 2Y1 

9 

2A2 2Y2 

7 

2A3 2Y3 

5 

2A4 2Y4 

3 

1G 

2G 

TC74VHC244FT 

20 

GND 

2 

4 

6 

8 

11 

13 

15 

17 

1 

19 

10 

E 

D 

C 

B 

A

E 

D 

C 

B 

A 


VCC3 

VCC3 

24V 

12V 

PR# 

24V 

12V 

R303 

10KJ 

R301 

4.7KJ 

R300 

470KJ 

R271 10KJ 

R270 10KJ 

R269 10KJ 

R268 10KJ 

IC17B 

KIA393F 

7 TP434 

(D) 

R298 

3 

TP425 

3 

Q19 

C312 

+ 

1.5KF 

TP424 

1 

2SK3018 

5 

Q7 

(2) PTPULSE 

2 

2 

(G) 

+ 

TP432 

TP433 

- 

4 KTA1505S 

TP431 

6 

(S) 

- 

4 

1U 

IC17A 

KIA393F 

TP427 

8 

R299 

100J 

Q18 

KRC102S 

8 

12V 

R302 

10KJ 

D36 

1SS355 

PSFMOUT (12) 

IC25 

TP792 

(2) 

MC 

1 

1B 

/MC (11) 

(2) 

BIAS 

2 

2B 

/BIAS (11) 

(2) 

TC 

3 

3B 

/TC (11) 

(2) GRIDL 

4 

4B 

/GRIDL (11) 

(3) MCNT 

5 

/MCNT (12) 

TP428 

5B 

TP430 

(3) PSFM 

6 

6B 

7 

7B 

8 

E COM 

KID65001AF 

PGND 

9 

1C 16 

2C 15 

3C 14 

4C 13 

5C 12 

6C 11 

7C 10 

BR63 1.5KJX4 

1 

8 TP420 

R363 

TP785 

2 

7 TP421 

TP790 

3 

6 TP422 

TP789 

4 

5 TP423 

47KJ 

TP426 

R395 1.5KJ 

TP429 

R396 1.5KJ 

TP435 

R362 4.7KJ1/4W 

4 

4 

C367 

2.2U 

R297 

47KJ 

C379 

0.1U 

1 

D51 

1SS355 

R266 10KJ 

R265 10KJ 

PGND 

VCC3 

12V 

VCC3 

24V 

VCC3 

5V 

R105 

1KJ 

IC22A 

KIA393F 

1 

8 

FTH 

CPFS1 

CPFS2 

MPFS 

RRS 

(2) 

(2) 

(2) 

(2) 

12V 

D52 

R102 

R103 

R104 

MTZ J22B 

1KF 

1MF 

7.5KF 

24V 

R413 

NM_10KJ 

R108 

TP436 

TP438 

/CPFS1 (12) 

D1 

/CPFS2 (12) 

NM_47KJ 

/MPFS (12) 

R112 

/RRS (12) 

MA700 

TP443 TP444 

Q2 

R106 

R107 

NM_KTA1505S 

10KF 

4.3KF 

/VFMCNT (12) 

TP447 

NM_4.7KJ1/4W 

VFMOUT (12) 

TP437 

TP439 

TP440 

TP441 

TP442 

TP445 

TP446 

TP784 

TP723 

TP722 

VFM_24V 

VFMCNT_12V 

(2) 

(2) 

C111 

0.1U/50V 

IC21 

1B 

2B 

3B 

4B 

5B 

6B 

7B 

E COM 

KID65001AF 

9 

1C 16 

2C 15 

3C 14 

4C 13 

5C 12 

6C 11 

7C 10 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

BR62 1.5KJX4 

1 

8 

2 

7 

3 

6 

4 

5 

R379 NM_1.5KJ 

R380 NM_1.5KJ 

R418 

NM_10KJ 

R419 

NM_10KJ 

+ 

- 

3 

2 

TP781 

4 

D4 

1SS355 

24V 

PGND 

VCC3 

VCC3 

R388 47KJ 

D3 

D2 

12V 

3 

3 

3 Q16 

R386 

PGND 

3 

1 

2 

1 

2 

TP450 

TP449 

3 

NM_KDS226 

CP16 

TP448 

0603SFF150FM/32-2 

Q12 

2SB1132 

D55 

E 

B 

KDS226 

2 

R114 

100J 

R113 

300J 

RTH_IN 

(12) 

TP451 

RTH (1) 

IC53A 

TP452 

1 

KIA358F-EL/P 

12V 

8 

D57 

4.7KJ1/4W 

C 

TP453 

+ 

- 

3 

2 

C113 

0.1U 

4 

RLS-73 

CRH01 

12V 

CP17 

R389 47KJ 

TP454 

0603SFF150FM/32-2 

1 

KRC102S 

C112 

22000P 

C118 

0.1U/50V 

Q13 

2SB1132 

E 

R387 

Q17 

B 

TP456 

TP455 

3 

4.7KJ1/4W 

C 

2 


VCC3 

12V 

VCC3 

D56 

D58 

TP457 

R124 

4.7KJ 

R118 

1.2KF 

CRH01 

RLS-73 

1 

KRC102S 

IC22B 

KIA393F 

7 

VCC3 

PGND 

8 

TP458 

INT5V 

THOPEN (3) 

+ 

- 

5 

6 

R414 

NM_10KJ 

C119 

22000P 

4 

R123 

10KF 

D5 

1SS355 

Q14 

/MMCLK (12) 

3 

2 

TP459 

MMCLK 

(1) 

1 

Q3 

KRA119S 

2 KRC102S 

2 

R142 

NM_10KJ 

VCC3 VCC3 

EN5V 

D67 

1 

3 

2 

2 

LCD Contrast Buffer 

TP460 

3 

D66 

1 

VCC3 

5V 

NM_KDS226 

2 

3 

R90 

10KJ 

IC24 

(2) MMD 

1 

/MMD (12) 

TP795 

1B 

(2) MRPS1 

2 

TP802 

MRPS_1 (7) 

TP793 

2B 

(2) MRPS2 

3 

TP803 

3B 

MRPS_2 (7) 

TP804 

(2) MRPS3 

4 

4B 

MRPS_3 (7) 

(1) POFF 

5 

5B 

/POFF (11) 

TP461 

(2) 

HL 

6 

TP801 

6B 

FTH 

7 

7B 

8 

G NC 

KID65503F 

9 

1C 16 

2C 15 

3C 14 

4C 13 

5C 12 

6C 11 

7C 10 

R296 

10KJ 

TP800 

TP794 

1 

KDS226 

R115 

100J1/4W 

R117 

10KJ 

(LCDCONT) (11) 

SHOLD (11) 

MMref0 (7) 

MMref1 (7) 

MMref2 (7) 

/PMD (11) 

PMCLK_A (11) 

/LDEN (11) 

TP805 

TP806 

TP807 

R316 

NM 

Q4 

TP553 

3 

IC45A 

R264 

MM_Y1 

MM_Y2 

MM_Y3 

PMD 

PMCLK 

LDEN 

/LEND 

Q15 

NM_2SB1197K 

E 

LCDCONT 

(1) 

NC 9 

1C 16 

2C 15 

3C 14 

4C 13 

5C 12 

6C 11 

7C 10 

HLOUT (11) 

IC27 

1B 

2B 

3B 

4B 

5B 

6B 

7B 

G 

KID65503F 

8 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

TP798 

TP797 

TP799 

R394 

NM 

B 

R393 

0J 

2 

TP464 

1 

TP473 

TP472 

+ 

- 

3 

2 

TP469 

R308 

NM 

12KF 

C 

R116 

10KJ 

KIA358F-EL/P 

TP476 

4 

R307 

7.5KF 

R368 

NM 

1 

KRC102S 

C398 

0.1U 

R383 

NM 

C407 

NM 

EN5V 

C305 

0.1U 

INT24V 

5V 12V 

VCC3 

D59 

D60 

1 

1 

3 

2 

2 

NM_KDS226 

NM_KDS226 

Analog Tonner Sensor Buffer 

5V 

D45 

1SS355 

3 

TP466 

EN5V 

1 

Q20 

KRA119S 

1 1 

R129 

NM 

IC45B 

IC53B 

8 

R381 

NM 

TCS_AN 

(16) 

TP470 

3 2 

5 + 

TP467 

3 

/PR 

/PR (11) 

6 - 

Q21 

8 

R304 

R339 

7 

(TCS_AN) (1) 

TP465 

7 

R366 0J 

5 + 

TP463 

6 - 

2 

TP475 

PR# 

TP474 

PR 

KIA358F-EL/P 

KIA358F-EL/P 

4 

100J 

100J 

C371 

NM 

R382 

10KJ 

4 

R378 

0J 

D61 

1SS355 

1 

KRC102S 

PGND 

E 

D 

C 

B 

A

E 

D 

C 

B 

A 


Scanner Motor Driver 

(12) OUT_A- 

4 (12) OUT_A+ 

4 

(12) OUT_B+ 

24VSCMT 5V 

(12) OUT_B- 

Duplex Motor Driver 

IC31 

(1) DMT0 

3 

I1 O1 

2 

/DMT0 (12) 

4 

NC 

5 

NC O2 

7 

/DMT1 (12) 

(1) DMT1 

6 

I2 

10 

NC O3 

9 

/DMT2 (12) 

(1) DMT2 

11 

TP482 

I3 

12 

NC O4 

16 

/DMT3 (12) 

13 

NC 

(1) DMT3 

24VDupMT 

17 

GND COM 

TD62064AF 

1 

COM 8 

TP477 

TP479 

TP480 

TP484 

14 

TP485 

I4 

15 

NC 

D8 

18 

GND 

MTZ J22B 

R143 

R144 

0.68J 1W 

R145 

1.5KJ 

TP478 

0.68J 1W 

R146 

1.5KJ 

TP481 

PGND 

C133 

820P 

MM_AI0 (2) 

C134 

820P 

PGND 

MM_AI1 (2) 

MM_PH_A (2) 

TP487 

VSS 13 

GND 

I11 

17 

PHASE 1 

16 

VREF 1 

15 

RC 1 

14 

18 

GND 19 

OUT 1B 

I01 

20 

21 

VS 

SENSE 1 

23 

COMP 1 

22 

24 

IC32 

1 

OUT 1A 

2 

OUT 2A 

3 

SENSE 2 

4 

COMP 2 

5 

OUT 2B 

6 

GND 

7 

GND 

8 

I02 

9 

I12 

10 

PHASE 2 

11 

VREF 2 

12 

RC 2 

L6219DS 

TP483 

(2) 

(2) 

(2) 

5V 

PGND 

MM_BI0 

MM_BI1 

MM_PH_B 

TP488 

C135 R148 

820P 30KJ 

R147 

1KJ 

C136 

820P 

R149 

30KJ 

TP489 

PGND 5V 

PGND 

C137 

0.1U 

R152 

510J 

R151 

1KJ 

R150 

2KJ 

PGND 

PGND 

C138 

0.1U 

MMref0 

MMref1 

MMref2 

(6) 

(6) 

(6) 

PGND 

PGND 

Shifter Motor Driver 

3 3 

IC33 

(3) SFTMT0 

3 

I1 O1 

2 

/SFTMT0 (12) 

4 

NC 

5 

NC O2 

7 

/SFTMT1 (12) 

(3) SFTMT1 

6 

I2 

10 

NC O3 

9 

/SFTMT2 (12) 

(3) SFTMT2 

11 

I3 

12 

NC O4 

16 

/SFTMT3 (12) 

13 

NC 

(3) SFTMT3 

24VSFTMT 

17 

GND COM 

TD62064AF 

1 

COM 8 

TP491 

TP492 

TP494 

TP496 

TP497 

14 

TP499 

I4 

15 

NC 

D9 

18 

GND 

MTZ J22B 

SPF Motor Driver 

24VSPFMT 


PGND 

CP1 

0603SFF150FM/32-2 

24VSCMT 

CP2 

0603SFF150FM/32-2 

24VSPFMT 

CP3 

0603SFF150FM/32-2 

24VDupMT 

24V 

SPMT_0 (11) 

(SPFMT0) 

(SPFMT2) 

(SPFMT1) 

(SPFMT3) 

(5) 

(5) 

(5) 

(5) 

C140 

0.1U/50V 

 

+ 

C139 

47U/35V 

SPMT_2 (11) 

4 

3 

2 

1 

SPMT_1 (11) 

SPMT_3 (11) 

IC34 

OUT A 

STA7100M 

1 

OUT A 2 

Vs 

13 

OUT A/ 

3 

OUT A/ 

4 

OUT B 17 

OUT B 18 

OUT B/ 

15 

OUT B/ 

16 

GND 10 

IN A 

IN A/ 

IN B 

IN B/ 

REF 

Sync 

Sense A 

Sense B 

8 

7 

11 

12 

9 

6 

5 

14 

BR66 

10KJX4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

PGND 

CP5 

0603SFF150FM/32-2 

24VSPFSOL 

CP6 

0603SFF150FM/32-2 

24VSFTMT 

5V 

R158 

1J 2W 

R157 

1J 2W 

R159 

1.2KJ 

RSPF Solenoid Driver 

2 PGND 

2 

R163 

100J 

R162 

1.2KJ 

R161 

620J 

24VSPFSOL 

C141 

0.1U 

R160 

300J 

D43 

1SS355 

D42 

1SS355 

D41 

1SS355 

MRPS_1 

MRPS_2 

MRPS_3 

(6) 

(6) 

(6) 

PGND 

PGND PGND 

/RSV_SOL (11) 

TP504 

R275 

TP501 

Q25 

NM_2SD1781K 

(RSV_SOL) 

(3) 

Tonner Motor Driver 

/SRVC (11) 

R406 

NM_10KJ 

TP505 

NM_1.2KJ 

R403 

TP502 

Q24 

2SD1781K 

SRVC 

(3) 

24V 

5V 

R407 

10KJ 

1.2KJ 

/SPUS (11) 

TP506 

R404 

TP503 

R309 

NM_0J 

Q23 

2SD1781K 

SPUS 

(3) 

+ 

C143 C142 

10U/35V 

0.1U/50V 

R312 

0J 

R164 

4.7KJ 

R408 

10KJ 

1.2KJ 

IC36 

Vs 

6 

Vref 

8 

OUT1 

7 

OUT2 

3 

N.C 4 

Vcc 

2 

IN1 

9 

(TM) 

(5) 

(5) (TM_) 

1 

IN2 

TMA_O (12) 

1 1 

5 

GND 

TMB_O (12) 

PGND 

C145 

0.1U/50V 

TA7291AS 

C144 

NM_10U/10V 

PGND 

E 

D 

C 

B 

A

E 

D 

C 

B 

A 

MCU PWB (Noise filter/Pull-up section) (AR-M200/M201) 8/16 

VCC3 

5V 

VCC3 

4 4 

D10 

D11 

D12 

D13 

R170 

4.7KJ 

1 

2 

C147 

NM 

C146 

0.1U 

3 

1 

2 

1 

2 

1 

2 

C154 

NM 

C153 

NM 

C152 

NM 

C151 

NM 

C150 

NM 

C149 

0.1U 

C148 

0.1U 

3 

3 

3 

R174 

4.7KJ 

R173 

15KJ 

R172 

4.7KJ 

R171 

4.7KJ 

R169 

15KJ 

R168 

15KJ 

R167 

15KJ 

KDS226 

KDS226 

KDS226 

KDS226 

INT24V 

(SCOD) (3) 

(SPID) (3) 

(SRJD) (3) 

(PPD3) (3) 

(PD1) (3) 

(PD2) (3) 

(POD) (3) 

(PMRDY) (3) 

SCOD 

SPID 

SRJD 

PPD3 

PD1 

PD2 

POD 

PMRDY 

(11) 

(11) 

(11) 

(12) 

(12) 

(12) 

(12) 

(11) 

R175 

C161 

0.1U 

C160 

0.1U 

C159 

NM 

C158 

NM 

C157 

NM 

C156 

NM 

C155 

NM 

R176 1KJ 

R177 1KJ 

R178 1KJ 

R180 1KJ 

R181 1KJ 

R182 1KJ 

R183 1KJ 

R184 1KJ 

24V1(DSWS) 

(12) 

0.22J 2W 

R179 

1KJ 2W 

D14 

1SS355 

C170 

NM 

C169 

0.1U 

C168 

0.1U 

C167 

0.1U 

C166 

0.1U 

C165 

0.1U 

C164 

0.1U 

C163 

0.1U 

C162 

0.1U 

PGND 

PGND 

5V 

C174 C175 C176 C177 C178 

1000P 1000P 1000P 1000P 1000P 

C173 

1000P 

C171 C172 

1000P 1000P 

D18 

D17 

D16 

D15 

3 

1 

2 

3 

1 

2 

3 

1 

2 

3 

1 

2 

D19 

1SS355 

KDS226 

KDS226 

KDS226 

KDS226 

5V 

1 

2 

D20 

3 

TP508 

KDS226 

R186 

20KJ 

R185 

20KJ 

DSWS (3) 

3 VCC3 

3 

5V 

C179 

0.1U 

R187 

2.7KJ 

VCC3 

D37 

D22 

D21 

3 

3 

3 

R377 

4.7KJ 

R340 

4.7KJ 

R191 

4.7KJ 

R190 

15KJ 

R189 

1KJ 

R188 

1KJ 

1 

2 

1 

2 

1 

2 

R197 

10J 

R196 

10J 

R194 

10J 

KDS226 

KDS226 

R195 

10J 

TP512 

R193 

10J 

R192 

10J 

KDS226 

DVS1 (3) 

(TCS) (3) 

(MFD) (3) 

(MMLD) (3) 

(FANLK) (3) 

(PSFANLK) (1) 

R198 1KJ 

R199 1KJ 

R200 1KJ 

R201 1KJ 

R367 1KJ 

R372 1KJ 

TP831 

TP830 

R305 100J 

DVSEL 

R306 100J 

TCS 

(12) MFD 

(12) MMLD 

(12) FANLK 

(12) PSFANLK 

TP513 

TP511 

TP510 

TP509 

(16) 

(16) 

TP518 

TP517 

TP516 

TP515 

TP514 

C185 

1000P 

C184 

1000P 

C183 

1000P 

C182 

1000P 

C181 

1000P 

C180 

1000P 

1 

1 

1 

1 

VCC3 

D23 

1 

2 

KDS226 


C186 C187 C188 C189 C372 C380 

1000P 1000P 1000P 1000P 1000P 1000P 

D54 

D24 

UDZS3.9B 

R204 

0J 

R202 

0J 

3 

1 

2 

3 

1 

2 

3 

UDZS3.9B 

R205 

0J 

R203 

0J 

KDS226 

KDS226 

D62 

D63 

2 2 

VCC3 

5V 

D25 

1SS355 

INT24V 

24V 

IC37 

R206 

100J 2W 

D29 

D28 

D27 

D26 

INT5V 

OUT 

3 

IN 

1 

C191 R125 

100KJ 

0.1U/50V 

R213 

3.3KJ 

R212 

12KJ 

R211 

4.7KJ 

R210 

4.7KJ 

R209 

4.7KJ 

R207 

15KJ 

1 

2 

+ 

C190 

3 

1 

2 

3 

3 

3 

R208 

15KJ 

1 

2 

1 

2 

KDS226 

C193 

0.1U 

GND 

2 KIA7805 

47U/35V 

KDS226 

KDS226 

KDS226 

+ 

C192 

47U/35V 

PGND 

(PPD1) (3) 

(PPD2) (3) 

(SPPD) (1) 

(PSW) (1) 

R214 1KJ 

R215 1KJ 

R216 1KJ 

R217 1KJ 

PPD1 

PPD2 

SPPD 

PSW 

(12) 

(12) 

(11) 

(11) 

FB4 

0J 

(CED1) (3) 

(CED2) (3) 

(DRST) (3) 

R218 1KJ 

R219 1KJ 

R220 1KJ 

CED1 

CED2 

DRST 

(12) 

(12) 

(11) 

FB5 

NM_0J 

L5 

ZJSR5101-223TA 

L4 


12V 

12VIN 

(11) 

5V VCC3 

VCC3 

3.3VIN 

(11) 

C196 R126 

100KJ 

0.1U/50V 

+ 

C194 

47U/25V 

C202 C203 

1000P 1000P 

C198 C199 C200 C201 

1000P 1000P 1000P 1000P 

R128 

100KJ 

C197 

0.1U 

+ 

C195 

D32 

D31 

D30 

1 

2 

1 

2 

1 

2 

22U/16V 

3 

3 

3 

KDS226 

KDS226 

KDS226 

5V 

1 1 

EN5V 

R127 

100KJ 

C206 

0.1U 

+ 

C204 

22U/16V 

R130 

100KJ 

C207 

0.1U 

+ 

C205 

22U/16V 

E 

D 

C 

B 

A

E 

D 

C 

B 

A 

MCU PWB (IMC2 section 1/2) (AR-M200/M201) 9/16 

_SDRAM_DATA[15:0] 

SDRAM_ADDR[12:0] 

SDRAM_DATA0 

1 BR67 8 100JX4 _SDRAM_DATA0 

SDRAM_DATA1 

2 7 

_SDRAM_DATA1 

TP523 

SDRAM_DATA2 TP524 3 6 

_SDRAM_DATA2 


TP525 

SDRAM_DATA3 

4 5 

_SDRAM_DATA3 

SDRAM_DATA4 

_SDRAM_DATA4 

SDRAM_DATA5 

_SDRAM_DATA5 

SDRAM_ADDR1 

_SDRAM_DATA0 

SDRAM_DATA6 TP532 

_SDRAM_DATA6 

SDRAM_ADDR2 

_SDRAM_DATA1 

TP533 

SDRAM_DATA7 

_SDRAM_DATA7 

SDRAM_ADDR3 

_SDRAM_DATA2 

SDRAM_DATA8 

_SDRAM_DATA8 

SDRAM_ADDR4 

_SDRAM_DATA3 

SDRAM_DATA9 TP538 

_SDRAM_DATA9 

SDRAM_ADDR5 

_SDRAM_DATA4 

SDRAM_DATA10 

_SDRAM_DATA10 SDRAM_ADDR6 

_SDRAM_DATA5 

SDRAM_DATA11 

_SDRAM_DATA11 

SDRAM_ADDR7 

_SDRAM_DATA6 

SDRAM_DATA12 

_SDRAM_DATA12 

SDRAM_ADDR8 

_SDRAM_DATA7 

VCC3 

SDRAM_DATA13 

_SDRAM_DATA13 

SDRAM_ADDR9 

TP809 

SDRAM_DATA14 

_SDRAM_DATA14 

SDRAM_ADDR10 


SDRAM_DATA15 

_SDRAM_DATA15 

SDRAM_ADDR11 

R346 

SDRAM_ADDR12 

TP902 

SDRAM_BANK[1:0] 

SDRAM_DQMA0 TP552 

_SDRAM_DQMA0 

SDRAM_BANK0 

10KJ 

VCC3 

SDRAM_DQMB0 

_SDRAM_DQMB0 

SDRAM_BANK1 

SDRAM_DQMA1 

_SDRAM_DQMA1 

SDRAM_WE_L 

TP911 

SDRAM_DQMB1 

_SDRAM_DQMB1 

TP733 

SDRAM_CAS_L 

SDRAM_ADDR0 


TP559 

SDRAM_RAS_L 

SDRAM_CS0_L 

_SDRAM_CS0_L 

_SDRAM_DQMB0 

SDRAM_CS1A_L _SDRAM_CS1A_L 

_SDRAM_DQMB1 

_SDRAM_DATA8 

VPP (4) 

TP566 

TP567 

R225 33J 

ROM_CS_L 

SDRAM_WE_L 

_SDRAM_DQMA1 

SDRAM_CAS_L 

_SDRAM_DQMA0 

VCC3 

TP573 

SDRAM_RAS_L 

VCC3 

ROM_CS_L 


TP577 

SDRAM_ADDR0 

RY_BY 

C209 

SDRAM_ADDR1 

0.1U 

TP580 

SDRAM_ADDR2 

SDRAM_ADDR3 

SDRAM_ADDR4 

SDRAM_ADDR5 

SDRAM_ADDR6 

TP590 

SDRAM_ADDR7 

TP591 

SDRAM_ADDR8 

8M/16M Flash ROM 

SDRAM_ADDR9 

TP595 

SDRAM_ADDR10 

SDRAM_ADDR11 

BR75 SDRAM_ADDR12 

(2,4,5,12) /RESET0 

1 8 33JX4 

TP600 

2 7 


3 6 

SDRAM_BANK0 

TP605 4 5 

SDRAM_BANK1 

TP607 

_SDRAM_CLK 

_SDRAM_CLK 

SDRAM_CKE 

R235 33J _SDRAM_CKE 

TP613 

OA3.3V 

TP617 

IC40 



SDRAM_ADDR0 

_SDRAM_DATA0 

TP620 

SDRAM_ADDR1 TP765 _SDRAM_DATA1 TP749 

SDRAM_ADDR2 

_SDRAM_DATA2 

SDRAM_ADDR3 

_SDRAM_DATA3 

SDRAM_ADDR4 TP768 

_SDRAM_DATA4 

TP624 


_SDRAM_DATA5 TP753 

SDRAM_ADDR6 

_SDRAM_DATA6 

SDRAM_ADDR7 

_SDRAM_DATA7 

SDRAM_ADDR8 


SDRAM_ADDR9 

_SDRAM_DATA9 


_SDRAM_DATA10 

SDRAM_ADDR11 

_SDRAM_DATA11 

SDRAM_ADDR12 

_SDRAM_DATA12 


SDRAM_BANK0 


TP632 

SDRAM_BANK1 

_SDRAM_DATA14 

_SDRAM_DATA15 

OA3.3V 

_SDRAM_CS0_L 

SDRAM_WE_L 

SDRAM_CAS_L 

VCC3 

TP779 SDRAM_RAS_L 

VCC3 

_SDRAM_CLK 

_SDRAM_CLK 

TP796 _SDRAM_CKE 

VCC3 

OA3.3V 

_SDRAM_DQMA0 

_SDRAM_DQMA1 

FB6 

C236 C237 

0J 

0.1U 0.1U 

L6 


VSS 

OA3.3V 

C225 

0.1U 

TP653 

HY57V561620FTP-H-C 

TP655 

TP659 

C227 C228 

0.1U 0.1U 



SDRAM_ADDR0 

_SDRAM_DATA0 

TP663 

SDRAM_ADDR1 

_SDRAM_DATA1 

SDRAM_ADDR2 

_SDRAM_DATA2 

SDRAM_ADDR3 

_SDRAM_DATA3 

SDRAM_ADDR4 

_SDRAM_DATA4 

SDRAM_ADDR5 

_SDRAM_DATA5 

SDRAM_ADDR6 

_SDRAM_DATA6 

SDRAM_ADDR7 

_SDRAM_DATA7 

SDRAM_ADDR8 

_SDRAM_DATA8 

SDRAM_ADDR9 

_SDRAM_DATA9 

SDRAM_ADDR10 

_SDRAM_DATA10 

SDRAM_ADDR11 

_SDRAM_DATA11 

SDRAM_ADDR12 

_SDRAM_DATA12 


SDRAM_BANK0 

_SDRAM_DATA13 

SDRAM_BANK1 

_SDRAM_DATA14 

VCC3 

_SDRAM_DATA15 

_SDRAM_CS1A_L 

_SDRAM_DATA0 BR82 1 8 10KJX4 

SDRAM_WE_L 

_SDRAM_DATA1 

2 7 

SDRAM_CAS_L 

VCC3 

_SDRAM_DATA2 

3 6 

SDRAM_RAS_L 

_SDRAM_DATA3 

4 5 

VCC3 

_SDRAM_DATA4 

_SDRAM_CLK 

_SDRAM_CLK 

_SDRAM_DATA5 

_SDRAM_CKE 

_SDRAM_DATA6 

_SDRAM_DATA7 

_SDRAM_DQMA0 

_SDRAM_DATA8 

_SDRAM_DQMA1 

_SDRAM_DATA9 

C301 

_SDRAM_DATA10 

0.1U 

_SDRAM_DATA11 

_SDRAM_DATA12 

C265 

_SDRAM_DATA13 

NM 

_SDRAM_DATA14 

_SDRAM_DATA15 

C264 

0.1U 

C303 

CLK_EXT 

_SDRAM_CS1A_L NM 

CLK_EXT 

54 

16 

WE 

17 

CAS 

18 

RAS 

VSS 41 

VSS 28 

VDD 1 

VDD 14 

VDD 27 

23 

A0 

24 

A1 

25 

A2 

26 

A3 

29 

A4 

30 

A5 

31 

A6 

32 

A7 

33 

A8 

34 

A9 

22 

A10 

35 

A11 

20 

BA0 

21 

BA1 

VDDQ 3 

VDDQ 9 

VDDQ 43 

VDDQ 49 

VSSQ 6 

VSSQ 12 

VSSQ 46 

VSSQ 52 

TP546 

TP585 

DQ0 

2 

DQ1 

4 

DQ2 

5 

DQ3 

7 

DQ4 

8 

DQ5 

10 

DQ6 

11 

DQ7 

13 

DQ8 

42 

TP773 

DQ9 

44 

DQ10 

45 

DQ11 

47 

36 

A12 

DQ12 

48 

DQ13 

50 

DQ14 

51 

DQ15 

53 

19 

CS 

38 

CLK 

37 

CKE 

15 

LDQM 

39 

UDQM 

40 

N.C 

IC44 

VSS 54 

16 

WE 

17 

CAS 

18 

RAS 

VSS 41 

VSS 28 

VDD 1 

VDD 14 

VDD 27 

23 

A0 

24 

A1 

25 

A2 

26 

A3 

29 

A4 

30 

A5 

31 

A6 

32 

A7 

33 

A8 

34 

A9 

22 

A10 

35 

A11 

20 

BA0 

21 

BA1 

VDDQ 3 

VDDQ 9 

VDDQ 43 

VDDQ 49 

VSSQ 6 

VSSQ 12 

VSSQ 46 

VSSQ 52 

IC38 

TP519 

TP520 

TP521 

TP522 

TP526 

TP527 

TP528 1 BR68 8 100JX4 

TP529 

2 7 

3 6 

TP534 4 5 

TP535 

TP536 1 BR69 8 100JX4 

TP537 

2 7 

TP539 

TP540 3 6 

TP541 

TP542 4 5 

TP543 

TP545 

TP547 

TP548 

TP549 TP550 

TP901 

TP551 

1 BR71 8 33JX4 

TP730 

TP909 

TP554 2 7 

TP731 

TP910 

TP556 3 6 

4 5 

R221 

TP560 

TP561 R222 33J 

NM 

TP562 

TP563 

TP565 

TP808 

TP568 

TP569 

TP570 

R227 33J 

TP572 

R228 33J 

R229 33J 

TP575 

TP728 

TP576 

BR72 1 8 33JX4 

TP578 

TP579 2 7 

TP581 3 6 

TP582 

4 5 

TP584 

TP745 

TP586 

TP587 

TP588 

TP592 

TP593 

TP596 178 

TP597 

R232 NM 

REG_A9/PB_NCS1 

180 

TP599 

REG_A8/PB_NCS2 

TP601 

TP602 

TP604 

TP608 R234 33J 

TP609 

TP610 

TP611 

R236 4.7KJ 

189 

REG_AD0/PB_DATA0 

TP614 

TP615 

C211 

TP616 

NM 

TP618 

C213 

1U 

199 

TP764 

GP_C0/PB_ADDR0 

201 

TP621 


202 

TP766 

TP750 

TP622 


203 

TP767 

TP751 


204 


205 

TP625 


207 

TP770 

TP754 

TP626 


208 

TP771 

TP755 


TP772 

1 

TP757 

GP_B0/USART0_TX 

2 

C214 C215 

TP629 

GP_B1/USART0_RX 

8 

0.01U 1U 

TP759 

GP_B2/USART0_CK 

9 

TP760 

GP_B3/ANA_SD1 

11 

TP777 

GP_B4/DT_ACKB 

12 

TP778 

TP762 

TP633 

GP_B5/DT_REQB 

13 

TP634 

GP_B6/DT_ACKA 

14 

TP788 

GP_B7/DT_REQA 

TP787 

15 

TP780 

GP_D0/ADC_A0 

16 

GP_D1/ADC_A1 

19 

TP638 

GP_D2/ADC_A2 

21 

TP791 

TP639 

GP_D3/ADC_CLK 

24 

TP642 

GP_A0 

26 

C235 

C238 

TP643 

GP_A1 

28 

0.1U 

0.1U 

GP_A2/DC_CHY1 

29 

TP645 

GP_A3/DC_CHX1 

30 

C396 

C395 

C217 

C239 

TP646 

GP_A4/DC_PWM1 

31 

10U/10V 10U/10V 10U/10V 

NM 

TP647 

GP_A5/DC_CHY0 

32 

GP_A6/DC_CHX0 

34 

GP_A7/DC_PWM0 

C248 C249 C250 

0.1U 0.1U 0.1U 

TP650 

TP651 C218 C219 C220 C221 C222 C223 C224 

C226 

TP912 

0.1U 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U 

0.1U 

TP654 

TP656 

TP657 

TP660 

C230 C231 

C234 

TP661 

0.1U 0.1U 

0.1U 

DQ0 

2 

DQ1 

4 

TP664 

DQ2 

5 

DQ3 

7 

DQ4 

8 

DQ5 

10 

C240 C241 C242 C243 C244 C245 C246 C247 

DQ6 

11 

0.1U 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U 

DQ7 

13 

DQ8 

42 

TP665 

DQ9 

44 

DQ10 

45 

DQ11 

47 

36 

A12 

DQ12 

48 

DQ13 

50 

DQ14 

51 

DQ15 

53 

TP925 

19 

CS 

TP926 

38 

CLK 

37 

CKE 

15 

LDQM 

39 

UDQM 

C300 C299 C302 

0.1U 0.1U 0.1U 

OA-982 

C256 

0.1U 

TP930 40 

N.C 

REG_AD1/PB_DATA1 

188 REG_AD2/PB_DATA2 






181 

190 

REG_ADDR_VALID/PB_NCS0 

194 

REG_RD_L/PB_NCS3 

195 

REG_WR_L/PB_NAE0 

196 

REG_CS_L/PB_NAE1 

197 

REG_RDY/PB_NWE 

VSS_CORE 191 

VSS_IO 150 

VSS_CORE 173 

VSS_IO 136 

VSS_CORE 121 

VSS_IO 123 

VSS_CORE 139 

VSS_CORE 87 

VSS_IO 108 

VSS_CORE 69 

VSS_IO 98 

VSS_CORE 35 

VSS_IO 86 

VSS_CORE 17 

VSS_IO 76 

VSS_IO 64 

VSS_IO 54 

VSS_IO 206 

VSS_IO 41 

VSS_IO 193 

VSS_IO 27 

VSS_IO 10 

VSS_IO 179 

VSS_IO 164 

168 

BASE_CLK/GP_PWM1 

170 

MAIN_CLK/GP_PWM0 

198 

INTERRUPT_L/PB_NOE 

112 

RESET_L 

113 

TDO 

114 

TCK 

116 

TMS 

117 

TDI 

CLK_EXT/GP_PWM2 

119 

PI_LINE_SYNC/GP_D6 

SDRAM_DATA0 

74 

120 

PI_TR_TGEN 

SDRAM_DATA1 

73 

124 

PI_TGEN6 

SDRAM_DATA2 

72 

125 

PI_TGEN5 

SDRAM_DATA3 

68 

126 

PI_TGEN4 

SDRAM_DATA4 

67 

127 

PI_TGEN3 

SDRAM_DATA5 

66 

128 

PI_TGEN2 

SDRAM_DATA6 

65 

129 

PI_TGEN1 

SDRAM_DATA7 

63 

131 

PI_TGEN0 

SDRAM_DATA8 

62 

132 

PI_DATA7 

SDRAM_DATA9 

61 

133 

PI_DATA6 

SDRAM_DATA10 

60 

134 

PI_DATA5 

SDRAM_DATA11 

58 

135 

PI_DATA4 

SDRAM_DATA12 

57 

137 

PI_DATA3 

SDRAM_DATA13 

56 

138 

PI_DATA2 

SDRAM_DATA14 

55 

141 

PI_DATA1 

SDRAM_DATA15 

53 

142 

PI_DATA0 

143 

PP_HIDRIVE/USART1_RX 

145 

PP_DRIVE/USART1_TX 

146 

PP_NINIT 

147 

PP_NFAULT 

151 

PP_NSELECTIN 

152 

PP_NAUTOFD 

153 

PP_SELECT 

SDRAM_CS1B_L 

77 

154 

PP_PERROR 

ROM_CS_L 

75 

155 

PP_BUSY 

156 

PP_NACK 

157 

PP_DATA7 

159 

PP_DATA6 

160 

PP_DATA5 

161 

PP_DATA4 

162 

PP_DATA3 

163 

PP_DATA2 

165 

PP_DATA1/USART1_CK 

166 

PP_DATA0 

167 

PP_NSTROBE 

169 

SDRAM_CKE 

37 

PO_LINE_SYNC/ANA_SCLK 

38 

PO_PAGE_SYNC/ANA_NCS 

39 

PO_REQ/ANA_SD0 

40 

PO_ACK/PDATA0/PDS0 

42 

PO_DONE/PDATA2/PDS2 

43 

PO_WR/PDATA1/PDS1 

44 

PO_DATA7/LHEAT/PAS_M 

45 

PO_DATA6/LCTRL/CFIRE2 

47 

PO_DATA5/AGATE/CFIRE1 

48 

PO_DATA4/ACLK/MFIRE2 

49 

PO_DATA3/PENABLE/MFIRE1 

50 

PO_DATA2/PLOAD 

51 

PO_DATA1/PCLK 

52 

PO_DATA0/PDATA3/PAS_C 

172 

TEST_MODE0 

5 

XIN 

4 

XOUT 

78 

SDRAM_CLK 79 

SDRAM_DQMA0 

109 

SDRAM_DQMB0 

107 

SDRAM_DQMA1 

106 

SDRAM_DQMB1 

105 

SDRAM_CS0_L 

104 

SDRAM_CS1A_L 

102 

SDRAM_WE_L 

111 

SDRAM_CAS_L 

110 

SDRAM_RAS_L 

101 

SDRAM_ADDR0 

100 

SDRAM_ADDR1 

99 

SDRAM_ADDR2 

97 

SDRAM_ADDR3 

96 

SDRAM_ADDR4 

95 

SDRAM_ADDR5 

94 

SDRAM_ADDR6 

92 

SDRAM_ADDR7 

91 

SDRAM_ADDR8 

90 

SDRAM_ADDR9 

89 

SDRAM_ADDR10 

85 

SDRAM_ADDR11 

82 

SDRAM_BANK0 

84 

SDRAM_BANK1 

83 

VDD_IO 144 

VDD_CORE 192 

VDD_IO 130 

VDD_CORE 174 

VDD_IO 115 

VDD_CORE 140 

VDD_IO 103 

VDD_CORE 122 

VDD_IO 93 

VDD_CORE 88 

VDD_IO 81 

VDD_CORE 70 

VDD_IO 71 

VDD_CORE 36 

VDD_IO 59 

VDD_CORE 18 

VDD_IO 46 

VDD_IO 200 

VDD_IO 33 

VDD_IO 184 

VDD_IO 20 

VDD_IO 171 

VDD_IO 3 

VDD_IO 158 

PLLCS_VDDA 7 

PLLCS_VSSA 6 

SDRAM_ADDR12 

80 

176 

USB_DP 

USB_DM 

PLLSS_VDDA 

175 

149 

PLLSS_VSSA 148 

VDD_IO 

22 

GP_D4/ADC_DATA 

23 

GP_D5/ADC_NCS 

118 

TRST_L 

177 

TEST_MODE1 

25 

IC39 

GND 

TP748 

27 

GND 46 

VCC 37 

25 

A0 

IO0 

29 

24 

A1 

IO1 

31 

23 

A2 

IO2 

33 

22 

A3 

IO3 

35 

21 

A4 

IO4 

38 

20 

A5 

IO5 

40 

19 

A6 

IO6 

42 

18 

A7 

IO7 

44 

8 

A8 

IO8 

30 

7 

A9 

IO9 

32 

6 

A10 

IO10 

34 

5 

A11 

IO11 

36 

4 

A12 

IO12 

39 

3 

A13 

IO13 

41 

2 

A14 

IO14 

43 

1 

A15 

IO15/A-1 

45 

48 

A16 

17 

A17 

16 

A18 

VCCW 13 

11 

WE 

26 

CE 

47 

BYTE 

12 

RESET 

OE 

TP530 

TP531 

TP544 1 BR70 8 100JX4 

2 7 

3 6 

TP810 

4 5 

TP732 

TP557 

TP558 

R390 33J 

TP564 

9 

A19 

10 

A20 

TP571 

28 

C208 

TP574 

NM 

15 

RY/BY 

TP583 

TP744 14 

BR73 33JX4 

WP/ACC 

1 8 

2 7 

3 6 

TP589 

4 5 

BR74 1 8 33JX4 

TP594 2 7 

3 6 

4 5 

TP598 

TP603 

TP606 

TP612 

C212 

0.01U 

TP619 

TP623 

TP752 

TP758 

TP775 

TP776 

TP631 

TP763 

TP640 

TP644 

C397 

10U/10V 

TP648 

TP652 

TP658 

C229 

C232 C233 

0.1U 

0.1U 0.1U 

TP662 

TP666 

BR83 1 8 10KJX4 

2 7 

3 6 

4 5 

BR84 1 8 10KJX4 

2 7 

3 6 

TP669 

4 5 

BR85 1 8 10KJX4 

2 7 

3 6 

4 5 

C263 

0.1U 

/PIWR 

(2) 

4 4 

VCC3 

RY_BY 

(2) /PIACK 

(2) PIDATA[7..0] 

(2) /PIREQ 

PIDATA7 

PIDATA6 

PIDATA5 

PIDATA4 

PIDATA3 

PIDATA2 

PIDATA1 

PIDATA0 

(12) OA_RX 

(12) OA_TX 

RY_BY 

R351 10KJ 

R231 10KJ 

R230 NM 

CLK_EXT 

PB_DATA[7:0] 

(10,13) 

3 3 

C210 22000P 

R233 NM 

(13) PB_NCS1 

PB_DATA7 BR76 1 33JX4 8 

PB_DATA6 

2 7 

PB_DATA5 

3 6 

PB_DATA4 

4 5 

PB_DATA3 BR77 1 8 

PB_DATA2 

2 7 

PB_DATA1 

3 6 

PB_DATA0 

4 5 

33JX4 

(10) PB_NCS3 

(5,10) PB_NAE0 

(5,10) PB_NWE 

(5,10) PB_NOE 

PB_ADDR0 BR78 1 33JX4 8 

PB_ADDR1 

2 7 

PB_ADDR2 

3 6 

PB_ADDR3 

4 5 

PB_ADDR4 BR79 1 8 

PB_ADDR5 

2 7 

PB_ADDR6 

3 6 

PB_ADDR7 

4 5 

33JX4 

(1) ES_CMD 

(1) ES_STS 

(1,5) (FW) 

(10) DT_ACKB 

(10) DT_REQB 

(13) MODEM_IN 

(1) /ES_PAGE 

(3) /ES_CRDY 

(1) /ES_SRDY 

(10) WAKEUP 

(12) OA982_READY 

(2) /IMC_READY 

(13) MDM_IRQ 

(10) SUSPEND(USB2.0) 

(2) /SC_LINE 

(10) INT_USBD 

(2) /PR_LINE 

/FPOFF 

(2) /FPOFF 

(2) /H_SYNC 

(2) /POREQ 

(2) /POACK 

33JX4 

1 

8 

2 

7 

3 

6 

4 

5 

BR80 1 

8 

2 

7 

3 

6 

4 

5 

BR81 

33JX4 

PB_ADDR[7:0] 

(10,13) 

PODATA7 

PODATA6 

PODATA5 

PODATA4 

PODATA3 

PODATA2 

PODATA1 

PODATA0 


2 2 

R238 

10KJ 

C216 

NM 

R239 10KJ 

/FPOFF 

PODATA[7..0] 

(2) 

C386 12P 

C385 12P 

C384 12P 

C383 12P 

C382 12P 

C381 12P 

C362 12P 

C366 12P 

TDO 

TCK 

TMS 

TDI 

(12) TDO 

(12) TCK 

(12) TMS 

(12) TDI 

TRST_L 

VCC3 

R245 NM 

R246 NM 

R247 4.7KJ 

R248 4.7KJ 

R137 

33J 

R138 

NM 

(5,10) /OP_RST 

(1) /RES_OA982 

/RESET0 

(2,4,5,12) 

TP667 

TP668 

C100 

1000P 

(12) TRST_L 

R343 NM_0J 

R342 4.7KJ 

VCC3 

1 1 

X4 

AT-49(18.3856MHz) 

R249 0J 

C252 

33P 

XIN 

XOUT 

R240 10KJ TDO 

R241 10KJ TCK 

R242 10KJ TMS 

R243 10KJ TDI 

R244 NM_10KJ TRST_L 

R369 

NM 

C254 

33P 

C251 

NM 

R250 

4.7KJ 

HY57V561620FTP-H-C 

_SDRAM_CS0_L 

C253 

47P 

_SDRAM_CKE 

E 

D 

C 

B 

A

E 

D 

C 

B 

A 

MCU PWB (IMC2 USB2.0 section 2/2) (AR-M200/M201) 10/16 

ISP33 

4 0J 

4 

VCC3 

L11 

C260 

0.01U 

C259 

0.01U 

C258 

0.01U 

C257 

0.01U 

C271 

0.1U 

C270 

0.1U 

ISP33 

GND 

FG 

GND 

C269 

0.1U 

C268 

0.1U 

C267 

0.1U 

C266 

0.1U 

VCC3 

TP670 

L13 

GND 

0J 

ISP33 

C273 

18P 

C272 

15P 

X6 

C262 

0.1U 

C261 

10U/10V 

AT-49(12MHz) 

C403 0.1U 

TP907 

R399 

VCC3 

C406 

100KJ 

3 10U/10V 

3 

TP783 

PB_ADDR[7:0] (9,13) 

TP700 

TP699 

TP698 

TP697 

TP696 

PB_ADDR7 

PB_ADDR6 

PB_ADDR5 

PB_ADDR4 

PB_ADDR3 

R111 

1MF 

C404 

1U 

R253 

1.2KJ 

VCC3 

C405 0.1U 

TP871 

R254 

NM 

TP677 

(9) WAKEUP 

SUSPEND(USB2.0) 

(9) 

R257 

10KJ 

VCC3 VCC3 

FG 

IC41 

R261 

10KJ 

R260 

10KJ 

R267 

NM_ 

PB_ADDR2 

PB_ADDR1 

PB_ADDR0 

PB_DATA7 

PB_DATA6 

PB_DATA5 

PB_DATA4 

PB_DATA3 

PB_DATA2 

PB_DATA1 

PB_DATA0 


PB_DATA[7:0] (9,13) 

TP695 

TP694 

TP693 

TP692 

TP691 

TP690 

TP689 

VBUS 

VCC(I/O) 

54 

DATA15 

53 

DATA14 

52 

DATA13 

51 

DATA12 

50 

DATA11 

49 

55 

DGND 

XTAL1 

58 

XTAL2 

57 

VCC1V8 

56 

59 

WAKEUP 

BUS_CONF/DA0 

62 

VCC(3V3) 

61 

MODE0/DA1 

60 

63 

SUSPEND 64 

TP880 

R255 

10KJ 

R262 

1.5KJ 

DGND 

MODE1 

34 

N.C. 

33 

35 

DATA10 

48 

DATA9 

47 

DATA8 

46 

DATA7 

45 

DATA6 

44 

DATA5 

43 

DATA4 

42 

VCC(I/O) 

41 

DATA3 

40 

DATA2 

39 

DATA1 

38 

DATA0 

37 

ALE/A0 

36 

CN1 

UBR23-4K2200 

-D 2 

+D 3 

SHIELD 5 

GND 4 

+5V 1 

(5,9) /OP_RST 

(1) /RES_USB20 

DT_REQB 

DT_ACKB 

(9) 

(9) 

USB2.0 DEV1 

ISP1583BS 

AGND 

RPU 

DP 

DM 

AGND 

RREF 

RESET_N 

EOT 

DREQ 

DACK 

DIOR 

DIOW 

DGND 

INTRQ 

READY/IORDY 

INT 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

L8 DLW21SN900SQ2 

C274 

0.01U 

L7 

TP704 

TP706 

TP705 

BLM21PG600SN1 

TP702 

R139 

33J 

R310 

NM 

TP709 

TP688 

TP687 

TP686 

TP684 

PB_NOE 

PB_NWE 

R273 

NM 

C101 

1000P 

R272 

12KF 

L9 

TP675 

TP701 

TP683 

TP685 

R258 10KJ 

R259 NM 

(9) INT_USBD 

VCC3 

R256 10KJ 

BLM21PG600SN1 

DGND 

DA2 

CS_N 

RW_N/RD_N 

DS_N/WR_N 

CS0_N 

CS1_N 

AD0 

AD1 

AD2 

VCC(I/O) 

AD3 

AD4 

AD5 

AD6 

AD7 

VCC1V8 

TP707 

2 2 

R274 

0J 

DIE 

R252 10KJ 

R251 10KJ 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

29 

30 

31 

32 

VCC3 

TP782 

TP870 

C370 0.1U 

TP681 

TP682 

VCC3 

VCC3 

IC42 

5 

1 

R400 10KJ 

R401 10KJ 

PB_NCS3 

TP908 

(9) 

5 

TP703 

4 

IC183 

PB_NOE 

PB_NWE 

4 

2 

PB_NOE 

PB_NWE 

(5,9) 

(5,9) 

2 

3 

PB_NAE0 

(5,9) 

TC7SH08FU 

3 

C408 

0.1U 

C410 

0.1U 

TP708 

TC7SH126FU 

1 

PB_DATA[7:0] 

(9,13) 

VCC3 

PB_DATA0 

PB_DATA1 

PB_DATA2 

PB_DATA3 

PB_DATA4 

PB_DATA5 

PB_DATA6 

PB_DATA7 

5 IC43 

2 4 

3 

1 

TC7SH04FU 

DT_ACKB 

(9) 

C409 

0.1U 

1 1 

E 

D 

C 

B 

A

E 

D 

C 

B 

A 

MCU PWB (Connector section 1) (AR-M200/M201) 11/16 

To Operational PWB 

To Power unit 

INT24V 

INT5V 

EN5V 5V VCC3 

4 4 

0603SFF150FM/32-2 

CN2 

/BIAS 

/GRIDL 

(6) 

(6) 

CN3 

0603SFF150FM/32-2 

CP9 

0603SFF150FM/32-2 

CP8 

CP10 

5V 

/TC (6) 

/MC (6) 

3.3VIN (8) 

/POFF (6) 

24V 

HLOUT (6) 

EN5V 

5V 

24V 

D33 

2 

4 

6 

8 

10 

12 

14 

16 

18 

20 

22 

24 

1 

3 

5 

7 

9 

11 

13 

15 

17 

19 

21 

23 

32 

31 

30 

29 

28 

27 

26 

25 

24 

23 

22 

21 

20 

19 

18 

17 

16 

15 

14 

13 

12 

11 

10 

9 

8 

7 

6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

EN5V 

5V 

12VIN 

FW 

/PR 

(8) 

(5) 

(6) 

3 

1 

2 

R276 

10KJ 

R347 NM_ 

B24B-PNDZS-1(LF)(SN) 

C276 

C275 

(SELIN1) 

(SELIN2) 

(SELIN3) 

(White) 

0.1U/50V 

KDS226 

R277 1KJ 

(KEYSC3) 

(KEYSC2) 

(KEYSC1) 

BZR 

(5) 

(5) 

(5) 

(1) 

KEYIN 

(3) 

NM_ 

PGND PGND 

PGND 

R353 0J 

C277 

1000P 

(LCDRS) 

(LCDE) 

(LCDDB4) 

(LCDDB5) 

(LCDDB6) 

(LCDDB7) 

DRST 

(LCDCONT) 

(6) 

PSW 

(OP_DATA) 

(OP_CLK) 

(OP_LATCH) 

(8) 

(8) 

(5) 

(5) 

(5) 

R350 0J 

PSL 

(3) 

3 3 

R352 NM 

R331 NM 

INFOLED 

BL 

(3) 

(3) 

FF4-32-S15D5 

C280 1000P 

C279 1000P 

C278 1000P 

C365 NM 

C364 NM 

R365 

100J 

C363 NM 

R398 

0J 

R385 

0J 

5V 

To RSPF unit 

To SPF unit 

5V 

5V 

5V 

24VSPFSOL 

200J1/4W 

200J1/4W 

R349 

R278 

CN30 

R141 

SPMT_0 

SPMT_2 

SPMT_1 

SPMT_3 

SPID 

(7) 

(7) 

(7) 

(7) 

(8) 

SPID 

SPMT_3 

SPMT_1 

SPMT_2 

SPMT_0 

(8) 

(7) 

(7) 

(7) 

(7) 


(8) SPPD 

SRJD (8) 

200J1/4W 

SCOD (8) 

/RSV_SOL (7) 

24VSPFMT 

SPPD 

(8) 

R330 100J 

(3) SELIN1 

(SELIN1) 

R295 100J 

(5) LCDDB7# 

(LCDDB7) 

/SPUS (7) 

/SRVC (7) 

1 

3 

5 

7 

9 

11 

13 

15 

17 

19 

21 

23 

2 

4 

6 

8 

10 

12 

14 

16 

18 

20 

22 

24 

24VSPFMT 

CN29 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

B12B-PH-K-S(LF)(SN) 

200J1/4W 

R140 

C361 

100P 

C358 

100P 


2 2 

R329 100J 

(3) SELIN2 

(SELIN2) 

R294 100J 

(5) LCDDB6# 

(LCDDB6) 

C360 

100P 

C357 

100P 

R328 100J 

(3) SELIN3 

(SELIN3) 

R293 100J 

(5) LCDDB5# 

(LCDDB5) 

C359 

100P 

C356 

100P 

R292 100J 

(5) LCDDB4# 

(LCDDB4) 

C349 

100P 

To LSU 

R291 0J 

(5) LCDE# 

(LCDE) 

C347 

100P 

INT5V 

5V 

D65 

R290 100J 

(5) LCDRS# 

(LCDRS) 

24V 

1 

2 

3 

CN41 

KDS226 

1 To Polygon motor 

100P 

1 

C317 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

B05B-CZHK-B(LF)(SN)(V) 

/PMD 

PMRDY 

PMCLK_A 

/SYNC 

(5) 

R282 1KJ 

PGND 

(6) 

(8) 

CN42 

(6) 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

B08B-CZHK-B(LF)(SN)(V) 

/LDEN 

/VIDEO 

SHOLD 

(6) 

(5) 

(6) 

To LD 

E 

D 

C 

B 

A

E 

D 

C 

B 

A 

MCU PWB (Connector section 2) (AR-M200/M201) 12/16 

5V 

INT24V 

Not mounted (For debug) 

CP21 

CN10 

4 CN11 

4 

0J 

CN12 

1 

(8) 24V1(DSWS) 

To Interlock switch 

CPU Serial 

2 

(8) PPD2 

To Main motor 

To HL unit 

(6) RTH_IN 

B2P-VH-R(LF)(SN) 

R283 

200J1/4W 

1/4W 

24V 

VCC3 

(Red) 

/MMD 

MMLD 

/MMCLK 

(6) 

(8) 

(6) 

CN13 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 


1 

2 

3 

4 


RxD 

TxD 

(1) 

(1) 

(White) 

C284 0.1U/50V 

C283 0.1U/50V 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

B5B-PASK-1(LF)(SN) 

C282 

1000P 

C281 

1000P 

(White) 

PGND 

(White) 

5V 

PGND 

24V 

R284 

200J1/4W 

OA982 JTAG & Serial 

CN14 

To Multi unit 

24V 

/MPFS 

(6) 

VCC3 

MFD 

(8) 

CN15 

CN17 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

B5B-PH-K-R(LF)(SN) 

TCK 

/RESET0 

OA_TX 

OA_RX 

To Cassette paper 

solenoid 

1 

2 

3 

/CPFS1 

(6) 

VFMOUT 

FANLK 

/VFMCNT 

(6) 

(8) 

(6) 

2 

4 

6 

8 

10 

1 

3 

5 

7 

9 

TCK 

/RESET0 

OA_TX 

OA_RX 

TRST_L 

TMS 

TDO 

TDI 

TCK 

/RESET0 

OA_TX 

OA_RX 

(9) 

(9) 

(9) 

(9) 

(9) 

(2,4,5,9) 

(9) 

(9) 

To VF Fan motor 

(Red) 


CN16 

1 

2 

3 

4 


(White) 

B10B-PHDSS-B(LF)(SN) 

(White) 

C286 

1000P 

C285 

1000P 

To 2nd. cassette 

3 3 

24V 

PGND 

24V 

5V 

CN18 

CN19 

/RRS 

(6) 

/CPFS2 

(6) 

To Resist roller 

solenoid 

1 

2 

3 

2 

4 

6 

8 

10 

12 

14 

1 

3 

5 

7 

9 

11 

13 

PPD3 

PD2 

CED2 

(8) 

(8) 

(8) 

B3B-PH-K-E(LF)(SN) 

(Blue) 

To PS Fan motor 

NM_ 

To Duplex motor 

24VDupMT 

CN20 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

/DMT0 

/DMT1 

/DMT2 

/DMT3 

(7) 

(7) 

(7) 

(7) 

(White) 

C374 

C373 NM 


C289 1000P 

C288 1000P 

C287 1000P 

CN35 

3 

2 

1 


B05B-XASK-1(LF)(SN) 

PSFMOUT 

PSFANLK 

(6) 

(8) 

PGND 

PGND 

CN21 

NM_B03B-PASK-1(LF)(SN) 

To Cassette detect 

CED1 

(8) 

(White) 

C368 

1000P 

1 

2 

3 

B3B-PH-K-K(LF)(SN) 

CN22 

24V 

(Black) 

CN23 

PGND 

To Mirror motor 

5V 

3 

2 2 To Mecha. COUNTER 

2 

(6) /MCNT 


R285 

1 

1 

2 

3 

4 

OUT_A+ 

OUT_B+ 

OUT_A- 

OUT_B- 

(7) 

(7) 

(7) 

(7) 

200J1/4W 

NM_B3B-PH-K-R 

(Red) 

(Red) 

CN24 

To Paper pass detect 

1 

2 

3 


PPD1 

(8) 

(Red) 

LED for Checker 

CN25 

TMA_O 

TMB_O 

(7) 

(7) 

5V 

To Toner motor 

1 

2 

B2P-VH(LF)(SN) 

R286 

200J1/4W 

(White) 

CN26 

VCC3 

VCC3 VCC3 

To Paper out detect 

1 

2 

3 


POD 

(8) 

NM 

NM 

R289 

R288 

390J 

(White) 

24VSFTMT 

TP711 

TP710 

R287 

D40 

D39 

CN27 

TP712 

D38 

1 To Shifter motor 

CN28 

Q9 NM_LT1P67A 

Q10 NM_LT1P67A 1 

NM_KRC106S 

NM_KRC106S 

/SFTMT0 

/SFTMT1 

/SFTMT2 

/SFTMT3 

(7) 

(7) 

(7) 

(7) 

TP714 

3 

TP713 

3 

PD1 

(8) 

(2) GASIC_READY 2 

(9) OA982_READY 

LT1P67A 

To Paper detect 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 


2 

1 

2 

3 

B3B-PH-K-M(LF)(SN) 

(White) 

(Green) 

1 

1 

E 

D 

C 

B 

A

E 

D 

C 

B 

A 

MCU PWB (Modem I/F Connector) (AR-M200/M201) 13/16 

PB_DATA[7:0] 

(9,10) 

4 

To Modem PWB 

4 

#PB_DATA7 

#PB_DATA6 

#PB_DATA5 

#PB_DATA4 

#PB_DATA3 

#PB_DATA2 

#PB_DATA1 

#PB_DATA0 

BR91 33JX4 

4 

3 

2 

1 

4 

3 

2 

1 

5 

6 

7 

8 

5 

6 

7 

8 

PB_ADDR[7:0] 

(9,10) 

24V EN5V 

VCC3 

#PB_ADDR7 

#PB_ADDR6 

#PB_ADDR5 

#PB_ADDR4 

#PB_ADDR3 

#PB_ADDR2 

#PB_ADDR1 

#PB_ADDR0 

BR90 33JX4 

0603SFF150FM/32-2 

PB_ADDR7 

PB_ADDR6 

PB_ADDR5 

PB_ADDR4 

PB_ADDR3 

PB_ADDR2 

PB_ADDR1 

PB_ADDR0 

0603SFF150FM/32-2 

0603SFF150FM/32-2 

PB_DATA7 

PB_DATA6 

PB_DATA5 

PB_DATA4 

PB_DATA3 

PB_DATA2 

PB_DATA1 

PB_DATA0 

BR93 33JX4 

5 

4 

6 

3 

7 

2 

8 

1 

5 

4 

6 

3 

7 

2 

8 

1 

BR92 33JX4 

R313 

100J 

R325 

NM 

/FAX_RST 

(5) 

PB_NCS1 

(PB_NAE0) 

(PB_NWE) 

(PB_NOE) 

(/FAX_RST) 

#MDM_IRQ 

/RES_FAX 

(1) 

CP12 

CP13 

CP11 

PB_NCS1 

(PB_NAE0) 

(PB_NWE) 

(PB_NOE) 

(9) 

(5) 

(5) 

(5) 

C102 

0.1U 

TP904 

(MDM_IRQ) 

MDM_IRQ 

(9) 

#MDM_IRQ 

(PB_NOE) 

(PB_NAE0) 

#PB_ADDR0 

#PB_ADDR2 

#PB_ADDR4 

#PB_ADDR6 

#PB_DATA0 

#PB_DATA2 

#PB_DATA4 

#PB_DATA6 

MCU_INT 

(/RD) 

MCU_D1 

MCU_D3 

MCU_D5 

MCU_D7 

L16 

VCC3 

PGND 

0J 

(/FAX_RST) 

(PB_NWE) 

PB_NCS1 

#PB_ADDR1 

#PB_ADDR3 

#PB_ADDR5 

#PB_ADDR7 

#PB_DATA1 

#PB_DATA3 

#PB_DATA5 

#PB_DATA7 

MCU_nCS 

MCU_D0 

MCU_D2 

MCU_D4 

MCU_D6 

MODEM_IN 

TP903 

0J 

R311 

1KJ 

L14 

D46 

1 

3 

2 

KDS226 

3 3 

CN5 

39 40 

37 38 

35 36 

33 34 

31 32 

29 30 

27 28 

25 26 

23 24 

21 22 

19 20 

17 18 

15 16 

13 14 

11 12 

9 10 

7 8 

5 6 

3 4 

1 2 


D[15..0] 

(1,2,3,4) 

VCC3 

MCU_D7 

MCU_D6 

MCU_D5 

MCU_D4 

MCU_D3 

MCU_D2 

MCU_D1 

MCU_D0 

MODEM_IN 

(/RD) 

MCU_nCS 

MCU_INT 

BR89 33JX4 

4 

3 

2 

1 

4 

3 

2 

1 

D7 5 

D6 6 

D5 7 

D4 8 

D3 5 

D2 6 

D1 7 

D0 8 


R315 

10KJ 

BR88 33JX4 

MODEM_IN 

(/RD) 

(9) 

(5) 

TP725 

R317 

R391 

100J 

/CS5 

(1) 

MSU_ST1 

(3) 

1KJ 

VCC3 

C378 

NM 

D47 

1 

2 

2 2 

3 

KDS226 

PB_DATA7 

PB_DATA6 

PB_DATA5 

PB_DATA4 

PB_DATA3 

PB_DATA2 

PB_DATA1 

PB_DATA0 

(MDM_IRQ) 

D7 

D6 

D5 

D4 

D3 

D2 

D1 

D0 

MSU_ST1 

NM 

NM 

NM 

C325 

C324 

C323 

C322 

10KJ 

C326 

10KJ 

C332 

10KJ 

C320 

10KJ 

1 1 

NM 

NM 

C329 

C328 

NM 

NM 

NM 

NM 

C331 

C337 

C336 

C335 

C334 

NM 

C327 

10KJ 

C333 

10KJ 

C321 

10KJ 

C330 

10KJ 

E 

D 

C 

B 

A

E 

D 

C 

B 

A 

MCU PWB (Scanner I/F section) (AR-M200/M201) 14/16 

4 4 

To Scanner unit 

Copy Lamp Inverter 

12V EN5V 

24V 

CP18 

Q5 2SJ537 L12 

CP14 

CP15 

0603SFF150FM/32-2 1 2 220UH 

0603SFF150FM/32-2 

VCL 

0603SFF150FM/32-2 

TWKA-221K 

VCC3 

TP886 

R318 

3 910J 

3 

L17 

3 

1J 

D48 

1 

R322 

CN4 

3 

C338 + 

D49 

+ C339 C340 R319 

12KJ 

2 

AFE_DB#0 

AFE_DB#1 

47U/35V 

11EQS06 

15KJ 

AFE_DB#2 

32 31 

AFE_DB#3 

47U/35V 0.1U/50V 

R320 

AFE_DB#4 

30 29 

1KJ 

KDS226 

AFE_DB#6 

28 27 

AFE_DB#5 

C341 33P 

26 25 

AFE_DB#7 


24 23 

(5) AFE_SCK# 

22 21 

(5) ADCLK# 

19 

AFE_SEN# (5) 

C342 

20 

(2) CL 

(5) CCD_PHI1# 

18 17 

(5) CCD_PHI2# 

AFE_SDI# (5) 

R323 

Q6 

1000P 

16 15 

(5) CCD_CP# 

BSAMP# (5) 

15KJ R324 

KTC3198 

14 13 

(5) CCD_RS# 

56KJ 

12 11 

(5) CCD_TG# 

10 9 

VSAMP# (5) 

8 7 

VCL 

6 5 

VCL 

4 3 

2 1 

PGND 

FF4-32-S15D5 

5.6KJ1/4W 

R321 

AFE_DB#0 

AFE_DB#1 

AFE_DB#2 

AFE_DB#3 

AFE_DB#4 

AFE_DB#5 

AFE_DB#6 

AFE_DB#7 

AFE_DB0 

AFE_DB1 

AFE_DB2 

AFE_DB3 

AFE_DB4 

AFE_DB5 

AFE_DB6 

AFE_DB7 


PGND PGND 

2 2 

AFE_DB[7..0] 

(2) 

8 

7 

6 

5 

BR86 33JX4 

1 

2 

3 

4 

8 

7 

6 

5 

1 

2 

3 

4 

BR87 33JX4 

AFE_DB0 

AFE_DB1 

AFE_DB2 

AFE_DB3 

AFE_DB4 

AFE_DB5 

AFE_DB6 

AFE_DB7 

C109C318C132C314C313C319C315C316 

47P 47P 47P 47P 47P 47P 47P 47P 

1 1 

E 

D 

C 

B 

A

E 

D 

C 

B 

A 

MCU PWB (NIC I/F section) (AR-M200/M201) 15/16 

4 4 

EN5V 

VCC3 

0603SFF150FM/32-2 

CP20 

0603SFF150FM/32-2 

CP19 

TP906 

TP905 

L19 

L18 

0J 

0J 

3 To NIC PWB 

3 

CN39 

24FMN-BTK-A 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

TP672 

TP673 

TP674 

TP676 

TP678 

TP679 

TP680 

TP717 

PARAD0 

PARAD1 

PARAD2 

PARAD3 

PARAD4 

PARAD5 

PARAD6 

PARAD7 

/NIC_RST 

(5) 

/RES_NIC 

(1) 


VCC3 EN5V 

1 

8 

2 

7 

3 

6 

4 

5 

1 

8 BR94 33JX4 

2 

7 

3 

6 

4 

5 

/ACK_O 

BR95 33JX4 

BUSY_O 

PE_O 

SLCT_O 

/FAULT_O 

/STB_I 

/AUTOFD_I 

/SLCTIN_I 

/INIT_I 

/REV_O R402 NM 

C106 0.1U 

R326 

1KJ 

R327 

NM 

/ACK_O 

BUSY_O 

PE_O 

SLCT_O 

/FAULT_O 

/STB_I 

/AUTOFD_I 

/SLCTIN_I 

/INIT_I 

/REV_O 

(2) 

(2) 

(2) 

(2) 

(2) 

(2) 

(2) 

(2) 

(2) 

(2) 

C394 12P 

C393 12P 

C392 12P 

C390 12P 

C391 12P 

C389 12P 

C387 12P 

C388 12P 

PARAD[7..0] 

(2) 

C344 

C343 

0.1U 

C346 

C345 

0.1U 

0.1U 

0.1U 

2 2 

1 1 

E 

D 

C 

B 

A

E 

D 

C 

B 

A 

MCU PWB (CRUM I/F section) (AR-M200/M201) 16/16 

4 CRUM Control 

4 

24V 

R348 NM 

TP721 

To DV Unit 

(To Analog Tonner Sensor) 

CN6 

TCS_AN 

TCS 

DVSEL 

(6) 

1 

2 

3 

4 

(8) 

(8) 

EN5V 

VCC3 

NM_B4B-PH-K-R 

(Red) 

R334 

NM 

R335 

10KJ 

5V 

(CRUMSDA) 

3.3V 

TP884 

B 2 

Vcc 

5 

IC49 

A 

1 

TP883 

CRUMSDA 

(1) 

C348 

0.1U 

R337 0J 

OE GND 

TC7SBD385AFU 

3 

4 

TP715 

/ASIC_RST 

(5) 

To DV Unit with CRUM 

(To Analog Tonner Sensor) 

EN5V 

24V 

R341 

10KJ 

D35 

D34 

3 

1 

2 

3 

1 

2 

KDS226 

KDS226 

R279 

10J 

CN7 

3 3 

R280 300J 

(CRUMSDA) 

(CRUMSCL) 

EN5V 

R281 300J 

1 2 

3 4 

5 6 

7 8 

9 10 


(White) 

3.3V 

5V 

C350 

IC51 

0.1U 5 

1 

(1) CRUMSCL 

4 

TP887 

(CRUMSCL) 

2 

3 

TC7SET08F 


FB8 

FB10 

FB14 

2 2 

0J or CHIP INDUCTER(NM) 



F-GND 1 

F-GND 6 

F-GND 3 

FB9 

FB15 

FB11 




F-GND 4 

F-GND 2 

F-GND 7 

FB12 

1 1 


F-GND 5 

PGND 

E 

D 

C 

B 

A

C. OPE PWB (AR-203E/5420) 

E 

D 

C 

B 

A 

OPE PWB (7SEG) (AR-203E/5420) 1/1 

a3 

a2 

a1 

b2 

f3 

b1 

f2 

f1 

b3 

g3 

g2 

g1 

e3 

e2 

e1 

c2 

c1 

c3 

d3 

d2 

d1 

4 Q305 

LEDM 

4 

LEDM 

2SB1197K 

+5V 

1 3 

LTL-1LHG-002A 

LTL-1LHG-002A 

LTL-1LHG-002A 

LTL-1LHG-002A 

NM_LTL-1LHEE-002A LTL-1LHG-002A 

LTL-1LHG-002A 

LTL-1LHG-002A 

DU22 AE MPL PE ME ZPL DU21 RPL 

LED60 LED75 LED69 

LED71 

LED73 LED91 LED70 LED76 

R424 

10kJ 

2 

a3 

b3 

c3 

d3 

e3 

f3 

g3 

R425 

1kJ 

TP1 

5VEN 

LTL-1LHEE-002A 


LTL-1LHG-002A 

LTL-1LHG-002A 

LTL-1LHG-002A 

LTL-1LHG-002A 

LTL-1LHG-002A 

LTL-1LHG-002A 

LTL-1LHG-002A 

LTL-1LHG-002A 

SPFL JPL CS1L DPL EXL EXD EXN CS2L DAA1 SCNL 

LED67 LED68 LED102 LED74 LED77 LED78 LED79 LED80 LED81 LED92 

Q304 

2SB1197K 

a2 

b2 

c2 

d2 

e2 

f2 

g2 

1 3 

R426 

10kJ 

2 

LTL-1LHG-002A 

LTL-1LHG-002A 

PML ONLL 

LED72 LED61 

PSL 

ONL 

LTL-1LHG-002A 


LTL-1LHG-002A 

LTL-1LHG-002A 

LTL-1LHG-002A 


LTL-1LHG-002A 

LTL-1LHG-002A 

LTL-1LHG-002A 

LTL-1LHG-002A 

SJAL BPL 1ENR TPL 3RE 2RE 1RE NOR DAA2 2ENR 

LED89 LED90 LED93 LED94 LED95 LED96 LED97 LED98 LED99 LED101 

R427 

1kJ 

TP2 

a1 

b1 

c1 

d1 

e1 

f1 

g1 

R364 470J 

Q306 

2SB1197K 

1 3 

R363 470J 

R428 

10kJ 

R377 

150J 

R376 

150J 

R375 

150J 

R374 

150J 

R373 

150J 

R422 

150J 

R379 

150J 

R420 

150J 

R372 

150J 

R371 

150J 

R370 

150J 

R369 

150J 

R368 

150J 

R367 

150J 

R378 

150J 

R366 

150J 

R365 

150J 

2 

TP16 

TP17 

TP15 

TP13 

TP12 

R429 

1kJ 

TP3 

TP18 

TP11 

TP20 

TP21 

TP22 

TP23 TP24 TP25 TP26 

TP19 

TP10 

TP8 

3 TP7 

3 

TP14 

TP9 

TP6 

TP27 

TP5 

47 

46 

45 

32 

31 

39 

43 

37 

36 

34 

33 

41 

38 

40 

42 

8 

10 

12 

11 

7 

9 

6 

13 

SKQNABD010 

SW29 

DUPK 

IC304 

/Q15 

/Q14 

/Q13 

/Q2 

/Q1 

/Q8 

/Q12 

/Q6 

/Q5 

/Q4 

/Q3 

/Q10 

/Q7 

/Q9 

/Q11 

/Q23 

/Q25 

/Q27 

/Q26 

/Q22 

/Q24 

/Q21 

/Q28 

IC304 

LC7935AN 

SKQNABD010 

SW17 

EXUPK 

SKQNABD010 

SW18 

D-GND 

DRST 

5V 

PSW 

KIN2 

KIN1 

OP-STB 

OP-CLK 

OP-LATCH 

OP-DATA 

SELIN1 

SELIN2 

SELIN3 

D-GND 

5VEN 

PSL 

ONL 

D-GND 

D-GND 

DRST 

5V 

KIN2 

PSW 

ONL 

PSL 

D-GND 

5VEN 

OP-DATA 

OP-LATCH 

SELIN2 

OP-CLK 

SELIN1 

OP-STB 

SELIN3 

KIN1 

D-GND 


EXDWK 

SKQNABD010 

SW24 

EXMODK 

/Q16 

/Q17 

/Q18 

/Q19 

/Q20 

/Q31 

/Q32 

GND5 

GND4 

GND3 

GND2 

GND1 

S OUT 

CLOCK 

S IN 

/LATCH 

BEO 

/STROBE 

VCC 

/Q30 

/Q29 

+5V 

SKQNABD010 

SW23 

ZUPK 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

TP29 TP28 

48 

TP32 TP31 TP30 

TP34 TP33 

17 

18 

62 

44 

35 

14 

19 

64 

30 

50 

49 

51 

63 

16 

15 

TP35 

+5V 

+5V 

18FMN-BMTTR-A-TB or IMSA-9619S-18C-TB 

ZDWK 

C343 

22000PF 

C342 

47uF/16V 

SKQNABD010 

SW22 

+5V 

TP36 

TP38 TP37 

TP39 

TP41 TP40 C348 

22000PF 

SKQNABD010 

SW19 

CRSK 

R397 

4.7KJ 

R399 

4.7KJ 

R394 

4.7KJ 

SKQNABD010 

SW30 

BPK 

R395 

4.7KJ 

R403 

4.7KJ 

R398 

4.7KJ 

R406 

4.7KJ 

R418 1KJ 

IC306 

TP46 

TP47 

TP48 

10UPK 

TP58 R390 100J 

TP59R389 

100J 

TP60R388 

100J 

TP61R387 

100J 

TP62R386 

100J 

TP63R402 

100J 

TP64R385 

100J 

TP65R384 

100J 

+5V 

+5V 

18 

17 

16 

15 

14 

13 

12 

11 

10 

9 

8 

7 

6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

CN304 

SCNK 

D0 

4 

D1 

3 

D2 

2 

D3 

1 

D4 

15 

D5 

14 

D6 

13 

D7 

12 

A 11 

B 10 

C 9 

G 7 

R419 1KJ 

W 

6 

TP51 

R421 1KJ 

SKQNABD010 

SW25 

Y 

5 

R423 R412 

1.5KJ 1.5KJ 

TP42 

TP43 

TP44 

TP45 

C344 C345 C328 

200PF 200PF 200PF 

R411 

1.5KJ 

R396 

4.7KJ 

R339 1KJ 

+5V 

2 MAGK 

2 

SW20 

SKQNABD010 

R408 150J 

R410 150J 

R409 150J 

C346 

200PF 

5VEN 

PSL 

ONL 

TP49 

TP50 

VCC 

16 

SKQNABD010 

SW21 

C340 

1000p 

C330 

1000p 

C336 

1000p 

C329 

1000p 

C350 

0.1uF 

D318 

D315 1SS133 D314 

1SS133 1SS133 

R405 

4.7KJ 

R401 

4.7KJ 

R393 

4.7KJ 

R392 

4.7KJ 

R391 

4.7KJ 

R400 

4.7KJ 

C331 

1000p 

C339 

1000p 

C332 

1000p 

GND 

8 

SKQNABD010 

SW26 

C338 

1000p 

OLK 

74HC151 

IC305 

D317 

1SS133 

SKQNABD010 

SW27 

CLK 

TP52 

TP54 

1UPK 

R383 100J 

R382 100J 

R381 100J 

R407 100J 

R380 100J 

R404 100J 

TP66 

TP67 

TP68 

TP69 

TP70 

TP71 

TP53 

6 

5 

SKQNABD010 

SW28 

DRST 

+5V 

C347 

1000p 

SW16 

PSW 

C341 

1000p 

D0 

4 

D1 

3 

D2 

2 

D3 

1 

D4 

15 

D5 

14 

D6 

13 

D7 

12 

A 11 

B 10 

C 9 

G 7 

W 

Y 

TP55 

TP56 

TP57 

D313 

1SS133 

R416 510J 

R414 510J 

R417 1KJ 

R413 1KJ 

R415 1KJ 

CN303 

VCC 

16 

C337 

1000p 

C333 

1000p 

SKQNABD010 

GND 

74HC151 

8 

C352 

N.M. C349 

0.1uF 

C353 

N.M. 

C351 

N.M. 

1 

2 

D-GND 

3 

S3B-PH-K-S 

C335 

1000p 

C334 

1000p 

D311 

1SS133 

D316 

1SS133 

C354 

N.M. 

D312 D320 

1SS133 1SS133 

D319 

1SS133 

+5V 

+5V 

CN305 

R431 

4.7KJ 

1 1 

1 

2 

3 

NM_ S3B-PH-K-R (RED) 

CVOP 

R430 100J 

NM_1000p 

C355 

E 

D 

C 

B 

A

D. OPERATION PWB (AR-M200/M201) 

E 

D 

C 

B 

A 

OPERATION PWB (LED/LCD section) (AR-M200/M201) 1/3 

LCDDB7# 

LCDDB6# 

LCDDB5# 

LCDDB4# 

LCDE# 

LCDRS# 

5V 

1 

3 

LED_V1 

4 Q303 

LED301 

LED302 

LED304 

LED303 

4 

KRA225S 

COPY CS1L HPL SJAL 

5VEN 

C332 

100p 

C327 

100p 

C328 

100p 

C329 

100p 

C330 

100p 

C331 C331 

100p 

LTL-1LHG-002A LTL-1LHG-002A LTL-1LHEE-002A OPEN 

R344 

Q304 

100J 

2 

To LCD 

KRA225S 

1 

3 

IC301 

LED_V2 

10 

LED308 

LED307 

LED314 

LED309 

R335 0J 

GND 

LCDCONT 

9 

V5 

PRINT CS2L SPFL BPL 

8 

R334 100J LCDRS# 

VDD 

LCDRS 

7 

RS 

LCDDB[7..4] 

6 

R333 100J 

LCDE# 

R/W 

LCDE 

5 

LTL-1LHG-002A LTL-1LHG-002A LTL-1LHG-002A LTL-1LHG-002A 

LCDDB4 

R332 100J LCDDB4# 

E 

4 

Q305 

LCDDB5 

R331 100J LCDDB5# 

DB4 

3 

2 

KRA225S 

LCDDB6 

R330 100J LCDDB6# 

DB5 

2 

LCDDB7 

LCDDB7# 

DB6 

1 

3 

R329 100J 

LED_V3 

1 

DB7 

LED306 

LED305 

LED310 

GPM181C0 

SCAN FAX 

RPL 

R328 

D304 

10kJ 

LTL-1LHG-002A LTL-1LHG-002A 

LTL-1LHG-002A 

ZENER_3.3V 

2 

3 3 

C333 0.1u 

C338 0.1u 

TP14 

TP13 

TP12 

R326 

0J 

R325 

0J 

R324 

0J 

TP3 

DATA1 

TP4 

TP2 

TP1 TP1 

12 

11 

10 

IC304 

TB62725AF 

/OUT2 


9 

8 

7 

6 

5 

/OUT7 

/OUT6 

/OUT5 

/OUT4 

/OUT3 

/OUT1 

/OUT0 

GND 

R-EXT 

S-OUT 

/ENABLE 

/LATCH 

CLOCK 

S-IN 

VCC 

1 

15 

14 

13 

4 

3 

2 

16 

2 2 

TP10 

TP9 

TP8 

TP7 

TP6 

TP5 

C323 

open 

R327 

820J 

3.3V 

3.3V 

5VEN 

R306 

OPEN 

C322 

0.1u 

LED311 

PSL 

R323 

10KJ 

R305 

0J 

LTL-1LHG-002A 

R304 100J 100J 

OP-DATA 

Q307 

R303 100J 

OP-CLK 

3 TP15 R301 470J 

TP11 R302 100J 

Q302 

PSL 

2 

3 

C305 C306 

OP-LATCH 

2 

C307 

1 1000p 1000p open 

1 

KRC106S 

C308 

1 

KRC106S 

Open 

1 

E 

D 

C 

B 

A

E 

D 

C 

B 

A 

OPERATION PWB (KEY / Buzzer section) (AR-M200/M201) 2/3 

5VEN 

4 4 

BZ301 

D301 

1 

2 

PS1720P02 

PS1720P02 

KEY301 

MODK 

KEY322 

KEY316 

KEY306 

KEY314 

KEY312 

NM6K RAT 

NM9K 

RK 

NM1K 

KEY320 

NM2K 

KEY321 

ESRT 

1SS133 

R339 10kJ 

SKQNABD010 

SKQNABD010 

SKQNABD010 

SKQNABD010 

SKQNABD010 

SKQNABD010 

SKQNABD010 

SKQNABD010 

D302 

KEY302 

BPK 

KEY315 

KEY313 

KEY311 

SHPK ENT 

NM4K 

KEY309 

NM0K 

KEY318 

CLK 

KEY323 

NM8K 

KEY325 

LK 

1SS133 

Q306 

3 

SKQNABD010 

SKQNABD010 

SKQNABD010 

SKQNABD010 

SKQNABD010 

SKQNABD010 

SKQNABD010 

SKQNABD010 

2 

BZR 

D303 

KEY303 

2SIDE 

KEY304 

NM7K 

KEY308 

KEY307 

KEY305 

ASTK CAK 

EXP 

KEY317 

NM3K 

KEY319 

NM5K 

KEY324 

MENU 

1SS133 

KRC106S 

1 

SKQNABD010 

SKQNABD010 

SKQNABD010 

SKQNABD010 

SKQNABD010 

SKQNABD010 

SKQNABD010 

SKQNABD010 

3 3 

5V 

TP19 

TP16 

TP17 

TP18 

R338 1kJ 

R337 1kJ 

R336 1kJ 

KEYSC1 

KEYSC2 

KEYSC3 

F-KEYSC1 

F-KEYSC2 

F-KEYSC3 

TP20 

TP21 

TP22 

TP23 

15 

14 

13 

12 

11 

10 

9 

7 

IC303 

1 

A Y0 

2 

B Y1 

3 

C Y2 

Y3 

Y4 

Y5 

5 

G2B Y6 

Y7 

8 

GND 

74HC238 74HC238 

G2A 

4 G1 

16 

VCC 

6 

C318 C319 C320 

Open Open Open 

IC302 

TP24 

4 TP26 

D0 

F-KEYIN1 

3 

R313 100J 

F-KEYIN2 

R318 33J 

TP25 

D1 

2 TP28 R312 100J 

KEYIN 

D2 

F-KEYIN3 

1 TP29 R311 100J 

F-KEYIN4 

5V 

D3 

15 

R307 100J 

F-KEYIN5 

5V 

D4 

14 TP31 R308 100J 

D5 

F-KEYIN6 

13 TP32 R309 100J 

D6 

F-KEYIN7 

12 TP33 

D7 

11 

A 

10 TP35 

B 

9 TP36 

R342 C335 

C334 R340 

R320 C316 R321 C317 R322 

R343 

C 

G 

2kJ Open 

Open 2kJ 

2kJ Open 2kJ Open 2kJ 

2kJ 

74HC151 74HC151 

R317 1kJ 

SELIN3 

SELIN2 

R315 1kJ 

SELIN1 

7 

2 

6 

R314 100J 

2 

W 

TP27 

5 

Y 

TP30 

C315 

16 

R310 100J 

VCC 

47pF 

C312 

TP34 

0.1u 

C337 

R341 

C313 R319 C314 

C336 

8 

GND 

Open 

2kJ 

Open 2kJ Open 

Open 

R316 1kJ 


C321 

0.1u 

R348 2kJ 

R347 2kJ 

R346 2kJ 

C311 C310 C309 

Open Open Open 

KEY310 

PSW 

1 PSW 

1 

SKQNABD010 

C304 

Open 

E 

D 

C 

B 

A

E 

D 

C 

B 

A 

OPERATION PWB (Connector section) (AR-M200/M201) 3/3 

4 4 

To MCU PWB 

3.3V 5V 5VEN 

C326 

C301 

C325 

C302 

C324 

C303 

CN302 

47uF/16v 0.1u 

47uF/16v 0.1u 

47uF/16v 0.1u 

1 

To FAX Key PWB 

2 TP37 

To Drum Initial Detector 

3 

4 TP38 

5 

6 

7 

8 TP39 

SELIN1 

9 TP40 

CN301 

SELIN2 

10 TP41 

SELIN3 

11 TP42 

KEYIN 

1 

F-KEYSC3 

12 TP43 

KEYSC3 

2 

CN303 

F-KEYSC2 

13 TP44 

KEYSC2 

3 

F-KEYSC1 

14 TP45 

DRST 

KEYSC1 

4 

3 F-KEYIN7 

15 TP46 

1 

BZR 

5 

3 

F-KEYIN6 

16 TP47 

2 

LCDCONT 

LCDDB[7..4] 

6 

F-KEYIN5 

17 TP48 TP48 

3 

LCDRS 

7 

F-KEYIN4 

18 TP49 

LCDE 

8 

F-KEYIN2 

19 TP50 

LCDDB4 

9 

S3B-PH-K-S 

F-KEYIN3 

20 TP51 

LCDDB5 

10 

F-KEYIN1 

21 TP52 

LCDDB6 

11 

LED_V3 

22 TP53 

LCDDB7 

12 

LED_V2 

23 

DRST 

13 

LED_V1 

24 TP54 

PSL 

14 

DATA1 

25 

PSW 

15 

26 TP55 

OP-DATA 

27 TP56 

OP-CLK 

28 

BM15B-GHS-TBT 

29 TP57 

OP-LATCH 

30 

31 

32 

R352 Open 


32FMN-BMTTR-A-TB 

2 2 

1 1 

E 

D 

C 

B 

A

[14] FIRMWARE DOWNLOAD 

PROCEDURES 

[Preparation] 

Write the download data (extension .dwl) into the main unit. 

A USB port is required for the PC. 

Create "MaintenanceTool" flooder in the PC, and copy the following 

files to the folder. 

Necessary for program download 

Maintenance.exe (← Tool program) 

ProcModelQ.fmt 

ProcModelQ.mdl 

Driver 

Drivers/Vista/Mainte.inf (For Windows Vista) 

Drivers/2kXP/Mainte.inf (For Windows XP/2000) 

Drivers/Win9xME/Mainte.inf (For Windows Me/98SE) 

Drivers/Win9xME/UsbScan.sys (For Windows Me/98SE) 

Download file 

Download file (extension .dwl) 

Note: Copy the download data file (extension .dwl) to the folder in 

which the maintenance program is included. 

When making a folder for the maintenance tool in the PC, 

do not put a long folder name in the absolute path. 

[Example] 

Erroneous case: c:\Mainte nance Tool Download 

Proper case: c:\MaintenanceTool 

1. Initial setting 

(Serial number setting procedures) 

The serial number is set to the PC which is used for downloading. 

Setting is required once only, and there is no need to set again 

when rebooting the program. 

Note: This setting is required only when downloading the default 

data of E2PROM, and is not required when downloading 

firmware only. 

1) PC side: Boot "Maintenance.exe" and select "AR-208/203E/ 

5420/M200/M201 series" in the "Select Model" menu. 

(Only to set the serial number, the PC should not be connected 

to the machine.) 

AR-208/203E/5420/M200/M201 

series 

2) Select "Option" → "Serial Number Setting" on the menu bar. 

3) Set the serial number according to the following. 

Product Code (P): Enter number (0 – 99) 

Enter the product code of "3." 

ID Code(I): Enter number (0 – 99) 

Assign an individual code to each PC uses 

"Maintenance.exe." 

After completion setting, press [OK]/[ENTER] key. 

4) The serial number has been assigned. 

2. Download procedures 

1) Main unit side: Execute simulation No. 49-01 (Flash ROM program 

write mode). 

Check that "d" is displayed (or "DOWNLOAD MODE" is displayed 

for the AR-M200/M201) on the operation panel. (Press 

and hold [Clear] key and [ZOOM DOWN] key ( ) (or 

[ZOOM]/[COPY RATIO] key for the AR-M200/M201) together, 

and turn on the power simultaneously.) 

2) Connect machine and the PC with a USB cable. (Connect it to 

the USB port on the main unit without fail. 

3) PC side: Boost "Maintenance.exe" and select "AR-208/203E/ 

5420/M200/M201 series" in the Select Model menu. 

AR-203E/5420/M200/M201 FIRMWARE DOWNLOAD PROCEDURES 14 - 1 


series

4) PC side: Check that the "Simulation Command List" tree is displayed 

on the integration maintenance program. 

5) PC side: When the integration maintenance program is 

boosted and "The copier is not turned on." is displayed at the 

bottom of display, select "File" → "Reconnect" on the menu 

bar. 

6) PC side: Check that trees are displayed in the "Special (MCU/ 

IMC2/Facsimile)" folder in the integration maintenance program. 

(If trees are not displayed, check that the USB connector 

is connected, and select "Reconnect" in procedure 5) 

again.) 

7) PC side: Double-click "Special (MCU/IMC2/Facsimile)" in the 

main tree to develop its sub trees, and double-click "Download 

DWL Data Area" in the sub trees. 

8) PC side: Specify the download file (*****.dwl) to be used. 

9) PC side: When a download file is specified, downloading is 

performed automatically. 

10) PC side: When download is completed, the following message 

is displayed. 

Note: Since, however, the machine enters the download data 

write state, do not turn OFF the power of the machine at this 

moment. 

11) Main unit side: Wait until "0FF" is displayed (or "DOWNLOAD 

COMPLETE!" is displayed for the AR-M200/M201) on the 

operation panel. When "0FF" is displayed (or "DOWNLOAD 

COMPLETE!" is displayed for the AR-M200/M201), download 

is completed. 

Turn OFF the power of the machine, and disconnect the USB 

cable. 

12) Terminate the integration maintenance program, and turn ON 

the machine again. 

Download is completed with the above procedures. 

AR-203E/5420/M200/M201 FIRMWARE DOWNLOAD PROCEDURES 14 - 2

Note: When another machine is connected, connect the USB 

cable again and select "File" → "Reconnect" on the menu 

bar of the integration maintenance program. Repeat the 

above procedures from 5). 

* Inhibition during download (Important) 

If download is failed, the next download may not be executed. Use 

great care not to execute the following items during download. 

Never turn off the machine. 

Never disconnect the download cable (USB cable). 

* If the above inhibition item occurs during 

downloading, turn OFF/ON the power. 

1) When "d" is displayed (or "DOWNLOAD MODE" is displayed 

for the AR-M200/M201) on the operation panel, execute the 

download procedure again. 

2) If "d" is not displayed (or "DOWNLOAD MODE" is not displayed 

for the AR-M200/M201) on the operation panel, turn OFF the 

power and press and hold [Clear] key and [ZOOM DOWN] key 

( ) (or [ZOOM]/[COPY RATIO] key for the AR-M200/M201) 

and turn ON the power. Check that "d" is displayed (or 

"DOWNLOAD MODE" is displayed for the AR-M200/M201) on 

the operation panel, and execute the download procedure 

again. 

If "d" is not still displayed (or "DOWNLOAD MODE" is not still 

displayed for the AR-M200/M201), replace the MCU with a new 

one. 

3. Version acquisition procedures 


write mode). 


for the AR-M200/M201) on the operation panel of the 

main unit. (Press and hold [Clear] key and [ZOOM DOWN] key 


together, and turn on the power simultaneously.) 

2) Connect the machine and the PC with a USB cable. 

3) PC side: Boost "Maintenance.exe" and select "AR-208/203E/ 



series 

4) PC side: Check that the "Simulation Command List" tree on 

the integration maintenance program. 

5) PC side: Boot the integration maintenance program. If "The 

copier is not turned on." is displayed, select "File" → "Reconnect" 

on the menu bar. 

6) PC side: Check that trees are displayed on "Special (MCU/ 

IMC2/Facsimile" in the integration maintenance program. (If 

trees are not displayed, check that the USB cable is connected 

and select "Reconnect" again in procedure 5). 


7) PC side: Double-click "Special (MCU/IMC2/Facsimile)" in the 

main tree items to develop its sub trees. Select "Get Version" 

in the sub trees. 

8) Check that the following display is shown. 

With the above procedures, version acquisition is completed. 

The display of "**.**" means its version is not downloaded. The 

downloaded versions are displayed in a version number as 

shown in "MCU Boot Version" and "MCU program Version". 

4. EEPROM data acquisition procedure 

EEPROM data is acquired to the PC. Use this procedure as data 

maintenance of EEPROM. 


write mode). 


for the AR-M200/M201) on the operation panel of the 

main unit. (Press and hold [Clear] key and [ZOOM DOWN] key 


together, and turn on the power simultaneously.) 


3) PC side: Boot "Maintenance.exe" and select "AR-208/203E/ 



series 

4) PC side: Check that "Simulation Command List" tree is displayed 

in the integration maintenance program. 

5) PC side: Boot the integration maintenance program. If "The 

copier is not turned on." is displayed on the lower side of the 

display, select "File" → "Reconnect" on the menu bar. 

6) PC side: Check that trees are displayed on "Special (MCU/ 

IMC2/Facsimile" in the integration maintenance program. (If 

trees are not displayed, check that the USB cable is connected 

and select "Reconnect" again in procedure 5). 


7) PC side: Double-click "Special (MCU/IMC2/Facsimile)" to 

develop its sub trees, and select "Upload EEPROM Data 

Area" in the sub trees. 

8) PC side: Enter a desired file name, and select "Save." 

9) PC side: When upload is completed, the complete message is 

displayed. 

With the above procedure, the EEPROM data acquisition is completed. 

Data acquired by the EEPROM data acquisition procedure are 

saved in a file with extension of .eep. 

5. Installing procedures 

 

Driver installation is made on plug-and-play. 

 


write mode). 







3) The [Found New Hardware] display is shown as below. Select 

[Locate and install driver software (recommended)]. 

Note: A message to confirm the administrator of the computer is 

displayed. Press [Agree] button. 

4) The [Found New Hardware - DOWNLOAD] display is shown. 

Click [I don't have the disc. Show me other options.]. 


5) When the following display is shown, select [Browse my computer 

for driver software (advanced)]. 

6) The following display is shown. 

7) Press [Browse] button, specify the folder which includes the 

maintenance tool driver (Maintenance.inf), and press [OK] button. 

8) The path to the folder which includes the maintenance tool 

driver (Maintenance.inf) is displayed. Press [Next] button. 

9) When the following display is shown, select [Install this driver 

software anyway]. 

10) When the following display is shown, close [Close] button to 

complete installation. 



write mode). 







3) The following display is shown. 

Select [Install from a list or specific location] and press 

button. 

4) Select [Include this location in the search;]. If the search location 

is not the folder which includes the maintenance tool 

driver (Mainte.inf), select . If the search location is 

the folder which includes the maintenance tool driver, press 

button to go to procedure 7). 

5) Select the folder which includes the maintenance tool driver 

(Mainte.inf) and press button. 

(Suppose that the driver is included in 

C:\MaintenanceTool\Drivers\2kXp folder.) 

6) Check the path to the folder which includes the maintenance 

tool driver (Mainte.inf), and press button. 

7) When the following display is shown, press [Continue Anyway] 

button. 


8) When the following display is shown, installation is completed. 

Press button. 

With the above procedures, installation (on Windows XP) of the 

integration maintenance program is completed. 

 


write mode). 







3) Check that the Found New Hardware Wizard is displayed, and 

press button. 

4) Select [Search for a suitable driver for my device] and press 

button. 

5) Select [Specify a location] and press button. 

6) Select [Include this location in the search;]. If the search location 

is not the folder which includes the maintenance tool driver 

(Mainte.inf), select . If the search location is the 

folder which includes the maintenance tool driver, press 

button to go to procedure 9). 

7) Specify the folder which includes the maintenance tool driver 

(Mainte.inf), and press button. 


8) Check that the path to the folder which includes the maintenance 

tool driver (Mainte.inf) is displayed, and press 

button. 

(Suppose that the maintenance tool driver is included in 

C:\MaintenanceTool\Drivers\2kXp folder.) 

9) Press button to start installation. 


Press button. 

11) Restart the PC. 

With the above procedures, installation (on Windows 2000) of the 


 


write mode). 







3) The following display is shown on the PC side. 

Select [Specify the location of the driver], and press 

button. 

4) Select [Specify a location], specify the folder which includes 

the maintenance tool driver (Mainte.inf) as the search location, 

and press button. 

If the search location does not include the maintenance tool 

driver (Mainte.inf), press button to specify the folder 

which includes the maintenance tool driver (Mainte.inf). 

(Suppose that the maintenance tool driver is included in 

C:\MaintenanceTool\Drivers\Win9xMe folder.) 


5) Select the folder which includes maintenance tool driver 

(Mainte.inf), and press button. 

(Suppose that the driver is included in 

C:\MaintenanceTool\Drivers\Win9xMe folder.) 

6) Check that the path to the folder which includes the maintenance 

tool driver (Mainte.inf) is displayed, and press 

button. 


Press button. 

8) Restart the PC. 

With the above procedures, installation (on Windows ME) of the 



Memo

Memo

LEAD-FREE SOLDER 

The PWB’s of this model employs lead-free solder. The “LF” marks indicated on the PWB’s and the Service Manual mean “Lead-Free” solder. 

The alphabet following the LF mark shows the kind of lead-free solder. 

Example: 

5mm 

(1) NOTE FOR THE USE OF LEAD-FREE SOLDER THREAD 

When repairing a lead-free solder PWB, use lead-free solder thread. 

Never use conventional lead solder thread, which may cause a breakdown or an accident. 

Since the melting point of lead-free solder thread is about 40°C higher than that of conventional lead solder thread, the use of the exclusive-use 

soldering iron is recommendable. 

(2) NOTE FOR SOLDERING WORK 

Lead-Free 

Solder composition 

code (Refer to the 

table at the right.) 

a 

 

Solder composition 

Sn-Ag-Cu 

Sn-Ag-Bi 

Sn-Ag-Bi-Cu 

Sn-Zn-Bi 

Sn-In-Ag-Bi 

Sn-Cu-Ni 

Sn-Ag-Sb 

Bi-Sn-Ag-P 

Bi-Sn-Ag 

Solder composition code 

Since the melting point of lead-free solder is about 220°C, which is about 40°C higher than that of conventional lead solder, and its soldering capacity is 

inferior to conventional one, it is apt to keep the soldering iron in contact with the PWB for longer time. This may cause land separation or may exceed 

the heat-resistive temperature of components. Use enough care to separate the soldering iron from the PWB when completion of soldering is 

confirmed. 

Since lead-free solder includes a greater quantity of tin, the iron tip may corrode easily. Turn ON/OFF the soldering iron power frequently. 

If different-kind solder remains on the soldering iron tip, it is melted together with lead-free solder. To avoid this, clean the soldering iron tip after 

completion of soldering work. 

If the soldering iron tip is discolored black during soldering work, clean and file the tip with steel wool or a fine filer. 

a 

b 

z 

i 

n 

s 

p

CAUTION FOR BATTERY REPLACEMENT 

(Danish) ADVARSEL ! 

Lithiumbatteri – Eksplosionsfare ved fejlagtig håndtering. 

Udskiftning må kun ske med batteri 

af samme fabrikat og type. 

Levér det brugte batteri tilbage til leverandoren. 

(English) Caution ! 

Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. 

Replace only with the same or equivalent type 

recommended by the manufacturer. 

Dispose of used batteries according to manufacturer’s instructions. 

(Finnish) VAROITUS 

Paristo voi räjähtää, jos se on virheellisesti asennettu. 

Vaihda paristo ainoastaan laitevalmistajan suosittelemaan 

tyyppiin. Hävitä käytetty paristo valmistajan ohjeiden 

mukaisesti. 

(French) ATTENTION 

Il y a danger d’explosion s’ il y a remplacement incorrect 

de la batterie. Remplacer uniquement avec une batterie du 

même type ou d’un type équivalent recommandé par 

le constructeur. 

Mettre au rebut les batteries usagées conformément aux 

instructions du fabricant. 

(Swedish) VARNING 

Explosionsfara vid felaktigt batteribyte. 

Använd samma batterityp eller en ekvivalent 

typ som rekommenderas av apparattillverkaren. 

Kassera använt batteri enligt fabrikantens 

instruktion. 

(German) Achtung 

Explosionsgefahr bei Verwendung inkorrekter Batterien. 

Als Ersatzbatterien dürfen nur Batterien vom gleichen Typ oder 

vom Hersteller empfohlene Batterien verwendet werden. 

Entsorgung der gebrauchten Batterien nur nach den vom 

Hersteller angegebenen Anweisungen. 

CAUTION FOR BATTERY DISPOSAL 

(For USA, CANADA) 

"BATTERY DISPOSAL" 

THIS PRODUCT CONTAINS A LITHIUM PRIMARY 

(MANGANESS DIOXIDE) MEMORY BACK-UP BATTERY 

THAT MUST BE DISPOSED OF PROPERLY. REMOVE THE 

BATTERY FROM THE PRODUCT AND CONTACT YOUR 

LOCAL ENVIRONMENTAL AGENCIES FOR INFORMATION 

ON RECYCLING AND DISPOSAL OPTIONS. 

"TRAITEMENT DES PILES USAGÉES" 

CE PRODUIT CONTIENT UNE PILE DE SAUVEGARDE DE 

MÉMOIRE LITHIUM PRIMAIRE (DIOXYDE DE MANGANÈSE) 

QUI DOIT ÊTRE TRAITÉE CORRECTEMENT. ENLEVEZ LA 

PILE DU PRODUIT ET PRENEZ CONTACT AVEC VOTRE 

AGENCE ENVIRONNEMENTALE LOCALE POUR DES 

INFORMATIONS SUR LES MÉTHODES DE RECYCLAGE ET 

DE TRAITEMENT.

COPYRIGHT © 2008 BY SHARP CORPORATION 

All rights reserved. 

Printed in Japan. 

No part of this publication may be reproduced, 

stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, 

in any form or by any means, 

electronic; mechanical; photocopying; recording or otherwise 

without prior written permission of the publisher. 

Trademark acknowledgements 

Microsoft ® , Windows ® , Windows ® 98, Windows ® Me, Windows ® 2000, 

Windows ® XP, Windows ® Vista, and Internet Explorer ® are registered trademarks 

or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S.A. and other countries. 

Adobe ® , the Adobe ® logo, Acrobat ® , the Adobe ® PDF logo, and ReaderTM are 

registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United 

States and other countries. 

IBM, PC/AT, and PowerPC are trademarks of International Business Machines 

Corporation. 

Sharpdesk is a trademark of Sharp Corporation. 

All other trademarks and copyrights are the property of their respective owners. 

SHARP CORPORATION 

Digital Document System Group 

CS Promotion Center 

Yamatokoriyama, Nara 639-1186, Japan 

2008 April Printed in Japan

service manual ar-203e ar-203e x ar-m200 ar-m201 model ar-5420

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

Delete template?

Save as template?